MySQL 8.4.1
Source Code Documentation
handler.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1#ifndef HANDLER_INCLUDED
2#define HANDLER_INCLUDED
3
4/*
5 Copyright (c) 2000, 2024, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
9 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
10
11 This program is designed to work with certain software (including
12 but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
13 as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
14 documentation. The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
15 permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
16 separately licensed software that they have either included with
17 the program or referenced in the documentation.
18
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.
23
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
27*/
28
29/* Definitions for parameters to do with handler-routines */
30
31#include <fcntl.h>
32#include <float.h>
33#include <string.h>
34#include <sys/types.h>
35#include <time.h>
36#include <algorithm>
37#include <bitset>
38#include <functional>
39#include <map>
40#include <memory>
41#include <optional>
42#include <random> // std::mt19937
43#include <set>
44#include <string>
45#include <string_view>
46
49#include "ft_global.h" // ft_hints
50#include "lex_string.h"
51#include "map_helpers.h"
52#include "my_alloc.h"
53#include "my_base.h"
54#include "my_bitmap.h"
55#include "my_checksum.h" // ha_checksum
56#include "my_compiler.h"
57#include "my_dbug.h"
58#include "my_double2ulonglong.h"
59#include "my_inttypes.h"
60#include "my_io.h"
61#include "my_sys.h"
62#include "my_table_map.h"
63#include "my_thread_local.h" // my_errno
66#include "sql/dd/object_id.h" // dd::Object_id
67#include "sql/dd/string_type.h"
68#include "sql/dd/types/object_table.h" // dd::Object_table
69#include "sql/discrete_interval.h" // Discrete_interval
70#include "sql/key.h"
71#include "sql/sql_const.h" // SHOW_COMP_OPTION
72#include "sql/sql_list.h" // SQL_I_List
73#include "sql/sql_plugin_ref.h" // plugin_ref
74#include "string_with_len.h" // STRING_WITH_LEN
75#include "thr_lock.h" // thr_lock_type
76#include "typelib.h"
77
78class Alter_info;
79class Create_field;
80class Field;
81class Item;
82class JOIN;
83class Json_dom;
85class Plugin_table;
87class Record_buffer;
88class SE_cost_constants; // see opt_costconstants.h
89class String;
90class THD;
91class handler;
92class partition_info;
94
95namespace dd {
96class Properties;
97} // namespace dd
98struct AccessPath;
99struct JoinHypergraph;
100struct KEY_CACHE;
101struct LEX;
102struct MY_BITMAP;
103struct SAVEPOINT;
104struct TABLE;
105class Table_ref;
106struct TABLE_SHARE;
107struct Tablespace_options;
108struct handlerton;
109
110typedef struct xid_t XID;
112struct MDL_key;
113
114namespace dd {
115enum class enum_column_types;
116class Table;
117class Tablespace;
118} // namespace dd
119
120constexpr const ha_rows EXTRA_RECORDS{10};
121
122/** Id for identifying Table SDIs */
123constexpr const uint32 SDI_TYPE_TABLE = 1;
124
125/** Id for identifying Tablespace SDIs */
126constexpr const uint32 SDI_TYPE_TABLESPACE = 2;
127
128/** Key to identify a dictionary object */
129struct sdi_key_t {
130 /** Type of Object, For ex: column, index, etc */
132
133 /** Object id which should be unique in tablespsace */
135};
136
137using sdi_container = std::vector<sdi_key_t>;
140};
141
142typedef bool (*qc_engine_callback)(THD *thd, const char *table_key,
143 uint key_length, ulonglong *engine_data);
144
145typedef bool(stat_print_fn)(THD *thd, const char *type, size_t type_len,
146 const char *file, size_t file_len,
147 const char *status, size_t status_len);
148
149class ha_statistics;
151class Unique_on_insert;
152
153extern ulong savepoint_alloc_size;
154
155/// Maps from slot to plugin. May return NULL if plugin has been unloaded.
156st_plugin_int *hton2plugin(uint slot);
157/// Returns the size of the array holding pointers to plugins.
158size_t num_hton2plugins();
159
160/**
161 For unit testing.
162 Insert plugin into arbitrary slot in array.
163 Remove plugin from arbitrary slot in array.
164*/
167
168extern const char *ha_row_type[];
169extern const char *tx_isolation_names[];
170extern const char *binlog_format_names[];
172extern ulong total_ha_2pc;
173
174// the following is for checking tables
175
176#define HA_ADMIN_ALREADY_DONE 1
177#define HA_ADMIN_OK 0
178#define HA_ADMIN_NOT_IMPLEMENTED -1
179#define HA_ADMIN_FAILED -2
180#define HA_ADMIN_CORRUPT -3
181#define HA_ADMIN_INTERNAL_ERROR -4
182#define HA_ADMIN_INVALID -5
183#define HA_ADMIN_REJECT -6
184#define HA_ADMIN_TRY_ALTER -7
185#define HA_ADMIN_WRONG_CHECKSUM -8
186#define HA_ADMIN_NOT_BASE_TABLE -9
187#define HA_ADMIN_NEEDS_UPGRADE -10
188#define HA_ADMIN_NEEDS_ALTER -11
189#define HA_ADMIN_NEEDS_CHECK -12
190#define HA_ADMIN_STATS_UPD_ERR -13
191/** User needs to dump and re-create table to fix pre 5.0 decimal types */
192#define HA_ADMIN_NEEDS_DUMP_UPGRADE -14
193
194/**
195 Return values for check_if_supported_inplace_alter().
196
197 @see check_if_supported_inplace_alter() for description of
198 the individual values.
199*/
210
211/**
212 * Used to identify which engine executed a SELECT query.
213 */
215
216/* Bits in table_flags() to show what database can do */
217
218#define HA_NO_TRANSACTIONS (1 << 0) /* Doesn't support transactions */
219#define HA_PARTIAL_COLUMN_READ (1 << 1) /* read may not return all columns */
220/*
221 Used to avoid scanning full tables on an index. If this flag is set then
222 the handler always has a primary key (hidden if not defined) and this
223 index is used for scanning rather than a full table scan in all
224 situations. No separate data/index file.
225*/
226#define HA_TABLE_SCAN_ON_INDEX (1 << 2)
227
228/// Not in use.
229#define HA_UNUSED3 (1 << 3)
230
231/*
232 Can the storage engine handle spatial data.
233 Used to check that no spatial attributes are declared unless
234 the storage engine is capable of handling it.
235*/
236#define HA_CAN_GEOMETRY (1 << 4)
237/*
238 Reading keys in random order is as fast as reading keys in sort order
239 (Used by filesort to decide if we should sort key + data or key +
240 pointer-to-row.)
241*/
242#define HA_FAST_KEY_READ (1 << 5)
243/*
244 Set the following flag if we on delete should force all key to be read
245 and on update read all keys that changes
246*/
247#define HA_REQUIRES_KEY_COLUMNS_FOR_DELETE (1 << 6)
248/*
249 Is NULL values allowed in indexes.
250 If this is not allowed then it is not possible to use an index on a
251 NULLable field.
252*/
253#define HA_NULL_IN_KEY (1 << 7)
254/*
255 Tells that we can the position for the conflicting duplicate key
256 record is stored in table->file->dupp_ref. (insert uses rnd_pos() on
257 this to find the duplicated row)
258*/
259#define HA_DUPLICATE_POS (1 << 8)
260#define HA_NO_BLOBS (1 << 9) /* Doesn't support blobs */
261/*
262 Is the storage engine capable of defining an index of a prefix on
263 a BLOB attribute.
264*/
265#define HA_CAN_INDEX_BLOBS (1 << 10)
266/*
267 Auto increment fields can be part of a multi-part key. For second part
268 auto-increment keys, the auto_incrementing is done in handler.cc
269*/
270#define HA_AUTO_PART_KEY (1 << 11)
271/*
272 Can't define a table without primary key (and cannot handle a table
273 with hidden primary key)
274*/
275#define HA_REQUIRE_PRIMARY_KEY (1 << 12)
276/*
277 Does the counter of records after the info call specify an exact
278 value or not. If it does this flag is set.
279*/
280#define HA_STATS_RECORDS_IS_EXACT (1 << 13)
281/// Not in use.
282#define HA_UNUSED14 (1 << 14)
283/*
284 This parameter is set when the handler will also return the primary key
285 when doing read-only-key on another index, i.e., if we get the primary
286 key columns for free when we do an index read (usually, it also implies
287 that HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION flag is set).
288*/
289#define HA_PRIMARY_KEY_IN_READ_INDEX (1 << 15)
290/*
291 If HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION is set, it means that to position()
292 uses a primary key given by the record argument.
293 Without primary key, we can't call position().
294 If not set, the position is returned as the current rows position
295 regardless of what argument is given.
296*/
297#define HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION (1 << 16)
298#define HA_CAN_RTREEKEYS (1 << 17)
299/// Not in use.
300#define HA_UNUSED18
301/*
302 The following is we need to a primary key to delete (and update) a row.
303 If there is no primary key, all columns needs to be read on update and delete
304*/
305#define HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_DELETE (1 << 19)
306/*
307 Indexes on prefixes of character fields are not allowed.
308*/
309#define HA_NO_PREFIX_CHAR_KEYS (1 << 20)
310/*
311 Does the storage engine support fulltext indexes.
312*/
313#define HA_CAN_FULLTEXT (1 << 21)
314/*
315 Can the HANDLER interface in the MySQL API be used towards this
316 storage engine.
317*/
318#define HA_CAN_SQL_HANDLER (1 << 22)
319/*
320 Set if the storage engine does not support auto increment fields.
321*/
322#define HA_NO_AUTO_INCREMENT (1 << 23)
323/*
324 Supports CHECKSUM option in CREATE TABLE (MyISAM feature).
325*/
326#define HA_HAS_CHECKSUM (1 << 24)
327/*
328 Table data are stored in separate files (for lower_case_table_names).
329 Should file names always be in lower case (used by engines that map
330 table names to file names.
331*/
332#define HA_FILE_BASED (1 << 26)
333#define HA_NO_VARCHAR (1 << 27)
334/*
335 Is the storage engine capable of handling bit fields.
336*/
337#define HA_CAN_BIT_FIELD (1 << 28)
338#define HA_ANY_INDEX_MAY_BE_UNIQUE (1 << 30)
339#define HA_NO_COPY_ON_ALTER (1LL << 31)
340#define HA_COUNT_ROWS_INSTANT (1LL << 32) /* records() gives exact count*/
341/* Has it's own method of binlog logging */
342#define HA_HAS_OWN_BINLOGGING (1LL << 33)
343/*
344 Engine is capable of row-format and statement-format logging,
345 respectively
346*/
347#define HA_BINLOG_ROW_CAPABLE (1LL << 34)
348#define HA_BINLOG_STMT_CAPABLE (1LL << 35)
349/*
350 When a multiple key conflict happens in a REPLACE command mysql
351 expects the conflicts to be reported in the ascending order of
352 key names.
353
354 For e.g.
355
356 CREATE TABLE t1 (a INT, UNIQUE (a), b INT NOT NULL, UNIQUE (b), c INT NOT
357 NULL, INDEX(c));
358
359 REPLACE INTO t1 VALUES (1,1,1),(2,2,2),(2,1,3);
360
361 MySQL expects the conflict with 'a' to be reported before the conflict with
362 'b'.
363
364 If the underlying storage engine does not report the conflicting keys in
365 ascending order, it causes unexpected errors when the REPLACE command is
366 executed.
367
368 This flag helps the underlying SE to inform the server that the keys are not
369 ordered.
370*/
371#define HA_DUPLICATE_KEY_NOT_IN_ORDER (1LL << 36)
372/*
373 Engine supports REPAIR TABLE. Used by CHECK TABLE FOR UPGRADE if an
374 incompatible table is detected. If this flag is set, CHECK TABLE FOR UPGRADE
375 will report ER_TABLE_NEEDS_UPGRADE, otherwise ER_TABLE_NEED_REBUILD.
376*/
377#define HA_CAN_REPAIR (1LL << 37)
378
379/*
380 Set of all binlog flags. Currently only contain the capabilities
381 flags.
382 */
383#define HA_BINLOG_FLAGS (HA_BINLOG_ROW_CAPABLE | HA_BINLOG_STMT_CAPABLE)
384
385/**
386 The handler supports read before write removal optimization
387
388 Read before write removal may be used for storage engines which support
389 write without previous read of the row to be updated. Handler returning
390 this flag must implement start_read_removal() and end_read_removal().
391 The handler may return "fake" rows constructed from the key of the row
392 asked for. This is used to optimize UPDATE and DELETE by reducing the
393 number of round-trips between handler and storage engine.
394
395 Example:
396 UPDATE a=1 WHERE pk IN (@<keys@>)
397
398 @verbatim
399 mysql_update()
400 {
401 if (<conditions for starting read removal>)
402 start_read_removal()
403 -> handler returns true if read removal supported for this table/query
404
405 while(read_record("pk=<key>"))
406 -> handler returns fake row with column "pk" set to <key>
407
408 ha_update_row()
409 -> handler sends write "a=1" for row with "pk=<key>"
410
411 end_read_removal()
412 -> handler returns the number of rows actually written
413 }
414 @endverbatim
415
416 @note This optimization in combination with batching may be used to
417 remove even more round-trips.
418*/
419#define HA_READ_BEFORE_WRITE_REMOVAL (1LL << 38)
420
421/*
422 Engine supports extended fulltext API
423 */
424#define HA_CAN_FULLTEXT_EXT (1LL << 39)
425
426/*
427 Storage engine doesn't synchronize result set with expected table contents.
428 Used by replication slave to check if it is possible to retrieve rows from
429 the table when deciding whether to do a full table scan, index scan or hash
430 scan while applying a row event.
431 */
432#define HA_READ_OUT_OF_SYNC (1LL << 40)
433
434/*
435 Storage engine supports table export using the
436 FLUSH TABLE <table_list> FOR EXPORT statement.
437 */
438#define HA_CAN_EXPORT (1LL << 41)
439
440/*
441 The handler don't want accesses to this table to
442 be const-table optimized
443*/
444#define HA_BLOCK_CONST_TABLE (1LL << 42)
445
446/*
447 Handler supports FULLTEXT hints
448*/
449#define HA_CAN_FULLTEXT_HINTS (1LL << 43)
450
451/**
452 Storage engine doesn't support LOCK TABLE ... READ LOCAL locks
453 but doesn't want to use handler::store_lock() API for upgrading
454 them to LOCK TABLE ... READ locks, for example, because it doesn't
455 use THR_LOCK locks at all.
456*/
457#define HA_NO_READ_LOCAL_LOCK (1LL << 44)
458
459/**
460 A storage engine is compatible with the attachable transaction requirements
461 means that
462
463 - either SE detects the fact that THD::ha_data was reset and starts a new
464 attachable transaction, closes attachable transaction on close_connection
465 and resumes regular (outer) transaction when THD::ha_data is restored;
466
467 - or SE completely ignores THD::ha_data and close_connection like MyISAM
468 does.
469*/
470#define HA_ATTACHABLE_TRX_COMPATIBLE (1LL << 45)
471
472/**
473 Handler supports Generated Columns
474*/
475#define HA_GENERATED_COLUMNS (1LL << 46)
476
477/**
478 Supports index on virtual generated column
479*/
480#define HA_CAN_INDEX_VIRTUAL_GENERATED_COLUMN (1LL << 47)
481
482/**
483 Supports descending indexes
484*/
485#define HA_DESCENDING_INDEX (1LL << 48)
486
487/**
488 Supports partial update of BLOB columns.
489*/
490#define HA_BLOB_PARTIAL_UPDATE (1LL << 49)
491
492/**
493 If this isn't defined, only columns/indexes with Cartesian coordinate systems
494 (projected SRS or SRID 0) is supported. Columns/indexes without SRID
495 restriction is also supported if this isn't defined.
496*/
497#define HA_SUPPORTS_GEOGRAPHIC_GEOMETRY_COLUMN (1LL << 50)
498
499/**
500 Handler supports expressions as DEFAULT for a column.
501*/
502#define HA_SUPPORTS_DEFAULT_EXPRESSION (1LL << 51)
503
504/**
505 Handlers with this flag set do not support UPDATE operations.
506*/
507#define HA_UPDATE_NOT_SUPPORTED (1LL << 52)
508
509/**
510 Handlers with this flag set do not support DELETE operations.
511*/
512#define HA_DELETE_NOT_SUPPORTED (1LL << 53)
513
514/**
515 The storage engine does not support using indexes for access. Indexes can only
516 be used for estimating cost.
517*/
518#define HA_NO_INDEX_ACCESS (1LL << 54)
519
520/**
521 Supports multi-valued index
522*/
523#define HA_MULTI_VALUED_KEY_SUPPORT (1LL << 55)
524
525/*
526 Bits in index_flags(index_number) for what you can do with index.
527 If you do not implement indexes, just return zero here.
528*/
529/*
530 Does the index support read next, this is assumed in the server
531 code and never checked so all indexes must support this.
532 Note that the handler can be used even if it doesn't have any index.
533*/
534#define HA_READ_NEXT 1 /* TODO really use this flag */
535/*
536 Can the index be used to scan backwards (supports ::index_prev).
537*/
538#define HA_READ_PREV 2
539/*
540 Can the index deliver its record in index order. Typically true for
541 all ordered indexes and not true for hash indexes. Used to set keymap
542 part_of_sortkey.
543 This keymap is only used to find indexes usable for resolving an ORDER BY
544 in the query. Thus in most cases index_read will work just fine without
545 order in result production. When this flag is set it is however safe to
546 order all output started by index_read since most engines do this. With
547 read_multi_range calls there is a specific flag setting order or not
548 order so in those cases ordering of index output can be avoided.
549*/
550#define HA_READ_ORDER 4
551/*
552 Specify whether index can handle ranges, typically true for all
553 ordered indexes and not true for hash indexes.
554 Used by optimiser to check if ranges (as key >= 5) can be optimised
555 by index.
556*/
557#define HA_READ_RANGE 8
558/*
559 Can't use part key searches. This is typically true for hash indexes
560 and typically not true for ordered indexes.
561*/
562#define HA_ONLY_WHOLE_INDEX 16
563/*
564 Index does not store NULL values, even if the column is nullable.
565 (KEY::flags may still contain HA_NULL_PART_KEY)
566 If the key has a NULL-value, the handler need to do a full table scan
567 instead of using this key. This is typically true for NDB hash indexes.
568*/
569#define HA_TABLE_SCAN_ON_NULL 32
570/*
571 Does the storage engine support index-only scans on this index.
572 Enables use of HA_EXTRA_KEYREAD and HA_EXTRA_NO_KEYREAD
573 Used to set Key_map keys_for_keyread and to check in optimiser for
574 index-only scans. When doing a read under HA_EXTRA_KEYREAD the handler
575 only have to fill in the columns the key covers. If
576 HA_PRIMARY_KEY_IN_READ_INDEX is set then also the PRIMARY KEY columns
577 must be updated in the row.
578*/
579#define HA_KEYREAD_ONLY 64
580/*
581 Index scan will not return records in rowid order. Not guaranteed to be
582 set for unordered (e.g. HASH) indexes.
583*/
584#define HA_KEY_SCAN_NOT_ROR 128
585#define HA_DO_INDEX_COND_PUSHDOWN 256 /* Supports Index Condition Pushdown */
586
587/* operations for disable/enable indexes */
588#define HA_KEY_SWITCH_NONUNIQ 0
589#define HA_KEY_SWITCH_ALL 1
590#define HA_KEY_SWITCH_NONUNIQ_SAVE 2
591#define HA_KEY_SWITCH_ALL_SAVE 3
592
593/*
594 Use this instead of 0 as the initial value for the slot number of
595 handlerton, so that we can distinguish uninitialized slot number
596 from slot 0.
597*/
598#define HA_SLOT_UNDEF ((uint)-1)
599
600/*
601 Parameters for open() (in register form->filestat)
602 HA_GET_INFO does an implicit HA_ABORT_IF_LOCKED
603*/
604
605#define HA_OPEN_KEYFILE 1
606#define HA_OPEN_RNDFILE 2
607#define HA_GET_INDEX 4
608#define HA_GET_INFO 8 /* do a handler::info() after open */
609#define HA_READ_ONLY 16 /* File opened as readonly */
610/* Try readonly if can't open with read and write */
611#define HA_TRY_READ_ONLY 32
612#define HA_WAIT_IF_LOCKED 64 /* Wait if locked on open */
613#define HA_ABORT_IF_LOCKED 128 /* skip if locked on open.*/
614#define HA_BLOCK_LOCK 256 /* unlock when reading some records */
615#define HA_OPEN_TEMPORARY 512
616
617/* Some key definitions */
618#define HA_KEY_NULL_LENGTH 1
619#define HA_KEY_BLOB_LENGTH 2
620
621#define HA_LEX_CREATE_TMP_TABLE 1
622#define HA_LEX_CREATE_IF_NOT_EXISTS 2
623#define HA_LEX_CREATE_TABLE_LIKE 4
624#define HA_LEX_CREATE_INTERNAL_TMP_TABLE 8
625#define HA_MAX_REC_LENGTH 65535U
626
627/**
628 Options for the START TRANSACTION statement.
629
630 Note that READ ONLY and READ WRITE are logically mutually exclusive.
631 This is enforced by the parser and depended upon by trans_begin().
632
633 We need two flags instead of one in order to differentiate between
634 situation when no READ WRITE/ONLY clause were given and thus transaction
635 is implicitly READ WRITE and the case when READ WRITE clause was used
636 explicitly.
637*/
638
639// WITH CONSISTENT SNAPSHOT option
641// READ ONLY option
643// READ WRITE option
645// HIGH PRIORITY option
647
669 DB_TYPE_PARTITION_DB, // No longer used.
674 DB_TYPE_MEMCACHE [[deprecated]],
677 /** Performance schema engine. */
681 DB_TYPE_DEFAULT = 127 // Must be last
683
684enum row_type : int {
692 /** Unused. Reserved for future versions. */
695
704
713};
714
716
717/* Bits in used_fields */
718#define HA_CREATE_USED_AUTO (1L << 0)
719#define HA_CREATE_USED_RAID (1L << 1) // RAID is no longer available
720#define HA_CREATE_USED_UNION (1L << 2)
721#define HA_CREATE_USED_INSERT_METHOD (1L << 3)
722#define HA_CREATE_USED_MIN_ROWS (1L << 4)
723#define HA_CREATE_USED_MAX_ROWS (1L << 5)
724#define HA_CREATE_USED_AVG_ROW_LENGTH (1L << 6)
725#define HA_CREATE_USED_PACK_KEYS (1L << 7)
726#define HA_CREATE_USED_CHARSET (1L << 8)
727#define HA_CREATE_USED_DEFAULT_CHARSET (1L << 9)
728#define HA_CREATE_USED_DATADIR (1L << 10)
729#define HA_CREATE_USED_INDEXDIR (1L << 11)
730#define HA_CREATE_USED_ENGINE (1L << 12)
731#define HA_CREATE_USED_CHECKSUM (1L << 13)
732#define HA_CREATE_USED_DELAY_KEY_WRITE (1L << 14)
733#define HA_CREATE_USED_ROW_FORMAT (1L << 15)
734#define HA_CREATE_USED_COMMENT (1L << 16)
735#define HA_CREATE_USED_PASSWORD (1L << 17)
736#define HA_CREATE_USED_CONNECTION (1L << 18)
737#define HA_CREATE_USED_KEY_BLOCK_SIZE (1L << 19)
738/** Unused. Reserved for future versions. */
739#define HA_CREATE_USED_TRANSACTIONAL (1L << 20)
740/** Unused. Reserved for future versions. */
741#define HA_CREATE_USED_PAGE_CHECKSUM (1L << 21)
742/** This is set whenever STATS_PERSISTENT=0|1|default has been
743specified in CREATE/ALTER TABLE. See also HA_OPTION_STATS_PERSISTENT in
744include/my_base.h. It is possible to distinguish whether
745STATS_PERSISTENT=default has been specified or no STATS_PERSISTENT= is
746given at all. */
747#define HA_CREATE_USED_STATS_PERSISTENT (1L << 22)
748/**
749 This is set whenever STATS_AUTO_RECALC=0|1|default has been
750 specified in CREATE/ALTER TABLE. See enum_stats_auto_recalc.
751 It is possible to distinguish whether STATS_AUTO_RECALC=default
752 has been specified or no STATS_AUTO_RECALC= is given at all.
753*/
754#define HA_CREATE_USED_STATS_AUTO_RECALC (1L << 23)
755/**
756 This is set whenever STATS_SAMPLE_PAGES=N|default has been
757 specified in CREATE/ALTER TABLE. It is possible to distinguish whether
758 STATS_SAMPLE_PAGES=default has been specified or no STATS_SAMPLE_PAGES= is
759 given at all.
760*/
761#define HA_CREATE_USED_STATS_SAMPLE_PAGES (1L << 24)
762
763/**
764 This is set whenever a 'TABLESPACE=...' phrase is used on CREATE TABLE
765*/
766#define HA_CREATE_USED_TABLESPACE (1L << 25)
767
768/** COMPRESSION="zlib|lz4|none" used during table create. */
769#define HA_CREATE_USED_COMPRESS (1L << 26)
770
771/** ENCRYPTION="Y" used during table create. */
772#define HA_CREATE_USED_ENCRYPT (1L << 27)
773
774/**
775 CREATE|ALTER SCHEMA|DATABASE|TABLE has an explicit COLLATE clause.
776
777 Implies HA_CREATE_USED_DEFAULT_CHARSET.
778*/
779#define HA_CREATE_USED_DEFAULT_COLLATE (1L << 28)
780
781/** SECONDARY_ENGINE used during table create. */
782#define HA_CREATE_USED_SECONDARY_ENGINE (1L << 29)
783
784/**
785 CREATE|ALTER SCHEMA|DATABASE has an explicit ENCRYPTION clause.
786
787 Implies HA_CREATE_USED_DEFAULT_ENCRYPTION.
788*/
789#define HA_CREATE_USED_DEFAULT_ENCRYPTION (1L << 30)
790
791/**
792 This option is used to convey that the create table should not
793 commit the operation and keep the transaction started.
794*/
795constexpr const uint64_t HA_CREATE_USED_START_TRANSACTION{1ULL << 31};
796
797constexpr const uint64_t HA_CREATE_USED_ENGINE_ATTRIBUTE{1ULL << 32};
798constexpr const uint64_t HA_CREATE_USED_SECONDARY_ENGINE_ATTRIBUTE{1ULL << 33};
799
800/**
801 ALTER SCHEMA|DATABASE has an explicit READ_ONLY clause.
802
803 Implies HA_CREATE_USED_READ_ONLY.
804*/
805constexpr const uint64_t HA_CREATE_USED_READ_ONLY{1ULL << 34};
806
807/**
808 These flags convey that the options AUTOEXTEND_SIZE has been
809 specified in the CREATE TABLE statement
810*/
811constexpr const uint64_t HA_CREATE_USED_AUTOEXTEND_SIZE{1ULL << 35};
812
813/*
814 End of bits used in used_fields
815*/
816
817/*
818 Structure to hold list of database_name.table_name.
819 This is used at both mysqld and storage engine layer.
820*/
822 const char *db;
823 const char *tablename;
824};
825
826#define MAXGTRIDSIZE 64
827#define MAXBQUALSIZE 64
828
829#define COMPATIBLE_DATA_YES 0
830#define COMPATIBLE_DATA_NO 1
831
832/*
833 These structures are used to pass information from a set of SQL commands
834 on add/drop/change tablespace definitions to the proper hton.
835*/
836#define UNDEF_NODEGROUP 65535
837
838// FUTURE: Combine these two enums into one enum class
853
863
864/**
865 Legacy struct for passing tablespace information to SEs.
866
867 FUTURE: Pass all info through dd objects
868 */
870 public:
871 const char *tablespace_name = nullptr;
872 const char *logfile_group_name = nullptr;
876 const char *data_file_name = nullptr;
877 const char *undo_file_name = nullptr;
878 ulonglong extent_size = 1024 * 1024; // Default 1 MByte
879 ulonglong undo_buffer_size = 8 * 1024 * 1024; // Default 8 MByte
880 ulonglong redo_buffer_size = 8 * 1024 * 1024; // Default 8 MByte
881 ulonglong initial_size = 128 * 1024 * 1024; // Default 128 MByte
882 std::optional<ulonglong> autoextend_size; // No autoextension as default
883 ulonglong max_size = 0; // Max size == initial size => no extension
884 ulonglong file_block_size = 0; // 0=default or must be a valid Page Size
887 const char *ts_comment = nullptr;
888 const char *encryption = nullptr;
889
891 return ts_cmd_type == CREATE_TABLESPACE ||
895 }
896
897 /**
898 Proper constructor even for all-public class simplifies initialization and
899 allows members to be const.
900
901 FUTURE: With constructor all members can be made const, and do not need
902 default initializers.
903
904 @param tablespace name of tabelspace (nullptr for logfile group statements)
905 @param logfile_group name of logfile group or nullptr
906 @param cmd main statement type
907 @param alter_tablespace_cmd subcommand type for ALTER TABLESPACE
908 @param datafile tablespace file for CREATE and ALTER ... ADD ...
909 @param undofile only applies to logfile group statements. nullptr otherwise.
910 @param opts options provided by parser
911 */
912 st_alter_tablespace(const char *tablespace, const char *logfile_group,
913 ts_command_type cmd,
914 enum ts_alter_tablespace_type alter_tablespace_cmd,
915 const char *datafile, const char *undofile,
916 const Tablespace_options &opts);
917};
918
919/*
920 Make sure that the order of schema_tables and enum_schema_tables are the same.
921*/
938
941enum ha_ddl_type : int {
947
948/** Clone start operation mode */
950 /** Start a new clone operation */
952
953 /** Re-start a clone operation after failure */
955
956 /** Add a new task to a running clone operation */
958
959 /** Get version for transfer data format */
961
962 /** Max value for clone mode */
965
966/** Clone operation types. */
967enum Ha_clone_type : size_t {
968 /** Caller must block all write operation to the SE. */
970
971 /** For transactional SE, archive redo to support concurrent dml */
973
974 /** For transactional SE, track page changes to support concurrent dml */
976
977 /** For transactional SE, use both page tracking and redo to optimize
978 clone with concurrent dml. Currently supported by Innodb. */
980
981 /** SE supports multiple threads for clone */
983
984 /** SE supports restarting clone after network failure */
986
987 /** Maximum value of clone type */
990
991using Ha_clone_flagset = std::bitset<HA_CLONE_TYPE_MAX>;
992
995
996/** File reference for clone */
998 /** File reference type */
999 enum {
1000 /** File handle */
1002
1003 /** File descriptor */
1004 FILE_DESC
1005
1007
1008 /** File reference */
1009 union {
1010 /** File descriptor */
1012
1013 /** File handle for windows */
1015 };
1016};
1017
1018/* Abstract callback interface to stream data back to the caller. */
1020 protected:
1021 /** Constructor to initialize members. */
1023 : m_hton(),
1024 m_loc_idx(),
1026 m_data_desc(),
1027 m_desc_len(),
1028 m_src_name(),
1029 m_dest_name(),
1031 m_flag() {}
1032
1033 public:
1034 /** Callback providing data from current position of a
1035 file descriptor of specific length.
1036 @param[in] from_file source file to read from
1037 @param[in] len data length
1038 @return error code */
1039 virtual int file_cbk(Ha_clone_file from_file, uint len) = 0;
1040
1041 /** Callback providing data in buffer of specific length.
1042 @param[in] from_buffer source buffer to read from
1043 @param[in] len data length
1044 @return error code */
1045 virtual int buffer_cbk(uchar *from_buffer, uint len) = 0;
1046
1047 /** Callback providing a file descriptor to write data starting
1048 from current position.
1049 @param[in] to_file destination file to write data
1050 @return error code */
1051 virtual int apply_file_cbk(Ha_clone_file to_file) = 0;
1052
1053 /** Callback to get data in buffer.
1054 @param[out] to_buffer data buffer
1055 @param[out] len data length
1056 @return error code */
1057 virtual int apply_buffer_cbk(uchar *&to_buffer, uint &len) = 0;
1058
1059 /** virtual destructor. */
1060 virtual ~Ha_clone_cbk() = default;
1061
1062 /** Set current storage engine handlerton.
1063 @param[in] hton SE handlerton */
1064 void set_hton(handlerton *hton) { m_hton = hton; }
1065
1066 /** Get current storage engine handlerton.
1067 @return SE handlerton */
1068 handlerton *get_hton() { return (m_hton); }
1069
1070 /** Set caller's transfer buffer size. SE can adjust the data chunk size
1071 based on this parameter.
1072 @param[in] size buffer size in bytes */
1074
1075 /** Get caller's transfer buffer size.
1076 @return buffer size in bytes */
1078
1079 /** Set current SE index.
1080 @param[in] idx SE index in locator array */
1081 void set_loc_index(uint idx) { m_loc_idx = idx; }
1082
1083 /** Get current SE index.
1084 @return SE index in locator array */
1085 uint get_loc_index() { return (m_loc_idx); }
1086
1087 /** Set data descriptor. SE specific descriptor for the
1088 data transferred by the callbacks.
1089 @param[in] desc serialized data descriptor
1090 @param[in] len length of the descriptor byte stream */
1091 void set_data_desc(const uchar *desc, uint len) {
1092 m_data_desc = desc;
1093 m_desc_len = len;
1094 }
1095
1096 /** Get data descriptor. SE specific descriptor for the
1097 data transferred by the callbacks.
1098 @param[out] lenp length of the descriptor byte stream
1099 @return pointer to the serialized data descriptor */
1100 const uchar *get_data_desc(uint *lenp) {
1101 if (lenp != nullptr) {
1102 *lenp = m_desc_len;
1103 }
1104
1105 return (m_data_desc);
1106 }
1107
1108 /** Get SE source file name. Used for debug printing and error message.
1109 @return null terminated string for source file name */
1110 const char *get_source_name() { return (m_src_name); }
1111
1112 /** Set SE source file name.
1113 @param[in] name null terminated string for source file name */
1114 void set_source_name(const char *name) { m_src_name = name; }
1115
1116 /** Get SE destination file name. Used for debug printing and error message.
1117 @return null terminated string for destination file name */
1118 const char *get_dest_name() { return (m_dest_name); }
1119
1120 /** Set SE destination file name.
1121 @param[in] name null terminated string for destination file name */
1122 void set_dest_name(const char *name) { m_dest_name = name; }
1123
1124 /** Clear all flags set by SE */
1125 void clear_flags() { m_flag = 0; }
1126
1127 /** Mark that ACK is needed for the data transfer before returning
1128 from callback. Set by SE. */
1130
1131 /** Check if ACK is needed for the data transfer
1132 @return true if ACK is needed */
1133 bool is_ack_needed() const { return (m_flag & HA_CLONE_ACK); }
1134
1135 /** Mark that the file descriptor is opened for read/write
1136 with OS buffer cache. For O_DIRECT, the flag is not set. */
1138
1139 /** Check if the file descriptor is opened for read/write with OS
1140 buffer cache. Currently clone avoids using zero copy (sendfile on linux),
1141 if SE is using O_DIRECT. This improves data copy performance.
1142 @return true if O_DIRECT is not used */
1143 bool is_os_buffer_cache() const { return (m_flag & HA_CLONE_FILE_CACHE); }
1144
1145 /** Mark that the file can be transferred with zero copy. */
1147
1148 /** Check if zero copy optimization is suggested. */
1149 bool is_zero_copy() const { return (m_flag & HA_CLONE_ZERO_COPY); }
1150
1151 /** Mark that data needs secure transfer. */
1153
1154 /** Check if data needs secure transfer. */
1155 bool is_secure() const { return (m_flag & HA_CLONE_SECURE); }
1156
1157 /** Set state information and notify state change.
1158 @param[in] estimate estimated bytes for current state. */
1159 void mark_state_change(uint64_t estimate) {
1161 m_state_estimate = estimate;
1162 }
1163
1164 /** Check if SE notified state change. */
1165 bool is_state_change(uint64_t &estimate) {
1166 estimate = m_state_estimate;
1167 return (m_flag & HA_CLONE_STATE_CHANGE);
1168 }
1169
1170 private:
1171 /** Handlerton for the SE */
1173
1174 /** SE index in caller's locator array */
1176
1177 /** Caller's transfer buffer size. */
1179
1180 /** SE's Serialized data descriptor */
1182
1183 /** SE's Serialized descriptor length. */
1185
1186 /** Current source file name */
1187 const char *m_src_name;
1188
1189 /** Current destination file name */
1190 const char *m_dest_name;
1191
1192 /** Estimated bytes to be transferred. */
1194
1195 /** Flag storing data related options */
1197
1198 /** Acknowledgement is needed for the data transfer. */
1199 const int HA_CLONE_ACK = 0x01;
1200
1201 /** Data file is opened for read/write with OS buffer cache. */
1202 const int HA_CLONE_FILE_CACHE = 0x02;
1203
1204 /** Data file can be transferred with zero copy. */
1205 const int HA_CLONE_ZERO_COPY = 0x04;
1206
1207 /** Data needs to be transferred securely over SSL connection. */
1208 const int HA_CLONE_SECURE = 0x08;
1209
1210 /** State change notification by SE. */
1211 const int HA_CLONE_STATE_CHANGE = 0x10;
1212};
1213
1214/**
1215 Column type description for foreign key columns compatibility check.
1216
1217 Contains subset of information from dd::Column class. It is inconvenient
1218 to use dd::Column class directly for such checks because it requires valid
1219 dd::Table object and in some cases we want to produce Ha_fk_column_type
1220 right from column description in Create_field format.
1221*/
1224 /*
1225 Note that both dd::Column::char_length() and length here are really
1226 in bytes.
1227 */
1233};
1234
1235typedef ulonglong my_xid; // this line is the same as in log_event.h
1236/**
1237 Enumeration of possible states for externally coordinated transactions (XA).
1238 */
1240 NOT_FOUND = -1, // Trnasaction not found
1241 PREPARED_IN_SE = 0, // Transaction is prepared in SEs
1242 PREPARED_IN_TC = 1, // Transaction is prepared in SEs and TC
1243 COMMITTED_WITH_ONEPHASE = 2, // Transaction was one-phase committed
1244 COMMITTED = 3, // Transaction was committed
1245 ROLLEDBACK = 4 // Transaction was rolled back
1246};
1247/**
1248 Single occurrence set of XIDs of internally coordinated transactions
1249 found as been committed in the transaction coordinator state.
1250 */
1252 std::unordered_set<my_xid, std::hash<my_xid>, std::equal_to<my_xid>,
1254
1255/**
1256 Class to maintain list of externally coordinated transactions and their
1257 current state at recovery.
1258 */
1260 public:
1261 using pair = std::pair<const XID, enum_ha_recover_xa_state>;
1263 using list = std::map<XID, enum_ha_recover_xa_state, std::less<XID>,
1265 using iterator = std::map<XID, enum_ha_recover_xa_state, std::less<XID>,
1267 using instantiation_tuple = std::tuple<
1268 std::unique_ptr<MEM_ROOT>, std::unique_ptr<Xa_state_list::allocator>,
1269 std::unique_ptr<Xa_state_list::list>, std::unique_ptr<Xa_state_list>>;
1270
1271 /**
1272 Class constructor.
1273
1274 @param populated_by_tc The underlying list of XIDs and transaction
1275 states, after being populated by the transaction
1276 coodinator.
1277 */
1278 Xa_state_list(Xa_state_list::list &populated_by_tc);
1279 virtual ~Xa_state_list() = default;
1280
1281 /**
1282 Searches the underlying map to find an key that corresponds to the
1283 parameter.
1284
1285 @param to_find The XID to find within the underlying map.
1286
1287 @return Ha_recover_states::NOT_FOUND if the transaction wasn't found,
1288 the state of the transaction, otherwise.
1289 */
1290 enum_ha_recover_xa_state find(XID const &to_find);
1291 /**
1292 Adds a transaction and state to the underlying map. If the given XID
1293 already exists in the underlying map, the associated state changes according
1294 to the following rules:
1295
1296 - If the parameter state is `PREPARED_IN_SE` it means that the
1297 transaction didn't reach PREPARED_IN_TC, COMMIT or ROLLBACK for
1298 sure. In that case:
1299 . If other participants state is `COMMITTED`/`ROLLEDBACK`, it would
1300 mean that it's a state inherited from a previous execution with the
1301 same XID and we should set the state to `PREPARED_IN_SE`.
1302 . If other participants state is `PREPARED_IN_TC`/
1303 `COMMITTED_WITH_ONEPHASE` it means that the current participant
1304 didn't reach it but some other did so, keep the state as
1305 `PREPARED_IN_TC`/`COMMITTED_WITH_ONEPHASE`.
1306
1307 - If the parameter state is `PREPARED_IN_TC`, it means that other
1308 participants must have persisted either the PREPARE, the COMMIT or
1309 the ROLLBACK. In that case, keep whatever state is already there and
1310 ensure that is not `PREPARED_IN_SE`.
1311
1312 - If the parameter state is `COMMITTED_WITH_ONEPHASE`, `COMMITTED` or
1313 `ROLLEDBACK`, do nothing, only the active transaction coordinator has
1314 the ability, for now, to set the transaction state to those values.
1315
1316 @param xid The XID to be added (the key).
1317 @param state The state to be added (the value).
1318
1319 @return The current value of the transaction state if the XID has
1320 already been added, Ha_recover_states::NOT_FOUND otherwise.
1321 */
1323 /**
1324 Factory like method to instantiate all the infra-structure needed to
1325 create an `Xa_state_list`. Since such infra-structuer is dependent on
1326 `MEM_ROOT` and `Mem_root_allocator`, the method returns a tuple
1327 containing unique pointers to all 4 objects needed: MEM_ROOT;
1328 Mem_root_allocator; Xa_state_list::list; Xa_state_list.
1329
1330 @return An std::tuple containing unique pointers to all 4 objects
1331 needed: MEM_ROOT; Mem_root_allocator; Xa_state_list::list;
1332 Xa_state_list.
1333 */
1335
1336 private:
1337 /** The underlying map holding the trx and states*/
1339};
1340
1341/* handlerton methods */
1342
1343/**
1344 close_connection is only called if
1345 thd->ha_data[xxx_hton.slot] is non-zero, so even if you don't need
1346 this storage area - set it to something, so that MySQL would know
1347 this storage engine was accessed in this connection
1348*/
1349typedef int (*close_connection_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd);
1350
1351/** Terminate connection/statement notification. */
1352typedef void (*kill_connection_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd);
1353
1354/**
1355 Shut down all storage engine background tasks that might access
1356 the data dictionary, before the main shutdown.
1357*/
1358typedef void (*pre_dd_shutdown_t)(handlerton *hton);
1359
1360/**
1361 Some plugin session variables may require some special handling
1362 upon clean up. Reset appropriately these variables before
1363 ending the THD connection
1364*/
1365typedef void (*reset_plugin_vars_t)(THD *thd);
1366
1367/**
1368 sv points to a storage area, that was earlier passed
1369 to the savepoint_set call
1370*/
1371typedef int (*savepoint_rollback_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, void *sv);
1372
1373/**
1374 sv points to an uninitialized storage area of requested size
1375 (see savepoint_offset description)
1376*/
1377typedef int (*savepoint_set_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, void *sv);
1378
1379/**
1380 Check if storage engine allows to release metadata locks which were
1381 acquired after the savepoint if rollback to savepoint is done.
1382 @return true - If it is safe to release MDL locks.
1383 false - If it is not.
1384*/
1386 THD *thd);
1387
1388typedef int (*savepoint_release_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, void *sv);
1389
1390/**
1391 'all' is true if it's a real commit, that makes persistent changes
1392 'all' is false if it's not in fact a commit but an end of the
1393 statement that is part of the transaction.
1394 NOTE 'all' is also false in auto-commit mode where 'end of statement'
1395 and 'real commit' mean the same event.
1396*/
1397typedef int (*commit_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, bool all);
1398
1399typedef int (*rollback_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, bool all);
1400
1401typedef int (*prepare_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, bool all);
1402
1403typedef int (*recover_t)(handlerton *hton, XA_recover_txn *xid_list, uint len,
1405/**
1406 Retrieves information about externally coordinated transactions for which
1407 the two-phase prepare was finished and transactions were prepared in the
1408 server TC.
1409 */
1411 Xa_state_list &xa_list);
1412/**
1413 Instructs the storage engine to mark the externally coordinated
1414 transactions held by the THD parameters as prepared in the server TC.
1415 */
1416using set_prepared_in_tc_t = int (*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd);
1417
1418/** X/Open XA distributed transaction status codes */
1420 /**
1421 normal execution
1422 */
1424
1425 /**
1426 asynchronous operation already outstanding
1427 */
1429
1430 /**
1431 a resource manager error occurred in the transaction branch
1432 */
1434
1435 /**
1436 the XID is not valid
1437 */
1439
1440 /**
1441 invalid arguments were given
1442 */
1444
1445 /**
1446 routine invoked in an improper context
1447 */
1449
1450 /**
1451 resource manager unavailable
1452 */
1454
1455 /**
1456 the XID already exists
1457 */
1459
1460 /**
1461 resource manager doing work outside transaction
1462 */
1463 XAER_OUTSIDE = -9
1465
1467
1469
1470/**
1471 Instructs the storage engine to mark the externally coordinated
1472 transactions identified by the XID parameters as prepared in the server
1473 TC.
1474 */
1476 XID *xid);
1477
1478/**
1479 Create handler object for the table in the storage engine.
1480
1481 @param hton Handlerton object for the storage engine.
1482 @param table TABLE_SHARE for the table, can be NULL if caller
1483 didn't perform full-blown open of table definition.
1484 @param partitioned Indicates whether table is partitioned.
1485 @param mem_root Memory root to be used for allocating handler
1486 object.
1487*/
1488typedef handler *(*create_t)(handlerton *hton, TABLE_SHARE *table,
1489 bool partitioned, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
1490
1491typedef void (*drop_database_t)(handlerton *hton, char *path);
1492
1493typedef int (*panic_t)(handlerton *hton, enum ha_panic_function flag);
1494
1495typedef int (*start_consistent_snapshot_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd);
1496
1497/**
1498 Flush the log(s) of storage engine(s).
1499
1500 @param hton Handlerton of storage engine.
1501 @param binlog_group_flush true if we got invoked by binlog group
1502 commit during flush stage, false in other cases.
1503 @retval false Succeed
1504 @retval true Error
1505*/
1506typedef bool (*flush_logs_t)(handlerton *hton, bool binlog_group_flush);
1507
1508typedef bool (*show_status_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, stat_print_fn *print,
1509 enum ha_stat_type stat);
1510
1511/**
1512 The flag values are defined in sql_partition.h.
1513 If this function is set, then it implies that the handler supports
1514 partitioned tables.
1515 If this function exists, then handler::get_partition_handler must also be
1516 implemented.
1517*/
1518typedef uint (*partition_flags_t)();
1519
1520/**
1521 SE specific validation of the tablespace name.
1522
1523 This function will ask the relevant SE whether the submitted tablespace
1524 name is valid.
1525
1526 @param ts_cmd Purpose of usage - is this tablespace DDL?
1527 @param tablespace_name Name of the tablespace.
1528
1529 @return Tablespace name validity.
1530 @retval Whether the tablespace name is valid.
1531*/
1533 const char *tablespace_name);
1534
1535/**
1536 Get the tablespace name from the SE for the given schema and table.
1537
1538 @param thd Thread context.
1539 @param db_name Name of the relevant schema.
1540 @param table_name Name of the relevant table.
1541 @param [out] tablespace_name Name of the tablespace containing the table.
1542
1543 @return Operation status.
1544 @retval == 0 Success.
1545 @retval != 0 Error (handler error code returned).
1546*/
1549 LEX_CSTRING *tablespace_name);
1550
1551/**
1552 Create/drop or alter tablespace in the storage engine.
1553
1554 @param hton Hadlerton of the SE.
1555 @param thd Thread context.
1556 @param ts_info Description of tablespace and specific
1557 operation on it.
1558 @param old_ts_def dd::Tablespace object describing old version
1559 of tablespace.
1560 @param [in,out] new_ts_def dd::Tablespace object describing new version
1561 of tablespace. Engines which support atomic DDL
1562 can adjust this object. The updated information
1563 will be saved to the data-dictionary.
1564
1565 @return Operation status.
1566 @retval == 0 Success.
1567 @retval != 0 Error (handler error code returned).
1568*/
1569typedef int (*alter_tablespace_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd,
1570 st_alter_tablespace *ts_info,
1571 const dd::Tablespace *old_ts_def,
1572 dd::Tablespace *new_ts_def);
1573
1574/**
1575 SE interface for getting tablespace extension.
1576 @return Extension of tablespace datafile name.
1577*/
1578typedef const char *(*get_tablespace_filename_ext_t)();
1579
1580/**
1581 Get the tablespace data from SE and insert it into Data dictionary
1582
1583 @param thd Thread context
1584
1585 @return Operation status.
1586 @retval == 0 Success.
1587 @retval != 0 Error (handler error code returned)
1588*/
1589typedef int (*upgrade_tablespace_t)(THD *thd);
1590
1591/**
1592 Get the tablespace data from SE and insert it into Data dictionary
1593
1594 @param[in] tablespace tablespace object
1595
1596 @return Operation status.
1597 @retval == 0 Success.
1598 @retval != 0 Error (handler error code returned)
1599*/
1600typedef bool (*upgrade_space_version_t)(dd::Tablespace *tablespace);
1601
1602/**
1603 Finish upgrade process inside storage engines.
1604 This includes resetting flags to indicate upgrade process
1605 and cleanup after upgrade.
1606
1607 @param thd Thread context
1608 @param failed_upgrade True if the upgrade failed.
1609
1610 @return Operation status.
1611 @retval == 0 Success.
1612 @retval != 0 Error (handler error code returned)
1613*/
1614typedef int (*finish_upgrade_t)(THD *thd, bool failed_upgrade);
1615
1616/**
1617 Upgrade logs after the checkpoint from where upgrade
1618 process can only roll forward.
1619
1620 @param thd Thread context
1621
1622 @return Operation status.
1623 @retval == 0 Success.
1624 @retval != 0 Error (handler error code returned)
1625*/
1626typedef int (*upgrade_logs_t)(THD *thd);
1627
1635};
1636
1637/**
1638 Get the tablespace type from the SE.
1639
1640 @param[in] space tablespace object
1641 @param[out] space_type type of space
1642
1643 @return Operation status.
1644 @retval false on success and true for failure.
1645*/
1646typedef bool (*get_tablespace_type_t)(const dd::Tablespace &space,
1647 Tablespace_type *space_type);
1648
1649/**
1650 Get the tablespace type given the name, from the SE.
1651
1652 @param[in] tablespace_name tablespace name
1653 @param[out] space_type type of space
1654
1655 @return Operation status.
1656 @retval false on success and true for failure.
1657*/
1658typedef bool (*get_tablespace_type_by_name_t)(const char *tablespace_name,
1659 Tablespace_type *space_type);
1660
1661typedef int (*fill_is_table_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, Table_ref *tables,
1662 class Item *cond, enum enum_schema_tables);
1663
1664typedef int (*binlog_func_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, enum_binlog_func fn,
1665 void *arg);
1666
1667typedef void (*binlog_log_query_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd,
1668 enum_binlog_command binlog_command,
1669 const char *query, uint query_length,
1670 const char *db, const char *table_name);
1671
1672typedef void (*acl_notify_t)(THD *thd,
1673 const class Acl_change_notification *notice);
1674
1675typedef int (*discover_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const char *db,
1676 const char *name, uchar **frmblob, size_t *frmlen);
1677
1678typedef int (*find_files_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const char *db,
1679 const char *path, const char *wild, bool dir,
1680 List<LEX_STRING> *files);
1681
1682typedef int (*table_exists_in_engine_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd,
1683 const char *db, const char *name);
1684
1685/**
1686 Let storage engine inspect the query Accesspath and pick whatever
1687 it like for being pushed down to the engine. (Join, conditions, ..)
1688
1689 The handler implementation should itself keep track of what it 'pushed',
1690 such that later calls to the handlers access methods should
1691 activate the pushed parts of the execution plan on the storage
1692 engines.
1693
1694 @param thd Thread context
1695 @param query The AccessPath for the entire query.
1696 @param join The JOIN to be pushed
1697
1698 @returns
1699 0 on success
1700 error otherwise
1701*/
1702using push_to_engine_t = int (*)(THD *thd, AccessPath *query, JOIN *join);
1703
1704/**
1705 Check if the given db.tablename is a system table for this SE.
1706
1707 @param db Database name to check.
1708 @param table_name table name to check.
1709 @param is_sql_layer_system_table if the supplied db.table_name is a SQL
1710 layer system table.
1711
1712 @see example_is_supported_system_table in ha_example.cc
1713
1714 is_sql_layer_system_table is supplied to make more efficient
1715 checks possible for SEs that support all SQL layer tables.
1716
1717 This interface is optional, so every SE need not implement it.
1718*/
1719typedef bool (*is_supported_system_table_t)(const char *db,
1720 const char *table_name,
1721 bool is_sql_layer_system_table);
1722
1723/**
1724 Create SDI in a tablespace. This API should be used when upgrading
1725 a tablespace with no SDI or after invoking sdi_drop().
1726 @param[in] tablespace tablespace object
1727 @retval false success
1728 @retval true failure
1729*/
1730typedef bool (*sdi_create_t)(dd::Tablespace *tablespace);
1731
1732/**
1733 Drop SDI in a tablespace. This API should be used only when
1734 SDI is corrupted.
1735 @param[in] tablespace tablespace object
1736 @retval false success
1737 @retval true failure
1738*/
1739typedef bool (*sdi_drop_t)(dd::Tablespace *tablespace);
1740
1741/**
1742 Get the SDI keys in a tablespace into vector.
1743 @param[in] tablespace tablespace object
1744 @param[in,out] vector vector of SDI Keys
1745 @retval false success
1746 @retval true failure
1747*/
1748typedef bool (*sdi_get_keys_t)(const dd::Tablespace &tablespace,
1750
1751/**
1752 Retrieve SDI for a given SDI key.
1753
1754 Since the caller of this api will not know the SDI length, SDI retrieval
1755 should be done in the following way.
1756
1757 i. Allocate initial memory of some size (Lets say 64KB)
1758 ii. Pass the allocated memory to the below api.
1759 iii. If passed buffer is sufficient, sdi_get_by_id() copies the sdi
1760 to the buffer passed and returns success, else sdi_len is modified
1761 with the actual length of the SDI (and returns false on failure).
1762 For genuine errors, sdi_len is returned as UINT64_MAX
1763 iv. If sdi_len != UINT64_MAX, retry the call after allocating the memory
1764 of sdi_len
1765 v. Free the memory after using SDI (responsibility of caller)
1766
1767 @param[in] tablespace tablespace object
1768 @param[in] sdi_key SDI key to uniquely identify SDI obj
1769 @param[in,out] sdi SDI retrieved from tablespace
1770 A non-null pointer must be passed in
1771 @param[in,out] sdi_len in: length of the memory allocated
1772 out: actual length of SDI
1773 @retval false success
1774 @retval true failure
1775*/
1776typedef bool (*sdi_get_t)(const dd::Tablespace &tablespace,
1777 const sdi_key_t *sdi_key, void *sdi, uint64 *sdi_len);
1778
1779/**
1780 Insert/Update SDI for a given SDI key.
1781 @param[in] hton handlerton object
1782 @param[in] tablespace tablespace object
1783 @param[in] table table object
1784 @param[in] sdi_key SDI key to uniquely identify SDI obj
1785 @param[in] sdi SDI to write into the tablespace
1786 @param[in] sdi_len length of SDI BLOB returned
1787 @retval false success
1788 @retval true failure, my_error() should be called
1789 by SE
1790*/
1791typedef bool (*sdi_set_t)(handlerton *hton, const dd::Tablespace &tablespace,
1792 const dd::Table *table, const sdi_key_t *sdi_key,
1793 const void *sdi, uint64 sdi_len);
1794
1795/**
1796 Delete SDI for a given SDI key.
1797 @param[in] tablespace tablespace object
1798 @param[in] table table object
1799 @param[in] sdi_key SDI key to uniquely identify SDI obj
1800 @retval false success
1801 @retval true failure, my_error() should be called
1802 by SE
1803*/
1804typedef bool (*sdi_delete_t)(const dd::Tablespace &tablespace,
1805 const dd::Table *table, const sdi_key_t *sdi_key);
1806
1807/**
1808 Check if the DDSE is started in a way that leaves thd DD being read only.
1809
1810 @retval true The data dictionary can only be read.
1811 @retval false The data dictionary can be read and written.
1812 */
1813typedef bool (*is_dict_readonly_t)();
1814
1815/**
1816 Drop all temporary tables which have been left from previous server
1817 run belonging to this SE. Used on server start-up.
1818
1819 @param[in] hton Handlerton for storage engine.
1820 @param[in] thd Thread context.
1821 @param[in,out] files List of files in directories for temporary files
1822 which match tmp_file_prefix and thus can belong to
1823 temporary tables (but not necessarily in this SE).
1824 It is recommended to remove file from the list if
1825 SE recognizes it as belonging to temporary table
1826 in this SE and deletes it.
1827*/
1828typedef bool (*rm_tmp_tables_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd,
1829 List<LEX_STRING> *files);
1830
1831/**
1832 Retrieve cost constants to be used for this storage engine.
1833
1834 A storage engine that wants to provide its own cost constants to
1835 be used in the optimizer cost model, should implement this function.
1836 The server will call this function to get a cost constant object
1837 that will be used for tables stored in this storage engine instead
1838 of using the default cost constants.
1839
1840 Life cycle for the cost constant object: The storage engine must
1841 allocate the cost constant object on the heap. After the function
1842 returns, the server takes over the ownership of this object.
1843 The server will eventually delete the object by calling delete.
1844
1845 @note In the initial version the storage_category parameter will
1846 not be used. The only valid value this will have is DEFAULT_STORAGE_CLASS
1847 (see declaration in opt_costconstants.h).
1848
1849 @param storage_category the storage type that the cost constants will
1850 be used for
1851
1852 @return a pointer to the cost constant object, if NULL is returned
1853 the default cost constants will be used
1854*/
1855typedef SE_cost_constants *(*get_cost_constants_t)(uint storage_category);
1856
1857/**
1858 @param[in,out] thd pointer to THD
1859 @param[in] new_trx_arg pointer to replacement transaction
1860 @param[out] ptr_trx_arg double pointer to being replaced transaction
1861
1862 Associated with THD engine's native transaction is replaced
1863 with @c new_trx_arg. The old value is returned through a buffer if non-null
1864 pointer is provided with @c ptr_trx_arg.
1865 The method is adapted by XA start and XA prepare handlers to
1866 handle XA transaction that is logged as two parts by slave applier.
1867
1868 This interface concerns engines that are aware of XA transaction.
1869*/
1870typedef void (*replace_native_transaction_in_thd_t)(THD *thd, void *new_trx_arg,
1871 void **ptr_trx_arg);
1872
1873/** Mode for initializing the data dictionary. */
1875 DICT_INIT_CREATE_FILES, ///< Create all required SE files
1876 DICT_INIT_CHECK_FILES ///< Verify existence of expected files
1878
1879/**
1880 Initialize the SE for being used to store the DD tables. Create
1881 the required files according to the dict_init_mode. Create strings
1882 representing the required DDSE tables, i.e., tables that the DDSE
1883 expects to exist in the DD, and add them to the appropriate out
1884 parameter.
1885
1886 @note There are two variants of this function type, one is to be
1887 used by the DDSE, and has a different type of output parameters
1888 because the SQL layer needs more information about the DDSE tables
1889 in order to support upgrade.
1890
1891 @param dict_init_mode How to initialize files
1892 @param version Target DD version if a new
1893 server is being installed.
1894 0 if restarting an existing
1895 server.
1896 @param [out] DDSE_tables List of SQL DDL statements
1897 for creating DD tables that
1898 are needed by the DDSE.
1899 @param [out] DDSE_tablespaces List of meta data for predefined
1900 tablespaces created by the DDSE.
1901
1902 @retval true An error occurred.
1903 @retval false Success - no errors.
1904 */
1905
1906typedef bool (*dict_init_t)(dict_init_mode_t dict_init_mode, uint version,
1907 List<const Plugin_table> *DDSE_tables,
1908 List<const Plugin_tablespace> *DDSE_tablespaces);
1909
1910typedef bool (*ddse_dict_init_t)(
1911 dict_init_mode_t dict_init_mode, uint version,
1912 List<const dd::Object_table> *DDSE_tables,
1913 List<const Plugin_tablespace> *DDSE_tablespaces);
1914
1915/**
1916 Initialize the set of hard coded DD table ids.
1917*/
1918typedef void (*dict_register_dd_table_id_t)(dd::Object_id hard_coded_tables);
1919
1920/**
1921 Invalidate an entry in the local dictionary cache.
1922
1923 Needed during bootstrap to make sure the contents in the DDSE
1924 dictionary cache is in sync with the global DD.
1925
1926 @param schema_name Schema name.
1927 @param table_name Table name.
1928 */
1929
1930typedef void (*dict_cache_reset_t)(const char *schema_name,
1931 const char *table_name);
1932
1933/**
1934 Invalidate all table and tablespace entries in the local dictionary cache.
1935
1936 Needed for recovery during server restart.
1937 */
1938
1940
1941/** Mode for data dictionary recovery. */
1943 DICT_RECOVERY_INITIALIZE_SERVER, ///< First start of a new server
1944 DICT_RECOVERY_INITIALIZE_TABLESPACES, ///< First start, create tablespaces
1945 DICT_RECOVERY_RESTART_SERVER ///< Restart of an existing server
1947
1948/**
1949 Do recovery in the DDSE as part of initializing the data dictionary.
1950 The dict_recovery_mode indicates what kind of recovery should be
1951 done.
1952
1953 @param dict_recovery_mode How to do recovery
1954 @param version Target DD version if a new
1955 server is being installed.
1956 Actual DD version if restarting
1957 an existing server.
1958
1959 @retval true An error occurred.
1960 @retval false Success - no errors.
1961 */
1962
1963typedef bool (*dict_recover_t)(dict_recovery_mode_t dict_recovery_mode,
1964 uint version);
1965
1966/**
1967 Get the server version id stored in the header of the
1968 dictionary tablespace.
1969
1970 @param [out] version Version number from the DD
1971 tablespace header.
1972
1973 @retval Operation outcome, false if no error, otherwise true.
1974*/
1975typedef bool (*dict_get_server_version_t)(uint *version);
1976
1977/**
1978 Store the current server version number into the
1979 header of the dictionary tablespace.
1980
1981 @retval Operation outcome, false if no error, otherwise true.
1982*/
1984
1985/**
1986 Notify/get permission from storage engine before acquisition or after
1987 release of exclusive metadata lock on object represented by key.
1988
1989 @param thd Thread context.
1990 @param mdl_key MDL key identifying object on which exclusive
1991 lock is to be acquired/was released.
1992 @param notification_type Indicates whether this is pre-acquire or
1993 post-release notification.
1994 @param victimized 'true' if locking failed as we were selected
1995 as a victim in order to avoid possible deadlocks.
1996
1997 @note Notification is done only for objects from TABLESPACE, SCHEMA,
1998 TABLE, FUNCTION, PROCEDURE, TRIGGER and EVENT namespaces.
1999
2000 @note Problems during notification are to be reported as warnings, MDL
2001 subsystem will report generic error if pre-acquire notification
2002 fails/SE refuses lock acquisition.
2003 @note Return value is ignored/error is not reported in case of
2004 post-release notification.
2005
2006 @note In some cases post-release notification might happen even if
2007 there were no prior pre-acquire notification. For example,
2008 when SE was loaded after exclusive lock acquisition, or when
2009 we need notify SEs which permitted lock acquisition that it
2010 didn't happen because one of SEs didn't allow it (in such case
2011 we will do post-release notification for all SEs for simplicity).
2012
2013 @return False - if notification was successful/lock can be acquired,
2014 True - if it has failed/lock should not be acquired.
2015*/
2016typedef bool (*notify_exclusive_mdl_t)(THD *thd, const MDL_key *mdl_key,
2017 ha_notification_type notification_type,
2018 bool *victimized);
2019
2020/**
2021 Notify/get permission from storage engine before or after execution of
2022 ALTER TABLE operation on the table identified by the MDL key.
2023
2024 @param thd Thread context.
2025 @param mdl_key MDL key identifying table which is going to be
2026 or was ALTERed.
2027 @param notification_type Indicates whether this is pre-ALTER TABLE or
2028 post-ALTER TABLE notification.
2029
2030 @note This hook is necessary because for ALTER TABLE upgrade to X
2031 metadata lock happens fairly late during the execution process,
2032 so it can be expensive to abort ALTER TABLE operation at this
2033 stage by returning failure from notify_exclusive_mdl() hook.
2034
2035 @note This hook follows the same error reporting convention as
2036 @see notify_exclusive_mdl().
2037
2038 @note Similarly to notify_exclusive_mdl() in some cases post-ALTER
2039 notification might happen even if there were no prior pre-ALTER
2040 notification.
2041
2042 @note Post-ALTER notification can happen before post-release notification
2043 for exclusive metadata lock acquired by this ALTER TABLE.
2044
2045 @return False - if notification was successful/ALTER TABLE can proceed.
2046 True - if it has failed/ALTER TABLE should be aborted.
2047*/
2048typedef bool (*notify_alter_table_t)(THD *thd, const MDL_key *mdl_key,
2049 ha_notification_type notification_type);
2050
2051/**
2052 Notify/get permission from storage engine before or after execution of
2053 RENAME TABLE operation on the table identified by the MDL key.
2054
2055 @param thd Thread context.
2056 @param mdl_key MDL key identifying table which is going to be
2057 or was RENAMEd.
2058 @param notification_type Indicates whether this is pre-RENAME TABLE or
2059 post-RENAME TABLE notification.
2060 @param old_db_name old db name
2061 @param old_table_name old table name
2062 @param new_db_name new db name
2063 @param new_table_name new table name
2064*/
2065typedef bool (*notify_rename_table_t)(THD *thd, const MDL_key *mdl_key,
2066 ha_notification_type notification_type,
2067 const char *old_db_name,
2068 const char *old_table_name,
2069 const char *new_db_name,
2070 const char *new_table_name);
2071
2072/**
2073 Notify/get permission from storage engine before or after execution of
2074 TRUNCATE TABLE operation on the table identified by the MDL key.
2075
2076 @param thd Thread context.
2077 @param mdl_key MDL key identifying table which is going to be
2078 or was TRUNCATEd.
2079 @param notification_type Indicates whether this is pre-TRUNCATE TABLE or
2080 post-TRUNCATE TABLE notification.
2081*/
2082typedef bool (*notify_truncate_table_t)(THD *thd, const MDL_key *mdl_key,
2083 ha_notification_type notification_type);
2084
2085/**
2086 @brief
2087 Initiate master key rotation
2088
2089 @returns false on success,
2090 true on failure
2091*/
2093
2094/**
2095 @brief
2096 Enable or Disable SE write ahead logging.
2097
2098 @param[in] thd server thread handle
2099 @param[in] enable enable/disable redo logging
2100
2101 @return true iff failed.
2102*/
2103typedef bool (*redo_log_set_state_t)(THD *thd, bool enable);
2104
2105/**
2106 @brief
2107 Retrieve ha_statistics from SE.
2108
2109 @param db_name Name of schema
2110 @param table_name Name of table
2111 @param se_private_id SE private id of the table.
2112 @param ts_se_private_data Tablespace SE private data.
2113 @param tbl_se_private_data Table SE private data.
2114 @param flags Type of statistics to retrieve.
2115 @param[out] stats Contains statistics read from SE.
2116
2117 @note Handlers that implement this callback/API should adhere
2118 to servers expectation that, the implementation would invoke
2119 my_error() before returning 'true'/failure from this function.
2120
2121 @returns false on success,
2122 true on failure
2123*/
2125 const char *db_name, const char *table_name, dd::Object_id se_private_id,
2126 const dd::Properties &ts_se_private_data,
2127 const dd::Properties &tbl_se_private_data, uint flags,
2129
2130/**
2131 @brief
2132 Retrieve index column cardinality from SE.
2133
2134 @param db_name Name of schema
2135 @param table_name Name of table
2136 @param index_name Name of index
2137 @param index_ordinal_position Position of index.
2138 @param column_ordinal_position Position of column in index.
2139 @param se_private_id SE private id of the table.
2140 @param[out] cardinality cardinality being returned by SE.
2141
2142 @note Handlers that implement this callback/API should adhere
2143 to servers expectation that, the implementation would invoke
2144 my_error() before returning 'true'/failure from this function.
2145
2146 @returns false on success,
2147 true on failure
2148*/
2150 const char *db_name, const char *table_name, const char *index_name,
2151 uint index_ordinal_position, uint column_ordinal_position,
2152 dd::Object_id se_private_id, ulonglong *cardinality);
2153
2154/**
2155 Retrieve ha_tablespace_statistics from SE.
2156
2157 @param tablespace_name Tablespace_name
2158 @param file_name Tablespace file name.
2159 @param ts_se_private_data Tablespace SE private data.
2160 @param[out] stats Contains tablespace
2161 statistics read from SE.
2162
2163 @note Handlers that implement this callback/API should adhere
2164 to servers expectation that, the implementation would invoke
2165 my_error() before returning 'true'/failure from this function.
2166
2167 @returns false on success, true on failure
2168*/
2170 const char *tablespace_name, const char *file_name,
2171 const dd::Properties &ts_se_private_data, ha_tablespace_statistics *stats);
2172
2173/* Database physical clone interfaces */
2174
2175/** Get capability flags for clone operation
2176@param[out] flags capability flag */
2178
2179/** Begin copy from source database
2180@param[in] hton handlerton for SE
2181@param[in] thd server thread handle
2182@param[in,out] loc locator
2183@param[in,out] loc_len locator length
2184@param[out] task_id task identifier
2185@param[in] type clone type
2186@param[in] mode mode for starting clone
2187@return error code */
2188using Clone_begin_t = int (*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *&loc,
2189 uint &loc_len, uint &task_id, Ha_clone_type type,
2191
2192/** Copy data from source database in chunks via callback
2193@param[in] hton handlerton for SE
2194@param[in] thd server thread handle
2195@param[in] loc locator
2196@param[in] loc_len locator length in bytes
2197@param[in] task_id task identifier
2198@param[in] cbk callback interface for sending data
2199@return error code */
2200using Clone_copy_t = int (*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *loc,
2201 uint loc_len, uint task_id, Ha_clone_cbk *cbk);
2202
2203/** Acknowledge data transfer to source database
2204@param[in] hton handlerton for SE
2205@param[in] thd server thread handle
2206@param[in] loc locator
2207@param[in] loc_len locator length in bytes
2208@param[in] task_id task identifier
2209@param[in] in_err inform any error occurred
2210@param[in] cbk callback interface
2211@return error code */
2212using Clone_ack_t = int (*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *loc,
2213 uint loc_len, uint task_id, int in_err,
2214 Ha_clone_cbk *cbk);
2215
2216/** End copy from source database
2217@param[in] hton handlerton for SE
2218@param[in] thd server thread handle
2219@param[in] loc locator
2220@param[in] loc_len locator length in bytes
2221@param[in] task_id task identifier
2222@param[in] in_err error code when ending after error
2223@return error code */
2224using Clone_end_t = int (*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *loc,
2225 uint loc_len, uint task_id, int in_err);
2226
2227/** Begin apply to destination database
2228@param[in] hton handlerton for SE
2229@param[in] thd server thread handle
2230@param[in,out] loc locator
2231@param[in,out] loc_len locator length
2232@param[in] task_id task identifier
2233@param[in] mode mode for starting clone
2234@param[in] data_dir target data directory
2235@return error code */
2236using Clone_apply_begin_t = int (*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd,
2237 const uchar *&loc, uint &loc_len,
2238 uint &task_id, Ha_clone_mode mode,
2239 const char *data_dir);
2240
2241/** Apply data to destination database in chunks via callback
2242@param[in] hton handlerton for SE
2243@param[in] thd server thread handle
2244@param[in] loc locator
2245@param[in] loc_len locator length in bytes
2246@param[in] task_id task identifier
2247@param[in] in_err inform any error occurred
2248@param[in] cbk callback interface for receiving data
2249@return error code */
2250using Clone_apply_t = int (*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *loc,
2251 uint loc_len, uint task_id, int in_err,
2252 Ha_clone_cbk *cbk);
2253
2254/** End apply to destination database
2255@param[in] hton handlerton for SE
2256@param[in] thd server thread handle
2257@param[in] loc locator
2258@param[in] loc_len locator length in bytes
2259@param[in] task_id task identifier
2260@param[in] in_err error code when ending after error
2261@return error code */
2262using Clone_apply_end_t = int (*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *loc,
2263 uint loc_len, uint task_id, int in_err);
2264
2266 /* Get clone capabilities of an SE */
2268
2269 /* Interfaces to copy data. */
2274
2275 /* Interfaces to apply data. */
2279};
2280
2281/**
2282 Perform post-commit/rollback cleanup after DDL statement (e.g. in
2283 case of DROP TABLES really remove table files from disk).
2284
2285 @note This hook will be invoked after DDL commit or rollback only
2286 for storage engines supporting atomic DDL.
2287
2288 @note Problems during execution of this method should be reported to
2289 error log and as warnings/notes to user. Since this method is
2290 called after successful commit of the statement we can't fail
2291 statement with error.
2292*/
2293typedef void (*post_ddl_t)(THD *thd);
2294
2295/**
2296 Perform SE-specific cleanup after recovery of transactions.
2297
2298 @note Particularly SEs supporting atomic DDL can use this call
2299 to perform post-DDL actions for DDL statements which were
2300 committed or rolled back during recovery stage.
2301*/
2302typedef void (*post_recover_t)(void);
2303
2304/**
2305 Lock a handlerton (resource) log to collect log information.
2306*/
2307
2308typedef bool (*lock_hton_log_t)(handlerton *hton);
2309
2310/**
2311 Unlock a handlerton (resource) log after collecting log information.
2312*/
2313
2314typedef bool (*unlock_hton_log_t)(handlerton *hton);
2315
2316/**
2317 Collect a handlerton (resource) log information.
2318*/
2319
2320typedef bool (*collect_hton_log_info_t)(handlerton *hton, Json_dom *json);
2321
2322/**
2323 Check SE considers types of child and parent columns in foreign key
2324 to be compatible.
2325
2326 @param child_column_type Child column type description.
2327 @param parent_column_type Parent column type description.
2328 @param check_charsets Indicates whether we need to check
2329 that charsets of string columns
2330 match. Which is true in most cases.
2331
2332 @returns True if types are compatible, False if not.
2333*/
2334
2336 const Ha_fk_column_type *child_column_type,
2337 const Ha_fk_column_type *parent_column_type, bool check_charsets);
2338
2339typedef bool (*is_reserved_db_name_t)(handlerton *hton, const char *name);
2340
2341/**
2342 Prepare the secondary engine for executing a statement. This function is
2343 called right after the secondary engine TABLE objects have been opened by
2344 open_secondary_engine_tables(), before the statement is optimized and
2345 executed. Secondary engines will typically create a context object in this
2346 function, which they can use to store state that is needed during the
2347 optimization and execution phases.
2348
2349 @param thd thread context
2350 @param lex the statement to execute
2351 @return true on error, false on success
2352*/
2353using prepare_secondary_engine_t = bool (*)(THD *thd, LEX *lex);
2354
2355/**
2356 Optimize a statement for execution on a secondary storage engine. This
2357 function is called when the optimization of a statement has completed, just
2358 before the statement is executed. Secondary engines can use this function to
2359 apply engine-specific optimizations to the execution plan. They can also
2360 reject executing the query by raising an error, in which case the query will
2361 be reprepared and executed by the primary storage engine.
2362
2363 @param thd thread context
2364 @param lex the statement being optimized
2365 @return true on error, false on success
2366*/
2367using optimize_secondary_engine_t = bool (*)(THD *thd, LEX *lex);
2368
2369/**
2370 Compares the cost of two join plans in the secondary storage engine. The cost
2371 of the current candidate is compared with the cost of the best plan seen so
2372 far.
2373
2374 @param thd thread context
2375 @param join the candidate plan to evaluate
2376 @param optimizer_cost the cost estimate calculated by the optimizer
2377 @param[out] use_best_so_far true if the optimizer should stop searching for
2378 a better plan and use the best plan it has seen so far
2379 @param[out] cheaper true if the candidate is the best plan seen so far for
2380 this JOIN (must be true if it is the first plan seen),
2381 false otherwise
2382 @param[out] secondary_engine_cost the cost estimated by the secondary engine
2383
2384 @return false on success, or true if an error has been raised
2385*/
2386using compare_secondary_engine_cost_t = bool (*)(THD *thd, const JOIN &join,
2387 double optimizer_cost,
2388 bool *use_best_so_far,
2389 bool *cheaper,
2390 double *secondary_engine_cost);
2391
2392/**
2393 Evaluates the cost of executing the given access path in this secondary
2394 storage engine, and potentially modifies the cost estimates that are in the
2395 access path. This function is only called from the hypergraph join optimizer.
2396
2397 The function is called on every access path that the join optimizer might
2398 compare to an alternative access path. This includes both paths that represent
2399 complete execution plans and paths that represent partial plans. It is not
2400 guaranteed to be called on every child path. For example, if GROUP BY is done
2401 by sorting first and then aggregating the sorted results, the function will
2402 only be called on the aggregation path, and not on the sort path, because only
2403 the aggregation path will be compared to other paths.
2404
2405 The secondary engine is allowed to modify the estimates in the access path to
2406 better match the costs of the access path in the secondary engine. It can
2407 change any of the following AccessPath members:
2408
2409 - init_once_cost
2410 - init_cost
2411 - cost
2412 - cost_before_filter
2413 - num_output_rows
2414 - num_output_rows_before_filter
2415 - secondary_engine_data
2416
2417 Any other members should be left unchanged. The AccessPath must be in an
2418 internally consistent state when the function returns, and satisfy invariants
2419 expected by the hypergraph join optimizer, such as:
2420
2421 - init_cost <= cost_before_filter <= cost
2422 - num_output_rows <= num_output_rows_before_filter
2423
2424 The secondary engine can also reject an access path altogether, by returning
2425 true, in which case the join optimizer will not use that path in the final
2426 plan. Since the secondary engine can reject any partial or complete plan, it
2427 is possible that the join optimizer does not find any valid plan that is
2428 accepted. In this case, the join optimizer will raise an error.
2429
2430 If the secondary encounters an error when evaluating the cost of the path, it
2431 can signal an error by calling my_error() and return true, in which case the
2432 join optimizer will not suggest any plan for the query.
2433
2434 @param thd The thread context.
2435 @param hypergraph The hypergraph that represents the search space.
2436 @param[in,out] access_path The AccessPath to evaluate.
2437
2438 @retval false on success.
2439 @retval true if the plan is to be rejected, or if an error was raised.
2440*/
2442 THD *thd, const JoinHypergraph &hypergraph, AccessPath *access_path);
2443
2444/**
2445 Checks whether the tables used in an explain query are loaded in the secondary
2446 engine.
2447 @param thd thread context.
2448
2449 @retval true if there is a table not loaded to the secondary engine, false
2450 otherwise
2451*/
2453
2454/**
2455 Looks up and returns a specific secondary engine query offload or exec
2456 failure reason as a string given a thread context (representing the query)
2457 when the offloaded query fails in the secondary storage engine.
2458
2459 @param thd thread context.
2460
2461 @retval std::string_view as the offload failure reason.
2462 The memory pointed to is managed by the handlerton and may be freed
2463 when the statement completes.
2464*/
2466 std::string_view (*)(const THD *thd);
2467
2468/**
2469 Finds and returns a specific secondary engine query offload failure reason
2470 as a string given a thread context (representing the query) whenever
2471 get_secondary_engine_offload_or_exec_fail_reason_t returns an empty reason.
2472
2473 @param thd thread context.
2474
2475 @retval std::string_view as the offload failure reason.
2476*/
2478 std::string_view (*)(THD *thd);
2479
2480/**
2481 Sets a specific secondary engine offload failure reason for a query
2482 represented by the thread context when the offloaded query fails in
2483 the secondary storage engine.
2484
2485 @param thd thread context.
2486
2487 @param reason offload failure reason.
2488
2489 @retval bool to indicate if the setting succeeded or failed
2490*/
2492 bool (*)(const THD *thd, std::string_view reason);
2493
2495 /** Continue optimization phase with current hypergraph. */
2496 kContinue = 0,
2497 /** Trigger restart of hypergraph with provided number of subgraph pairs. */
2498 kRestart = 1,
2499};
2500
2502 /** Optimizer request from the secondary engine. */
2504 /** Subgraph pairs requested by the secondary engine. */
2506};
2507
2508/**
2509 Hook for secondary engine to evaluate the current hypergraph optimization
2510 state, and returns the state that hypergraph should transition to. Usually
2511 invoked after secondary_engine_modify_access_path_cost_t is invoked via
2512 the optimizer. The state is returned as object of type
2513 SecondaryEngineGraphSimplificationRequestParameters, and can lead to
2514 simplification of hypergraph search space, or resetting the graph and starting
2515 search afresh.
2516
2517 @param thd The thread context.
2518 @param hypergraph The hypergraph that represents the search space.
2519 @param access_path The AccessPath to evaluate.
2520 @param current_subgraph_pairs Count of subgraph pairs explored so far.
2521 @param current_subgraph_pairs_limit Limit for current hypergraph.
2522 @param is_root_access_path Indicating if access_path is root.
2523 @param trace Optimizer trace string.
2524
2525 @returns instance of SecondaryEngineGraphSimplificationRequestParameters which
2526 contains description of the state hypergraph optimizer should transition to.
2527*/
2530 THD *thd, const JoinHypergraph &hypergraph,
2531 const AccessPath *access_path, int current_subgraph_pairs,
2532 int current_subgraph_pairs_limit, bool is_root_access_path,
2533 std::string *trace);
2534
2535// Capabilities (bit flags) for secondary engines.
2536using SecondaryEngineFlags = uint64_t;
2540
2541 // If this flag is set, aggregation (GROUP BY and DISTINCT) do not require
2542 // ordered inputs and create unordered outputs. This is typically the case
2543 // if they are implemented using hash-based techniques.
2545
2546 /// This flag can be set to signal that a secondary storage engine will not
2547 /// use MySQL's executor (see JOIN::override_executor_func). In this case, it
2548 /// doesn't need MySQL's execution data structures, like internal temporary
2549 /// tables, filesort objects or iterators. If the flag is set,
2550 /// FinalizePlanForQueryBlock() will not make any changes to the plan, and
2551 /// CreateIteratorFromAccessPath() will not be called.
2553};
2554
2555/// Creates an empty bitmap of access path types. This is the base
2556/// case for the function template with the same name below.
2557inline constexpr SecondaryEngineFlags MakeSecondaryEngineFlags() { return 0; }
2558
2559/// Creates a bitmap representing a set of access path types.
2560template <typename... Args>
2562 SecondaryEngineFlag flag1, Args... rest) {
2563 return (uint64_t{1} << static_cast<int>(flag1)) |
2564 MakeSecondaryEngineFlags(rest...);
2565}
2566
2567/// Returns the handlerton of the secondary engine that is used in the session,
2568/// or nullptr if a secondary engine is not used.
2569const handlerton *SecondaryEngineHandlerton(const THD *thd);
2570
2571// FIXME: Temporary workaround to enable storage engine plugins to use the
2572// before_commit hook. Remove after WL#11320 has been completed.
2573using se_before_commit_t = void (*)(void *arg);
2574
2575// FIXME: Temporary workaround to enable storage engine plugins to use the
2576// after_commit hook. Remove after WL#11320 has been completed.
2577using se_after_commit_t = void (*)(void *arg);
2578
2579// FIXME: Temporary workaround to enable storage engine plugins to use the
2580// before_rollback hook. Remove after WL#11320 has been completed.
2581using se_before_rollback_t = void (*)(void *arg);
2582
2583/**
2584 Notify plugins when a SELECT query was executed. The plugins will be notified
2585 only if the query is not considered secondary engine relevant, i.e.:
2586 1. for a query with missing secondary_engine_statement_ctx, its estimated cost
2587 is greater than the currently configured 'secondary_engine_cost_threshold'
2588 2. for queries with secondary_engine_statement_ctx, wherever
2589 secondary_engine_statement_ctx::is_primary_engine_optimal() returns False
2590 indicating secondary engine relevance.
2591 */
2592using notify_after_select_t = void (*)(THD *thd, SelectExecutedIn executed_in);
2593
2594/**
2595 * Notify plugins when a table is created.
2596 */
2597using notify_create_table_t = void (*)(struct HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
2598 const char *db, const char *table_name);
2599
2600/**
2601 Secondary engine hook called after PRIMARY_TENTATIVELY optimization is
2602 complete, and decides if secondary engine optimization will be performed, and
2603 comparison of primary engine cost and secondary engine cost will determine
2604 which engine to use for execution.
2605 @param[in] thd current thd.
2606 @return :
2607 @retval true When secondary_engine's prepare hook is to be further called
2608 @retval false When secondary_engine's prepare hook is NOT to be further called
2609
2610 */
2612
2613/**
2614 * Notify plugins when a table is dropped.
2615 */
2616using notify_drop_table_t = void (*)(Table_ref *tab);
2617
2618/*
2619 Page Tracking : interfaces to handlerton functions which starts/stops page
2620 tracking, and purges/fetches page tracking information.
2621*/
2622
2623/**
2624 Start page tracking.
2625
2626 @param[out] start_id SE specific sequence number [LSN for InnoDB]
2627 indicating when the tracking was started
2628
2629 @return Operation status.
2630 @retval 0 Success
2631 @retval other ER_* mysql error. Get error details from THD.
2632*/
2633using page_track_start_t = int (*)(uint64_t *start_id);
2634
2635/**
2636 Stop page tracking.
2637
2638 @param[out] stop_id SE specific sequence number [LSN for InnoDB]
2639 indicating when the tracking was stopped
2640
2641 @return Operation status.
2642 @retval 0 Success
2643 @retval other ER_* mysql error. Get error details from THD.
2644*/
2645using page_track_stop_t = int (*)(uint64_t *stop_id);
2646
2647/**
2648 Purge page tracking data.
2649
2650 @param[in,out] purge_id SE specific sequence number [LSN for InnoDB]
2651 initially indicating till where the data needs to be purged and finally
2652 updated to until where it was actually purged
2653
2654 @return Operation status.
2655 @retval 0 Success
2656 @retval other ER_* mysql error. Get error details from THD.
2657*/
2658using page_track_purge_t = int (*)(uint64_t *purge_id);
2659
2660/**
2661 Fetch tracked pages.
2662
2663 @param[in] cbk_func callback function return page IDs
2664 @param[in] cbk_ctx caller's context for callback
2665 @param[in,out] start_id SE specific sequence number [LSN for InnoDB] from
2666 where the pages tracked would be returned.
2667 @note The range might get expanded and the actual start_id used for the
2668 querying will be updated.
2669 @param[in,out] stop_id SE specific sequence number [LSN for InnoDB]
2670 until where the pages tracked would be returned.
2671 @note The range might get expanded and the actual stop_id used for the
2672 querying will be updated.
2673 @param[out] buffer allocated buffer to copy page IDs
2674 @param[in] buffer_len length of buffer in bytes
2675
2676 @return Operation status.
2677 @retval 0 Success
2678 @retval other ER_* mysql error. Get error details from THD.
2679*/
2681 void *cbk_ctx, uint64_t *start_id,
2682 uint64_t *stop_id,
2683 unsigned char *buffer,
2684 size_t buffer_len);
2685
2686/**
2687 Fetch approximate number of tracked pages in the given range.
2688
2689 @param[in,out] start_id SE specific sequence number [LSN for InnoDB] from
2690 where the pages tracked would be returned.
2691 @note the range might get expanded and the actual start_id used for the
2692 querying will be updated.
2693 @param[in,out] stop_id SE specific sequence number [LSN for InnoDB]
2694 until where the pages tracked would be returned.
2695 @note the range might get expanded and the actual stop_id used for the
2696 querying will be updated.
2697 @param[out] num_pages number of pages tracked
2698
2699 @return Operation status.
2700 @retval 0 Success
2701 @retval other ER_* mysql error. Get error details from THD.
2702*/
2703using page_track_get_num_page_ids_t = int (*)(uint64_t *start_id,
2704 uint64_t *stop_id,
2705 uint64_t *num_pages);
2706
2707/** Fetch the status of the page tracking system.
2708@param[out] status vector of a pair of (ID, bool) where ID is the
2709start/stop point and bool is true if the ID is a start point else false */
2711 void (*)(std::vector<std::pair<uint64_t, bool>> &status);
2712
2713/** Page track interface */
2721};
2722
2723/**
2724 handlerton is a singleton structure - one instance per storage engine -
2725 to provide access to storage engine functionality that works on the
2726 "global" level (unlike handler class that works on a per-table basis).
2727
2728 usually handlerton instance is defined statically in ha_xxx.cc as
2729
2730 static handlerton { ... } xxx_hton;
2731
2732 savepoint_*, prepare, recover, and *_by_xid pointers can be 0.
2733*/
2735 /**
2736 Historical marker for if the engine is available or not.
2737 */
2739
2740 /**
2741 Historical number used for frm file to determine the correct storage engine.
2742 This is going away and new engines will just use "name" for this.
2743 */
2745 /**
2746 Each storage engine has it's own memory area (actually a pointer)
2747 in the thd, for storing per-connection information.
2748 It is accessed as
2749
2750 thd->ha_data[xxx_hton.slot]
2751
2752 slot number is initialized by MySQL after xxx_init() is called.
2753 */
2754 uint slot;
2755 /**
2756 To store per-savepoint data storage engine is provided with an area
2757 of a requested size (0 is ok here).
2758 savepoint_offset must be initialized statically to the size of
2759 the needed memory to store per-savepoint information.
2760 After xxx_init it is changed to be an offset to savepoint storage
2761 area and need not be used by storage engine.
2762 see binlog_hton and binlog_savepoint_set/rollback for an example.
2763 */
2765
2766 /* handlerton methods */
2767
2813
2814 /** Global handler flags. */
2816
2817 /*
2818 Those handlerton functions below are properly initialized at handler
2819 init.
2820 */
2821
2830
2831 /*
2832 APIs for retrieving Serialized Dictionary Information by tablespace id
2833 */
2834
2841
2842 /**
2843 Null-ended array of file extensions that exist for the storage engine.
2844 Used by frm_error() and the default handler::rename_table and delete_table
2845 methods in handler.cc.
2846
2847 For engines that have two file name extensions (separate meta/index file
2848 and data file), the order of elements is relevant. First element of engine
2849 file name extensions array should be meta/index file extension. Second
2850 element - data file extension. This order is assumed by
2851 prepare_for_repair() when REPAIR TABLE ... USE_FRM is issued.
2852
2853 For engines that don't have files, file_extensions is NULL.
2854
2855 Currently, the following alternatives are used:
2856 - file_extensions == NULL;
2857 - file_extensions[0] != NULL, file_extensions[1] == NULL;
2858 - file_extensions[0] != NULL, file_extensions[1] != NULL,
2859 file_extensions[2] == NULL;
2860 */
2861 const char **file_extensions;
2862
2873
2877
2880
2881 /** Clone data transfer interfaces */
2883
2884 /** Flag for Engine License. */
2886 /** Location for engines to keep personal structures. */
2887 void *data;
2888
2889 /*
2890 Log_resource functions that must be supported by storage engines
2891 with relevant log information to be collected.
2892 */
2896
2897 /** Flags describing details of foreign key support by storage engine. */
2899
2901
2902 /**
2903 Suffix for auto-generated foreign key names for tables using this storage
2904 engine. If such suffix is specified by SE then its generated foreign key
2905 names follow (table name)(SE-specific FK name suffix)(FK number) pattern.
2906 Length of such suffix should not exceed MAX_FK_NAME_SUFFIX_LENGTH bytes.
2907 If no suffix is specified then FK_NAME_DEFAULT_SUFFIX is used as
2908 default.
2909 */
2911
2912 /**
2913 Pointer to a function that prepares a secondary engine for executing a
2914 statement.
2915
2916 @see prepare_secondary_engine_t for function signature.
2917 */
2919
2920 /**
2921 Pointer to a function that optimizes the current statement for
2922 execution on the secondary storage engine represented by this
2923 handlerton.
2924
2925 @see optimize_secondary_engine_t for function signature.
2926 */
2928
2929 /**
2930 Pointer to a function that estimates the cost of executing a join in a
2931 secondary storage engine.
2932
2933 @see compare_secondary_engine_cost_t for function signature.
2934 */
2936
2937 /// Bitmap which contains the supported join types and other flags
2938 /// for a secondary storage engine when used with the hypergraph join
2939 /// optimizer. If it is empty, it means that the secondary engine
2940 /// does not support the hypergraph join optimizer.
2942
2943 /// Pointer to a function that checks if the table is loaded in the
2944 /// secondary engine in the case of an explain statement.
2945 ///
2946 /// @see external_engine_explain_check_t for function signature.
2948
2949 /// Pointer to a function that evaluates the cost of executing an access path
2950 /// in a secondary storage engine.
2951 ///
2952 /// @see secondary_engine_modify_access_path_cost_t for function signature.
2955
2956 /// Pointer to a function that returns the query offload or exec failure
2957 /// reason as a string given a thread context (representing the query) when
2958 /// the offloaded query failed in a secondary storage engine.
2959 ///
2960 /// @see get_secondary_engine_offload_or_exec_fail_reason_t for function
2961 /// signature.
2964
2965 /// Pointer to a function that finds and returns the query offload failure
2966 /// reason as a string given a thread context (representing the query) when
2967 /// get_secondary_engine_offload_or_exec_fail_reason returns an empty reason.
2968 ///
2969 /// @see find_secondary_engine_offload_fail_reason_t for function
2970 /// signature.
2973
2974 /// Pointer to a function that sets the offload failure reason as a string
2975 /// for a thread context (representing the query) when the offloaded query
2976 /// failed in a secondary storage engine.
2977 ///
2978 /// @see set_secondary_engine_offload_fail_reason_t for function signature.
2981
2982 /// Pointer to function that checks secondary engine request for updating
2983 /// hypergraph join optimization.
2984 ///
2985 /// @see secondary_engine_check_optimizer_request_t for function signature.
2988
2989 /* Pointer to a function that is called at the end of the PRIMARY_TENTATIVELY
2990 * optimization stage, which also decides that the statement should be
2991 * attempted offloaded to a secondary storage engine. */
2993
2997
2999
3002
3003 /** Page tracking interface */
3005};
3006
3007/* Possible flags of a handlerton (there can be 32 of them) */
3008#define HTON_NO_FLAGS 0
3009#define HTON_CLOSE_CURSORS_AT_COMMIT (1 << 0)
3010#define HTON_ALTER_NOT_SUPPORTED (1 << 1) // Engine does not support alter
3011#define HTON_CAN_RECREATE (1 << 2) // Delete all is used for truncate
3012#define HTON_HIDDEN (1 << 3) // Engine does not appear in lists
3013/*
3014 Bit 4 was occupied by BDB-specific HTON_FLUSH_AFTER_RENAME flag and is no
3015 longer used.
3016*/
3017#define HTON_NOT_USER_SELECTABLE (1 << 5)
3018#define HTON_TEMPORARY_NOT_SUPPORTED \
3019 (1 << 6) // Having temporary tables not supported
3020#define HTON_SUPPORT_LOG_TABLES (1 << 7) // Engine supports log tables
3021#define HTON_NO_PARTITION (1 << 8) // You can not partition these tables
3022
3023/*
3024 This flag should be set when deciding that the engine does not allow row based
3025 binary logging (RBL) optimizations.
3026
3027 Currently, setting this flag, means that table's read/write_set will be left
3028 untouched when logging changes to tables in this engine. In practice this
3029 means that the server will not mess around with table->write_set and/or
3030 table->read_set when using RBL and deciding whether to log full or minimal
3031 rows.
3032
3033 It's valuable for instance for virtual tables, eg: Performance Schema which
3034 have no meaning for replication.
3035*/
3036#define HTON_NO_BINLOG_ROW_OPT (1 << 9)
3037
3038/**
3039 Engine supports extended keys. The flag allows to
3040 use 'extended key' feature if the engine is able to
3041 do it (has primary key values in the secondary key).
3042 Note that handler flag HA_PRIMARY_KEY_IN_READ_INDEX is
3043 actually partial case of HTON_SUPPORTS_EXTENDED_KEYS.
3044*/
3045
3046#define HTON_SUPPORTS_EXTENDED_KEYS (1 << 10)
3047
3048// Engine support foreign key constraint.
3049
3050#define HTON_SUPPORTS_FOREIGN_KEYS (1 << 11)
3051
3052/**
3053 Engine supports atomic DDL. That is rollback of transaction for DDL
3054 statement will also rollback all changes in SE, commit of transaction
3055 of DDL statement will make it durable.
3056*/
3057
3058#define HTON_SUPPORTS_ATOMIC_DDL (1 << 12)
3059
3060/* Engine supports packed keys. */
3061#define HTON_SUPPORTS_PACKED_KEYS (1 << 13)
3062
3063/** Engine is a secondary storage engine. */
3064#define HTON_IS_SECONDARY_ENGINE (1 << 14)
3065
3066/** Engine supports secondary storage engines. */
3067#define HTON_SUPPORTS_SECONDARY_ENGINE (1 << 15)
3068
3069/** Engine supports table or tablespace encryption . */
3070#define HTON_SUPPORTS_TABLE_ENCRYPTION (1 << 16)
3071
3073 1 << 17};
3074
3075/** Engine supports Generated invisible primary key. */
3076// clang-format off
3077constexpr const decltype(
3079// clang-format on
3080
3081/** Whether the secondary engine supports DDLs. No meaning if the engine is not
3082 * secondary. */
3083#define HTON_SECONDARY_ENGINE_SUPPORTS_DDL (1 << 19)
3084
3085/** Whether the engine does not support triggers. */
3086#define HTON_NO_TRIGGER_SUPPORT (1 << 20)
3087
3088/** Whether the primary engine supports external data sources. This case refers
3089 to having tables with data in object store and the engine does not store any
3090 of those data, only metadata. Table contents can be accessed only after
3091 loading the table in the secondary storage engine. The flag is used for
3092 a primary engine only.
3093 */
3094#define HTON_SUPPORTS_EXTERNAL_SOURCE (1 << 21)
3095
3096constexpr const decltype(handlerton::flags) HTON_SUPPORTS_BULK_LOAD{1 << 22};
3097
3098/** Engine supports index distance scan. */
3099inline constexpr const decltype(handlerton::flags) HTON_SUPPORTS_DISTANCE_SCAN{
3100 1 << 23};
3101
3102/* Whether the engine supports being specified as a default storage engine */
3103inline constexpr const decltype(
3105
3107 assert(hton->flags & HTON_IS_SECONDARY_ENGINE);
3108
3109 return (hton->flags & HTON_SECONDARY_ENGINE_SUPPORTS_DDL) != 0;
3110}
3111
3112inline bool ddl_is_atomic(const handlerton *hton) {
3113 return (hton->flags & HTON_SUPPORTS_ATOMIC_DDL) != 0;
3114}
3115
3116/* Bits for handlerton::foreign_keys_flags bitmap. */
3117
3118/**
3119 Engine supports both unique and non-unique parent keys for
3120 foreign keys which contain full foreign key as its prefix.
3121
3122 Storage engines which support foreign keys but do not have
3123 this flag set are assumed to support only parent keys which
3124 are primary/unique and contain exactly the same columns as
3125 the foreign key, possibly, in different order.
3126*/
3127
3129
3130/**
3131 Storage engine supports hash keys as supporting keys for foreign
3132 keys. Hash key should contain all foreign key columns and only
3133 them (although in any order).
3134
3135 Storage engines which support foreign keys but do not have this
3136 flag set are assumed to not allow hash keys as supporting keys.
3137*/
3138
3140
3141/**
3142 Storage engine supports non-hash keys which have common prefix
3143 with the foreign key as supporting keys for it. If there are
3144 several such keys, one which shares biggest prefix with FK is
3145 chosen.
3146
3147 Storage engines which support foreign keys but do not have this
3148 flag set are assumed to require that supporting key contains full
3149 foreign key as its prefix.
3150*/
3151
3153
3154/**
3155 Storage engine does not support using the same key for both parent
3156 and supporting key, but requires the two to be different.
3157*/
3158
3160 (1 << 3);
3161
3162/**
3163 Engine takes into account hidden part of key (coming from primary key)
3164 when determines if it can serve as parent key for a foreign key.
3165
3166 Implies HTON_FKS_WITH_PREFIX_PARENT_KEYS and is related to
3167 HTON_SUPPORTS_EXTENDED_KEYS.
3168*/
3169
3171
3172/**
3173 Maximum possible length of SE-specific suffixes for auto-generated
3174 foreign key names.
3175*/
3176static const size_t MAX_FK_NAME_SUFFIX_LENGTH = 16;
3177
3178/**
3179 Suffix for auto-generated foreign key names for tables in SE's which
3180 don't specify own suffix. I.e. for foreign keys on tables in such
3181 SE's generated names follow (table name)FK_NAME_DEFAULT_SUFFIX(FK number)
3182 pattern.
3183*/
3185
3192
3198
3199/**
3200 Struct to hold information about the table that should be created.
3201 */
3205 bool schema_read_only{false};
3207 const char *password{nullptr};
3208 const char *tablespace{nullptr};
3209 LEX_STRING comment{nullptr, 0};
3210
3211 /**
3212 Algorithm (and possible options) to be used for InnoDB's transparent
3213 page compression. If this attribute is set then it is hint to the
3214 storage engine to try and compress the data using the specified algorithm
3215 where possible. Note: this value is interpreted by the storage engine only.
3216 and ignored by the Server layer. */
3217
3219
3220 /**
3221 This attribute is used for InnoDB's transparent page encryption.
3222 If this attribute is set then it is hint to the storage engine to encrypt
3223 the data. Note: this value is interpreted by the storage engine only.
3224 and ignored by the Server layer. */
3225
3227
3228 /**
3229 * Secondary engine of the table.
3230 * Is nullptr if no secondary engine defined.
3231 */
3233 /** Secondary engine load status */
3234 bool secondary_load{false};
3235
3236 const char *data_file_name{nullptr};
3237 const char *index_file_name{nullptr};
3238 const char *alias{nullptr};
3244 uint64_t used_fields{0};
3245 // Can only be 1,2,4,8 or 16, but use uint32_t since that how it is
3246 // represented in InnoDB
3247 std::uint32_t key_block_size{0};
3248 uint stats_sample_pages{0}; /* number of pages to sample during
3249 stats estimation, if used, otherwise 0. */
3253 /**
3254 Row type of the table definition.
3255
3256 Defaults to ROW_TYPE_DEFAULT for all non-ALTER statements.
3257 For ALTER TABLE defaults to ROW_TYPE_NOT_USED (means "keep the current").
3258
3259 Can be changed either explicitly by the parser.
3260 If nothing specified inherits the value of the original table (if present).
3261 */
3263 uint null_bits{0}; /* NULL bits at start of record */
3264 uint options{0}; /* OR of HA_CREATE_ options */
3266 ha_storage_media storage_media{HA_SM_DEFAULT}; /* DEFAULT, DISK or MEMORY */
3267
3268 /*
3269 A flag to indicate if this table should be marked as a hidden table in
3270 the data dictionary. One use case is to mark the temporary tables
3271 created by ALTER to be marked as hidden.
3272 */
3273 bool m_hidden{false};
3274
3275 /*
3276 A flag to indicate if this table should be created but not committed at
3277 the end of statement.
3278 */
3280
3283
3285
3287
3288 /**
3289 Fill HA_CREATE_INFO to be used by ALTER as well as upgrade code.
3290 This function separates code from mysql_prepare_alter_table() to be
3291 used by upgrade code as well to reduce code duplication.
3292 For ALTER code path, this lets new create options override the old
3293 ones.
3294
3295 @param[in] share TABLE_SHARE object
3296 @param[in] used_fields If a given create option is not flagged, old
3297 value be copied from the TABLE_SHARE.
3298 */
3299
3301 uint64_t used_fields);
3302};
3303
3304/**
3305 Structure describing changes to an index to be caused by ALTER TABLE.
3306*/
3307
3308struct KEY_PAIR {
3309 /**
3310 Pointer to KEY object describing old version of index in
3311 TABLE::key_info array for TABLE instance representing old
3312 version of table.
3313 */
3315 /**
3316 Pointer to KEY object describing new version of index in
3317 Alter_inplace_info::key_info_buffer array.
3318 */
3320};
3321
3322/**
3323 In-place alter handler context.
3324
3325 This is a superclass intended to be subclassed by individual handlers
3326 in order to store handler unique context between in-place alter API calls.
3327
3328 The handler is responsible for creating the object. This can be done
3329 as early as during check_if_supported_inplace_alter().
3330
3331 The SQL layer is responsible for destroying the object.
3332
3333 @see Alter_inplace_info
3334*/
3335
3337 public:
3339
3341 [[maybe_unused]]) {}
3342 virtual ~inplace_alter_handler_ctx() = default;
3343};
3344
3345/**
3346 Class describing changes to be done by ALTER TABLE.
3347 Instance of this class is passed to storage engine in order
3348 to determine if this ALTER TABLE can be done using in-place
3349 algorithm. It is also used for executing the ALTER TABLE
3350 using in-place algorithm.
3351*/
3352
3354 public:
3355 /**
3356 Bits to show in detail what operations the storage engine is
3357 to execute.
3358
3359 All these operations are supported as in-place operations by the
3360 SQL layer. This means that operations that by their nature must
3361 be performed by copying the table to a temporary table, will not
3362 have their own flags here (e.g. ALTER TABLE FORCE, ALTER TABLE
3363 ENGINE).
3364
3365 We generally try to specify handler flags only if there are real
3366 changes. But in cases when it is cumbersome to determine if some
3367 attribute has really changed we might choose to set flag
3368 pessimistically, for example, relying on parser output only.
3369 */
3371
3372 // Add non-unique, non-primary index
3373 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_INDEX = 1ULL << 0;
3374
3375 // Drop non-unique, non-primary index
3376 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_INDEX = 1ULL << 1;
3377
3378 // Add unique, non-primary index
3379 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_UNIQUE_INDEX = 1ULL << 2;
3380
3381 // Drop unique, non-primary index
3382 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_UNIQUE_INDEX = 1ULL << 3;
3383
3384 // Add primary index
3385 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_PK_INDEX = 1ULL << 4;
3386
3387 // Drop primary index
3388 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_PK_INDEX = 1ULL << 5;
3389
3390 // Add column
3391
3392 // Virtual generated column
3393 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_VIRTUAL_COLUMN = 1ULL << 6;
3394 // Stored base (non-generated) column
3395 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_STORED_BASE_COLUMN = 1ULL << 7;
3396 // Stored generated column
3398 // Add generic column (convenience constant).
3401
3402 // Drop column
3403 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_VIRTUAL_COLUMN = 1ULL << 9;
3404 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_STORED_COLUMN = 1ULL << 10;
3407
3408 // Rename column
3409 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_NAME = 1ULL << 11;
3410
3411 // Change column datatype
3413 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_STORED_COLUMN_TYPE = 1ULL << 13;
3414
3415 /**
3416 Change column datatype in such way that new type has compatible
3417 packed representation with old type, so it is theoretically
3418 possible to perform change by only updating data dictionary
3419 without changing table rows.
3420 */
3422
3423 /// A virtual column has changed its position
3425
3426 /// A stored column has changed its position (disregarding virtual columns)
3428
3429 // Change column from NOT NULL to NULL
3430 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_NULLABLE = 1ULL << 17;
3431
3432 // Change column from NULL to NOT NULL
3434
3435 // Set or remove default column value
3436 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_DEFAULT = 1ULL << 19;
3437
3438 // Change column generation expression
3439 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_VIRTUAL_GCOL_EXPR = 1ULL << 20;
3440 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_STORED_GCOL_EXPR = 1ULL << 21;
3441
3442 // Add foreign key
3443 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_FOREIGN_KEY = 1ULL << 22;
3444
3445 // Drop foreign key
3446 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_FOREIGN_KEY = 1ULL << 23;
3447
3448 // table_options changed, see HA_CREATE_INFO::used_fields for details.
3449 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS CHANGE_CREATE_OPTION = 1ULL << 24;
3450
3451 // Table is renamed
3452 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_RENAME = 1ULL << 25;
3453
3454 // Change the storage type of column
3456
3457 // Change the column format of column
3459
3460 // Add partition
3461 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_PARTITION = 1ULL << 28;
3462
3463 // Drop partition
3464 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_PARTITION = 1ULL << 29;
3465
3466 // Changing partition options
3467 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_PARTITION = 1ULL << 30;
3468
3469 // Coalesce partition
3470 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS COALESCE_PARTITION = 1ULL << 31;
3471
3472 // Reorganize partition ... into
3473 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS REORGANIZE_PARTITION = 1ULL << 32;
3474
3475 // Reorganize partition
3476 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_TABLE_REORG = 1ULL << 33;
3477
3478 // Remove partitioning
3480
3481 // Partition operation with ALL keyword
3482 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_ALL_PARTITION = 1ULL << 35;
3483
3484 /**
3485 Rename index. Note that we set this flag only if there are no other
3486 changes to the index being renamed. Also for simplicity we don't
3487 detect renaming of indexes which is done by dropping index and then
3488 re-creating index with identical definition under different name.
3489 */
3490 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS RENAME_INDEX = 1ULL << 36;
3491
3492 /**
3493 Recreate the table for ALTER TABLE FORCE, ALTER TABLE ENGINE
3494 and OPTIMIZE TABLE operations.
3495 */
3496 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS RECREATE_TABLE = 1ULL << 37;
3497
3498 // Add spatial index
3499 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_SPATIAL_INDEX = 1ULL << 38;
3500
3501 // Alter index comment
3502 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_INDEX_COMMENT = 1ULL << 39;
3503
3504 // New/changed virtual generated column require validation
3505 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS VALIDATE_VIRTUAL_COLUMN = 1ULL << 40;
3506
3507 /**
3508 Change index option in a way which is likely not to require index
3509 recreation. For example, change COMMENT or KEY::is_algorithm_explicit
3510 flag (without change of index algorithm itself).
3511 */
3512 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS CHANGE_INDEX_OPTION = 1LL << 41;
3513
3514 // Rebuild partition
3515 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_REBUILD_PARTITION = 1ULL << 42;
3516
3517 /**
3518 Change in index length such that it does not require index rebuild.
3519 For example, change in index length due to column expansion like
3520 varchar(X) changed to varchar(X + N).
3521 */
3523
3524 /**
3525 Change to one of columns on which virtual generated column depends,
3526 so its values require re-evaluation.
3527 */
3528 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS VIRTUAL_GCOL_REEVAL = 1ULL << 44;
3529
3530 /**
3531 Change to one of columns on which stored generated column depends,
3532 so its values require re-evaluation.
3533 */
3534 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS STORED_GCOL_REEVAL = 1ULL << 45;
3535
3536 // Add check constraint.
3537 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_CHECK_CONSTRAINT = 1ULL << 46;
3538
3539 // Drop check constraint.
3540 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_CHECK_CONSTRAINT = 1ULL << 47;
3541
3542 // Suspend check constraint.
3543 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS SUSPEND_CHECK_CONSTRAINT = 1ULL << 48;
3544
3545 // Alter column visibility.
3546 static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_VISIBILITY = 1ULL << 49;
3547
3548 /**
3549 Create options (like MAX_ROWS) for the new version of table.
3550
3551 @note The referenced instance of HA_CREATE_INFO object was already
3552 used to create new .FRM file for table being altered. So it
3553 has been processed by mysql_prepare_create_table() already.
3554 For example, this means that it has HA_OPTION_PACK_RECORD
3555 flag in HA_CREATE_INFO::table_options member correctly set.
3556 */
3558
3559 /**
3560 Alter options, fields and keys for the new version of table.
3561
3562 @note The referenced instance of Alter_info object was already
3563 used to create new .FRM file for table being altered. So it
3564 has been processed by mysql_prepare_create_table() already.
3565 In particular, this means that in Create_field objects for
3566 fields which were present in some form in the old version
3567 of table, Create_field::field member points to corresponding
3568 Field instance for old version of table.
3569 */
3571
3572 /**
3573 Indicates whether operation should fail if table is non-empty.
3574 Storage engines should not suggest/allow execution of such operations
3575 using INSTANT algorithm since check whether table is empty done from
3576 SQL-layer is not "instant". Also SEs might choose different algorithm for
3577 ALTER TABLE execution knowing that it will be allowed to proceed only if
3578 table is empty.
3579
3580 Unlike for Alter_table_ctx::error_if_not_empty, we use bool for this flag
3581 and not bitmap, since SEs are really interested in the fact that ALTER
3582 will fail if table is not empty and not in exact reason behind this fact,
3583 and because we want to avoid extra dependency between Alter_table_ctx and
3584 Alter_inplace_info.
3585 */
3587
3588 /**
3589 Array of KEYs for new version of table - including KEYs to be added.
3590
3591 @note Currently this array is produced as result of
3592 mysql_prepare_create_table() call.
3593 This means that it follows different convention for
3594 KEY_PART_INFO::fieldnr values than objects in TABLE::key_info
3595 array.
3596
3597 @todo This is mainly due to the fact that we need to keep compatibility
3598 with removed handler::add_index() call. We plan to switch to
3599 TABLE::key_info numbering later.
3600
3601 KEYs are sorted - see sort_keys().
3602 */
3604
3605 /** Size of key_info_buffer array. */
3607
3608 /** Size of index_drop_buffer array. */
3610
3611 /**
3612 Array of pointers to KEYs to be dropped belonging to the TABLE instance
3613 for the old version of the table.
3614 */
3616
3617 /** Size of index_add_buffer array. */
3619
3620 /**
3621 Array of indexes into key_info_buffer for KEYs to be added,
3622 sorted in increasing order.
3623 */
3625
3626 /** Size of index_rename_buffer array. */
3628
3629 /** Size of index_rename_buffer array. */
3631
3632 /**
3633 Array of KEY_PAIR objects describing indexes being renamed.
3634 For each index renamed it contains object with KEY_PAIR::old_key
3635 pointing to KEY object belonging to the TABLE instance for old
3636 version of table representing old version of index and with
3637 KEY_PAIR::new_key pointing to KEY object for new version of
3638 index in key_info_buffer member.
3639 */
3642
3643 /** Number of virtual columns to be added. */
3645
3646 /** number of virtual columns to be dropped. */
3648
3649 /**
3650 Context information to allow handlers to keep context between in-place
3651 alter API calls.
3652
3653 @see inplace_alter_handler_ctx for information about object lifecycle.
3654 */
3656
3657 /**
3658 If the table uses several handlers, like ha_partition uses one handler
3659 per partition, this contains a Null terminated array of ctx pointers
3660 that should all be committed together.
3661 Or NULL if only handler_ctx should be committed.
3662 Set to NULL if the low level handler::commit_inplace_alter_table uses it,
3663 to signal to the main handler that everything was committed as atomically.
3664
3665 @see inplace_alter_handler_ctx for information about object lifecycle.
3666 */
3668
3669 /**
3670 Flags describing in detail which operations the storage engine is to
3671 execute.
3672 */
3674
3675 /**
3676 Partition_info taking into account the partition changes to be performed.
3677 Contains all partitions which are present in the old version of the table
3678 with partitions to be dropped or changed marked as such + all partitions
3679 to be added in the new version of table marked as such.
3680 */
3682
3683 /** true for online operation (LOCK=NONE) */
3685
3686 /**
3687 Can be set by handler along with handler_ctx. The difference is that
3688 this flag can be used to store SE-specific in-place ALTER context in cases
3689 when constructing full-blown inplace_alter_handler_ctx descendant is
3690 inconvenient.
3691 */
3693
3694 /**
3695 Can be set by handler to describe why a given operation cannot be done
3696 in-place (HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NOT_SUPPORTED) or why it cannot be done
3697 online (HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NO_LOCK or HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NO_LOCK_AFTER_PREPARE)
3698 If set, it will be used with ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON if
3699 results from handler::check_if_supported_inplace_alter() doesn't match
3700 requirements set by user. If not set, the more generic
3701 ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED will be used.
3702
3703 Please set to a properly localized string, for example using
3704 my_get_err_msg(), so that the error message as a whole is localized.
3705 */
3707
3709 Alter_info *alter_info_arg, bool error_if_not_empty_arg,
3710 KEY *key_info_arg, uint key_count_arg,
3711 partition_info *modified_part_info_arg)
3712 : create_info(create_info_arg),
3713 alter_info(alter_info_arg),
3714 error_if_not_empty(error_if_not_empty_arg),
3715 key_info_buffer(key_info_arg),
3716 key_count(key_count_arg),
3719 index_add_count(0),
3728 handler_flags(0),
3729 modified_part_info(modified_part_info_arg),
3730 online(false),
3733
3735 if (handler_ctx != nullptr) ::destroy_at(handler_ctx);
3736 }
3737
3738 /**
3739 Used after check_if_supported_inplace_alter() to report
3740 error if the result does not match the LOCK/ALGORITHM
3741 requirements set by the user.
3742
3743 @param not_supported Part of statement that was not supported.
3744 @param try_instead Suggestion as to what the user should
3745 replace not_supported with.
3746 */
3747 void report_unsupported_error(const char *not_supported,
3748 const char *try_instead);
3749
3750 /** Add old and new version of key to array of indexes to be renamed. */
3751 void add_renamed_key(KEY *old_key, KEY *new_key) {
3753 key_pair->old_key = old_key;
3754 key_pair->new_key = new_key;
3755 DBUG_PRINT("info",
3756 ("index renamed: '%s' to '%s'", old_key->name, new_key->name));
3757 }
3758
3759 void add_altered_index_visibility(KEY *old_key, KEY *new_key) {
3760 KEY_PAIR *key_pair =
3762 key_pair->old_key = old_key;
3763 key_pair->new_key = new_key;
3764 DBUG_PRINT("info", ("index had visibility altered: %i to %i",
3765 old_key->is_visible, new_key->is_visible));
3766 }
3767
3768 /**
3769 Add old and new version of modified key to arrays of indexes to
3770 be dropped and added (correspondingly).
3771 */
3772 void add_modified_key(KEY *old_key, KEY *new_key) {
3774 index_add_buffer[index_add_count++] = (uint)(new_key - key_info_buffer);
3775 DBUG_PRINT("info", ("index changed: '%s'", old_key->name));
3776 }
3777
3778 /** Drop key to array of indexes to be dropped. */
3779 void add_dropped_key(KEY *old_key) {
3781 DBUG_PRINT("info", ("index dropped: '%s'", old_key->name));
3782 }
3783
3784 /** Add key to array of indexes to be added. */
3785 void add_added_key(KEY *new_key) {
3786 index_add_buffer[index_add_count++] = (uint)(new_key - key_info_buffer);
3787 DBUG_PRINT("info", ("index added: '%s'", new_key->name));
3788 }
3789};
3790
3792 uint flags{0}; /* isam layer flags (e.g. for myisamchk) */
3793 uint sql_flags{0}; /* sql layer flags - for something myisamchk cannot do */
3794 KEY_CACHE *key_cache; /* new key cache when changing key cache */
3795};
3796
3797/*
3798 This is a buffer area that the handler can use to store rows.
3799 'end_of_used_area' should be kept updated after calls to
3800 read-functions so that other parts of the code can use the
3801 remaining area (until next read calls is issued).
3802*/
3803
3805 uchar *buffer; /* Buffer one can start using */
3806 uchar *buffer_end; /* End of buffer */
3807 uchar *end_of_used_area; /* End of area that was used by handler */
3808};
3809
3810typedef void *range_seq_t;
3811
3813 /*
3814 Initialize the traversal of range sequence
3815
3816 SYNOPSIS
3817 init()
3818 init_params The seq_init_param parameter
3819 n_ranges The number of ranges obtained
3820 flags A combination of HA_MRR_SINGLE_POINT, HA_MRR_FIXED_KEY
3821
3822 RETURN
3823 An opaque value to be used as RANGE_SEQ_IF::next() parameter
3824 */
3825 range_seq_t (*init)(void *init_params, uint n_ranges, uint flags);
3826
3827 /*
3828 Get the next range in the range sequence
3829
3830 SYNOPSIS
3831 next()
3832 seq The value returned by RANGE_SEQ_IF::init()
3833 range OUT Information about the next range
3834
3835 RETURN
3836 0 - Ok, the range structure filled with info about the next range
3837 1 - No more ranges
3838 */
3840
3841 /*
3842 Check whether range_info orders to skip the next record
3843
3844 SYNOPSIS
3845 skip_record()
3846 seq The value returned by RANGE_SEQ_IF::init()
3847 range_info Information about the next range
3848 (Ignored if MRR_NO_ASSOCIATION is set)
3849 rowid Rowid of the record to be checked (ignored if set to 0)
3850
3851 RETURN
3852 1 - Record with this range_info and/or this rowid shall be filtered
3853 out from the stream of records returned by ha_multi_range_read_next()
3854 0 - The record shall be left in the stream
3855 */
3856 bool (*skip_record)(range_seq_t seq, char *range_info, uchar *rowid);
3857};
3858
3859/**
3860 Used to store optimizer cost estimates.
3861
3862 The class consists of PODs only: default operator=, copy constructor
3863 and destructor are used.
3864 */
3866 private:
3867 double io_cost; ///< cost of I/O operations
3868 double cpu_cost; ///< cost of CPU operations
3869 double import_cost; ///< cost of remote operations
3870 double mem_cost; ///< memory used (bytes)
3871
3872 public:
3874
3875 /// Returns sum of time-consuming costs, i.e., not counting memory cost
3876 double total_cost() const { return io_cost + cpu_cost + import_cost; }
3877 double get_io_cost() const { return io_cost; }
3878 double get_cpu_cost() const { return cpu_cost; }
3879 double get_import_cost() const { return import_cost; }
3880 double get_mem_cost() const { return mem_cost; }
3881
3882 /**
3883 Whether or not all costs in the object are zero
3884
3885 @return true if all costs are zero, false otherwise
3886 */
3887 bool is_zero() const {
3888 return !(io_cost || cpu_cost || import_cost || mem_cost);
3889 }
3890 /**
3891 Whether or not the total cost is the maximal double
3892
3893 @return true if total cost is the maximal double, false otherwise
3894 */
3895 bool is_max_cost() const { return io_cost == DBL_MAX; }
3896 /// Reset all costs to zero
3898 /// Set current cost to the maximal double
3900 reset();
3901 io_cost = DBL_MAX;
3902 }
3903
3904 /// Multiply io, cpu and import costs by parameter
3905 void multiply(double m) {
3906 assert(!is_max_cost());
3907
3908 io_cost *= m;
3909 cpu_cost *= m;
3910 import_cost *= m;
3911 /* Don't multiply mem_cost */
3912 }
3913
3915 assert(!is_max_cost() && !other.is_max_cost());
3916
3917 io_cost += other.io_cost;
3918 cpu_cost += other.cpu_cost;
3919 import_cost += other.import_cost;
3920 mem_cost += other.mem_cost;
3921
3922 return *this;
3923 }
3924
3926 Cost_estimate result = *this;
3927 result += other;
3928
3929 return result;
3930 }
3931
3934
3935 assert(!other.is_max_cost());
3936
3937 result.io_cost = io_cost - other.io_cost;
3938 result.cpu_cost = cpu_cost - other.cpu_cost;
3939 result.import_cost = import_cost - other.import_cost;
3940 result.mem_cost = mem_cost - other.mem_cost;
3941 return result;
3942 }
3943
3944 bool operator>(const Cost_estimate &other) const {
3945 return total_cost() > other.total_cost() ? true : false;
3946 }
3947
3948 bool operator<(const Cost_estimate &other) const {
3949 return other > *this ? true : false;
3950 }
3951
3952 /// Add to IO cost
3953 void add_io(double add_io_cost) {
3954 assert(!is_max_cost());
3955 io_cost += add_io_cost;
3956 }
3957
3958 /// Add to CPU cost
3959 void add_cpu(double add_cpu_cost) {
3960 assert(!is_max_cost());
3961 cpu_cost += add_cpu_cost;
3962 }
3963
3964 /// Add to import cost
3965 void add_import(double add_import_cost) {
3966 assert(!is_max_cost());
3967 import_cost += add_import_cost;
3968 }
3969
3970 /// Add to memory cost
3971 void add_mem(double add_mem_cost) {
3972 assert(!is_max_cost());
3973 mem_cost += add_mem_cost;
3974 }
3975};
3976
3978 Cost_estimate *cost);
3979
3980/*
3981 The below two are not used (and not handled) in this milestone of this WL
3982 entry because there seems to be no use for them at this stage of
3983 implementation.
3984*/
3985#define HA_MRR_SINGLE_POINT 1
3986#define HA_MRR_FIXED_KEY 2
3987
3988/*
3989 Indicates that RANGE_SEQ_IF::next(&range) doesn't need to fill in the
3990 'range' parameter.
3991*/
3992#define HA_MRR_NO_ASSOCIATION 4
3993
3994/*
3995 The MRR user will provide ranges in key order, and MRR implementation
3996 must return rows in key order.
3997 Passing this flag to multi_read_range_init() may cause the
3998 default MRR handler to be used even if HA_MRR_USE_DEFAULT_IMPL
3999 was not specified.
4000 (If the native MRR impl. can not provide SORTED result)
4001*/
4002#define HA_MRR_SORTED 8
4003
4004/* MRR implementation doesn't have to retrieve full records */
4005#define HA_MRR_INDEX_ONLY 16
4006
4007/*
4008 The passed memory buffer is of maximum possible size, the caller can't
4009 assume larger buffer.
4010*/
4011#define HA_MRR_LIMITS 32
4012
4013/*
4014 Flag set <=> default MRR implementation is used
4015 (The choice is made by **_info[_const]() function which may set this
4016 flag. SQL layer remembers the flag value and then passes it to
4017 multi_read_range_init().
4018*/
4019#define HA_MRR_USE_DEFAULT_IMPL 64
4020
4021/*
4022 Used only as parameter to multi_range_read_info():
4023 Flag set <=> the caller guarantees that the bounds of the scanned ranges
4024 will not have NULL values.
4025*/
4026#define HA_MRR_NO_NULL_ENDPOINTS 128
4027
4028/*
4029 Set by the MRR implementation to signal that it will natively
4030 produced sorted result if multi_range_read_init() is called with
4031 the HA_MRR_SORTED flag - Else multi_range_read_init(HA_MRR_SORTED)
4032 will revert to use the default MRR implementation.
4033*/
4034#define HA_MRR_SUPPORT_SORTED 256
4035
4037 public:
4038 ulonglong data_file_length; /* Length off data file */
4039 ulonglong max_data_file_length; /* Length off data file */
4042 ulonglong delete_length; /* Free bytes */
4044 /*
4045 The number of records in the table.
4046 0 - means the table has exactly 0 rows
4047 other - if (table_flags() & HA_STATS_RECORDS_IS_EXACT)
4048 the value is the exact number of records in the table
4049 else
4050 it is an estimate
4051 */
4053 ha_rows deleted; /* Deleted records */
4054 ulong mean_rec_length; /* physical reclength */
4055 /* TODO: create_time should be retrieved from the new DD. Remove this. */
4056 time_t create_time; /* When table was created */
4059 uint block_size; /* index block size */
4060
4061 /*
4062 number of buffer bytes that native mrr implementation needs,
4063 */
4065
4066 /**
4067 Estimate for how much of the table that is available in a memory
4068 buffer. Valid range is [0..1]. If it has the special value
4069 IN_MEMORY_ESTIMATE_UNKNOWN (defined in structs.h), it means that
4070 the storage engine has not supplied any value for it.
4071 */
4073
4075 : data_file_length(0),
4078 delete_length(0),
4080 records(0),
4081 deleted(0),
4082 mean_rec_length(0),
4083 create_time(0),
4084 check_time(0),
4085 update_time(0),
4086 block_size(0),
4088};
4089
4090/**
4091 Calculates length of key.
4092
4093 Given a key index and a map of key parts return length of buffer used by key
4094 parts.
4095
4096 @param table Table containing the key
4097 @param key Key index
4098 @param keypart_map which key parts that is used
4099
4100 @return Length of used key parts.
4101*/
4102uint calculate_key_len(TABLE *table, uint key, key_part_map keypart_map);
4103/*
4104 bitmap with first N+1 bits set
4105 (keypart_map for a key prefix of [0..N] keyparts)
4106*/
4107#define make_keypart_map(N) (((key_part_map)2 << (N)) - 1)
4108/*
4109 bitmap with first N bits set
4110 (keypart_map for a key prefix of [0..N-1] keyparts)
4111*/
4112#define make_prev_keypart_map(N) (((key_part_map)1 << (N)) - 1)
4113
4114/** Base class to be used by handlers different shares */
4116 public:
4117 Handler_share() = default;
4118 virtual ~Handler_share() = default;
4119};
4120
4121/**
4122 Wrapper for struct ft_hints.
4123*/
4124
4126 private:
4128
4129 public:
4130 explicit Ft_hints(uint ft_flags) {
4131 hints.flags = ft_flags;
4133 hints.op_value = 0.0;
4135 }
4136
4137 /**
4138 Set comparison operation type and and value for master MATCH function.
4139
4140 @param type comparison operation type
4141 @param value comparison operation value
4142 */
4143 void set_hint_op(enum ft_operation type, double value) {
4144 hints.op_type = type;
4145 hints.op_value = value;
4146 }
4147
4148 /**
4149 Set Ft_hints flag.
4150
4151 @param ft_flag Ft_hints flag
4152 */
4153 void set_hint_flag(uint ft_flag) { hints.flags |= ft_flag; }
4154
4155 /**
4156 Set Ft_hints limit.
4157
4158 @param ft_limit limit
4159 */
4160 void set_hint_limit(ha_rows ft_limit) { hints.limit = ft_limit; }
4161
4162 /**
4163 Get Ft_hints limit.
4164
4165 @return Ft_hints limit
4166 */
4167 ha_rows get_limit() const { return hints.limit; }
4168
4169 /**
4170 Get Ft_hints operation value.
4171
4172 @return operation value
4173 */
4174 double get_op_value() const { return hints.op_value; }
4175
4176 /**
4177 Get Ft_hints operation type.
4178
4179 @return operation type
4180 */
4181 enum ft_operation get_op_type() const { return hints.op_type; }
4182
4183 /**
4184 Get Ft_hints flags.
4185
4186 @return Ft_hints flags
4187 */
4188 uint get_flags() const { return hints.flags; }
4189
4190 /**
4191 Get ft_hints struct.
4192
4193 @return pointer to ft_hints struct
4194 */
4196 return &hints;
4197 }
4198};
4199
4200/**
4201 The handler class is the interface for dynamically loadable
4202 storage engines. Do not add ifdefs and take care when adding or
4203 changing virtual functions to avoid vtable confusion
4204
4205 Functions in this class accept and return table columns data. Two data
4206 representation formats are used:
4207 1. TableRecordFormat - Used to pass [partial] table records to/from
4208 storage engine
4209
4210 2. KeyTupleFormat - used to pass index search tuples (aka "keys") to
4211 storage engine. See opt_range.cc for description of this format.
4212
4213 TableRecordFormat
4214 =================
4215 [Warning: this description is work in progress and may be incomplete]
4216 The table record is stored in a fixed-size buffer:
4217
4218 record: null_bytes, column1_data, column2_data, ...
4219
4220 The offsets of the parts of the buffer are also fixed: every column has
4221 an offset to its column{i}_data, and if it is nullable it also has its own
4222 bit in null_bytes.
4223
4224 The record buffer only includes data about columns that are marked in the
4225 relevant column set (table->read_set and/or table->write_set, depending on
4226 the situation).
4227 <not-sure>It could be that it is required that null bits of non-present
4228 columns are set to 1</not-sure>
4229
4230 VARIOUS EXCEPTIONS AND SPECIAL CASES
4231
4232 If the table has no nullable columns, then null_bytes is still
4233 present, its length is one byte <not-sure> which must be set to 0xFF
4234 at all times. </not-sure>
4235
4236 If the table has columns of type BIT, then certain bits from those columns
4237 may be stored in null_bytes as well. Grep around for Field_bit for
4238 details.
4239
4240 For blob columns (see Field_blob), the record buffer stores length of the
4241 data, following by memory pointer to the blob data. The pointer is owned
4242 by the storage engine and is valid until the next operation.
4243
4244 If a blob column has NULL value, then its length and blob data pointer
4245 must be set to 0.
4246
4247
4248 Overview of main modules of the handler API
4249 ===========================================
4250 The overview below was copied from the storage/partition/ha_partition.h when
4251 support for non-native partitioning was removed.
4252
4253 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4254 MODULE create/delete handler object
4255 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4256 Object create/delete method. Normally called when a table object
4257 exists.
4258
4259 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4260 MODULE meta data changes
4261 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4262 Meta data routines to CREATE, DROP, RENAME table are often used at
4263 ALTER TABLE (update_create_info used from ALTER TABLE and SHOW ..).
4264
4265 Methods:
4266 delete_table()
4267 rename_table()
4268 create()
4269 update_create_info()
4270
4271 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4272 MODULE open/close object
4273 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4274 Open and close handler object to ensure all underlying files and
4275 objects allocated and deallocated for query handling is handled
4276 properly.
4277
4278 A handler object is opened as part of its initialisation and before
4279 being used for normal queries (not before meta-data changes always.
4280 If the object was opened it will also be closed before being deleted.
4281
4282 Methods:
4283 open()
4284 close()
4285
4286 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4287 MODULE start/end statement
4288 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4289 This module contains methods that are used to understand start/end of
4290 statements, transaction boundaries, and aid for proper concurrency
4291 control.
4292
4293 Methods:
4294 store_lock()
4295 external_lock()
4296 start_stmt()
4297 lock_count()
4298 unlock_row()
4299 was_semi_consistent_read()
4300 try_semi_consistent_read()
4301
4302 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4303 MODULE change record
4304 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4305 This part of the handler interface is used to change the records
4306 after INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE, REPLACE method calls but also other
4307 special meta-data operations as ALTER TABLE, LOAD DATA, TRUNCATE.
4308
4309 These methods are used for insert (write_row), update (update_row)
4310 and delete (delete_row). All methods to change data always work on
4311 one row at a time. update_row and delete_row also contains the old
4312 row.
4313 delete_all_rows will delete all rows in the table in one call as a
4314 special optimization for DELETE from table;
4315
4316 Bulk inserts are supported if all underlying handlers support it.
4317 start_bulk_insert and end_bulk_insert is called before and after a
4318 number of calls to write_row.
4319
4320 Methods:
4321 write_row()
4322 update_row()
4323 delete_row()
4324 delete_all_rows()
4325 start_bulk_insert()
4326 end_bulk_insert()
4327
4328 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4329 MODULE full table scan
4330 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4331 This module is used for the most basic access method for any table
4332 handler. This is to fetch all data through a full table scan. No
4333 indexes are needed to implement this part.
4334 It contains one method to start the scan (rnd_init) that can also be
4335 called multiple times (typical in a nested loop join). Then proceeding
4336 to the next record (rnd_next) and closing the scan (rnd_end).
4337 To remember a record for later access there is a method (position)
4338 and there is a method used to retrieve the record based on the stored
4339 position.
4340 The position can be a file position, a primary key, a ROWID dependent
4341 on the handler below.
4342
4343 All functions that retrieve records and are callable through the
4344 handler interface must indicate whether a record is present after the call
4345 or not. Record found is indicated by returning 0 and setting table status
4346 to "has row". Record not found is indicated by returning a non-zero value
4347 and setting table status to "no row".
4348 @see TABLE::set_found_row() and TABLE::set_no_row().
4349 By enforcing these rules in the handler interface, storage handler functions
4350 need not set any status in struct TABLE. These notes also apply to module
4351 index scan, documented below.
4352
4353 Methods:
4354
4355 rnd_init()
4356 rnd_end()
4357 rnd_next()
4358 rnd_pos()
4359 rnd_pos_by_record()
4360 position()
4361
4362 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4363 MODULE index scan
4364 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4365 This part of the handler interface is used to perform access through
4366 indexes. The interface is defined as a scan interface but the handler
4367 can also use key lookup if the index is a unique index or a primary
4368 key index.
4369 Index scans are mostly useful for SELECT queries but are an important
4370 part also of UPDATE, DELETE, REPLACE and CREATE TABLE table AS SELECT
4371 and so forth.
4372 Naturally an index is needed for an index scan and indexes can either
4373 be ordered, hash based. Some ordered indexes can return data in order
4374 but not necessarily all of them.
4375 There are many flags that define the behavior of indexes in the
4376 various handlers. These methods are found in the optimizer module.
4377
4378 index_read is called to start a scan of an index. The find_flag defines
4379 the semantics of the scan. These flags are defined in
4380 include/my_base.h
4381 index_read_idx is the same but also initializes index before calling doing
4382 the same thing as index_read. Thus it is similar to index_init followed
4383 by index_read. This is also how we implement it.
4384
4385 index_read/index_read_idx does also return the first row. Thus for
4386 key lookups, the index_read will be the only call to the handler in
4387 the index scan.
4388
4389 index_init initializes an index before using it and index_end does
4390 any end processing needed.
4391
4392 Methods:
4393 index_read_map()
4394 index_init()
4395 index_end()
4396 index_read_idx_map()
4397 index_next()
4398 index_prev()
4399 index_first()
4400 index_last()
4401 index_next_same()
4402 index_read_last_map()
4403 read_range_first()
4404 read_range_next()
4405
4406 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4407 MODULE information calls
4408 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4409 This calls are used to inform the handler of specifics of the ongoing
4410 scans and other actions. Most of these are used for optimisation
4411 purposes.
4412
4413 Methods:
4414 info()
4415 get_dynamic_partition_info
4416 extra()
4417 extra_opt()
4418 reset()
4419
4420 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4421 MODULE optimizer support
4422 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4423 NOTE:
4424 One important part of the public handler interface that is not depicted in
4425 the methods is the attribute records which is defined in the base class.
4426 This is looked upon directly and is set by calling info(HA_STATUS_INFO) ?
4427
4428 Methods:
4429 min_rows_for_estimate()
4430 get_biggest_used_partition()
4431 scan_time()
4432 read_time()
4433 records_in_range()
4434 estimate_rows_upper_bound()
4435 records()
4436
4437 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4438 MODULE print messages
4439 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4440 This module contains various methods that returns text messages for
4441 table types, index type and error messages.
4442
4443 Methods:
4444 table_type()
4445 get_row_type()
4446 print_error()
4447 get_error_message()
4448
4449 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4450 MODULE handler characteristics
4451 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4452 This module contains a number of methods defining limitations and
4453 characteristics of the handler (see also documentation regarding the
4454 individual flags).
4455
4456 Methods:
4457 table_flags()
4458 index_flags()
4459 min_of_the_max_uint()
4460 max_supported_record_length()
4461 max_supported_keys()
4462 max_supported_key_parts()
4463 max_supported_key_length()
4464 max_supported_key_part_length()
4465 low_byte_first()
4466 extra_rec_buf_length()
4467 min_record_length(uint options)
4468 primary_key_is_clustered()
4469 ha_key_alg get_default_index_algorithm()
4470 is_index_algorithm_supported()
4471
4472 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4473 MODULE compare records
4474 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4475 cmp_ref checks if two references are the same. For most handlers this is
4476 a simple memcmp of the reference. However some handlers use primary key
4477 as reference and this can be the same even if memcmp says they are
4478 different. This is due to character sets and end spaces and so forth.
4479
4480 Methods:
4481 cmp_ref()
4482
4483 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4484 MODULE auto increment
4485 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4486 This module is used to handle the support of auto increments.
4487
4488 This variable in the handler is used as part of the handler interface
4489 It is maintained by the parent handler object and should not be
4490 touched by child handler objects (see handler.cc for its use).
4491
4492 Methods:
4493 get_auto_increment()
4494 release_auto_increment()
4495
4496 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4497 MODULE initialize handler for HANDLER call
4498 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4499 This method is a special InnoDB method called before a HANDLER query.
4500
4501 Methods:
4502 init_table_handle_for_HANDLER()
4503
4504 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4505 MODULE fulltext index
4506 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4507 Fulltext index support.
4508
4509 Methods:
4510 ft_init_ext_with_hints()
4511 ft_init()
4512 ft_init_ext()
4513 ft_read()
4514
4515 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4516 MODULE in-place ALTER TABLE
4517 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4518 Methods for in-place ALTER TABLE support (implemented by InnoDB and NDB).
4519
4520 Methods:
4521 check_if_supported_inplace_alter()
4522 prepare_inplace_alter_table()
4523 inplace_alter_table()
4524 commit_inplace_alter_table()
4525 notify_table_changed()
4526
4527 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4528 MODULE tablespace support
4529 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4530 Methods:
4531 discard_or_import_tablespace()
4532
4533 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4534 MODULE administrative DDL
4535 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4536 Methods:
4537 optimize()
4538 analyze()
4539 check()
4540 repair()
4541 check_and_repair()
4542 auto_repair()
4543 is_crashed()
4544 check_for_upgrade()
4545 checksum()
4546 assign_to_keycache()
4547
4548 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4549 MODULE enable/disable indexes
4550 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4551 Enable/Disable Indexes are only supported by HEAP and MyISAM.
4552
4553 Methods:
4554 disable_indexes()
4555 enable_indexes()
4556 indexes_are_disabled()
4557
4558 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4559 MODULE append_create_info
4560 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4561 Only used by MyISAM MERGE tables.
4562
4563 Methods:
4564 append_create_info()
4565
4566 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4567 MODULE partitioning specific handler API
4568 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4569 Methods:
4570 get_partition_handler()
4571*/
4572
4573class handler {
4574 friend class Partition_handler;
4575
4576 public:
4578
4579 protected:
4580 TABLE_SHARE *table_share; /* The table definition */
4581 TABLE *table; /* The current open table */
4582 Table_flags cached_table_flags{0}; /* Set on init() and open() */
4583
4585
4586 public:
4587 handlerton *ht; /* storage engine of this handler */
4588 /** Pointer to current row */
4590 /** Pointer to duplicate row */
4592
4594
4595 /* MultiRangeRead-related members: */
4596 range_seq_t mrr_iter; /* Iterator to traverse the range sequence */
4597 RANGE_SEQ_IF mrr_funcs; /* Range sequence traversal functions */
4598 HANDLER_BUFFER *multi_range_buffer; /* MRR buffer info */
4599 uint ranges_in_seq; /* Total number of ranges in the traversed sequence */
4600 /* true <=> source MRR ranges and the output are ordered */
4602
4603 /* true <=> we're currently traversing a range in mrr_cur_range. */
4605 /* Current range (the one we're now returning rows from) */
4607
4608 /*
4609 The direction of the current range or index scan. This is used by
4610 the ICP implementation to determine if it has reached the end
4611 of the current range.
4612 */
4614
4615 private:
4616 Record_buffer *m_record_buffer = nullptr; ///< Buffer for multi-row reads.
4617 /*
4618 Storage space for the end range value. Should only be accessed using
4619 the end_range pointer. The content is invalid when end_range is NULL.
4620 */
4624
4625 /**
4626 Pointer to the handler of the table in the primary storage engine,
4627 if this handler represents a table in a secondary storage engine.
4628 */
4630
4631 protected:
4634 /*
4635 true <=> the engine guarantees that returned records are within the range
4636 being scanned.
4637 */
4639
4640 public:
4641 /**
4642 End value for a range scan. If this is NULL the range scan has no
4643 end value. Should also be NULL when there is no ongoing range scan.
4644 Used by the read_range() functions and also evaluated by pushed
4645 index conditions.
4646 */
4648 /**
4649 Flag which tells if #end_range contains a virtual generated column.
4650 The content is invalid when #end_range is @c nullptr.
4651 */
4653 uint errkey; /* Last dup key */
4656 /** Length of ref (1-8 or the clustered key length) */
4659 enum { NONE = 0, INDEX, RND, SAMPLING } inited;
4660 bool implicit_emptied; /* Can be !=0 only if HEAP */
4662
4664 uint pushed_idx_cond_keyno; /* The index which the above condition is for */
4665
4666 /**
4667 next_insert_id is the next value which should be inserted into the
4668 auto_increment column: in a inserting-multi-row statement (like INSERT
4669 SELECT), for the first row where the autoinc value is not specified by the
4670 statement, get_auto_increment() called and asked to generate a value,
4671 next_insert_id is set to the next value, then for all other rows
4672 next_insert_id is used (and increased each time) without calling
4673 get_auto_increment().
4674 */
4676 /**
4677 insert id for the current row (*autogenerated*; if not
4678 autogenerated, it's 0).
4679 At first successful insertion, this variable is stored into
4680 THD::first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt.
4681 */
4683 /**
4684 Interval returned by get_auto_increment() and being consumed by the
4685 inserter.
4686 */
4688 /**
4689 Number of reserved auto-increment intervals. Serves as a heuristic
4690 when we have no estimation of how many records the statement will insert:
4691 the more intervals we have reserved, the bigger the next one. Reset in
4692 handler::ha_release_auto_increment().
4693 */
4695
4696 /**
4697 Instrumented table associated with this handler.
4698 */
4700
4701 std::mt19937 *m_random_number_engine{nullptr};
4703
4704 private:
4705 /** Internal state of the batch instrumentation. */
4707 /** Batch mode not used. */
4709 /** Batch mode used, before first table io. */
4711 /** Batch mode used, after first table io. */
4714 /**
4715 Batch mode state.
4716 @sa start_psi_batch_mode.
4717 @sa end_psi_batch_mode.
4718 */
4720 /**
4721 The number of rows in the batch.
4722 @sa start_psi_batch_mode.
4723 @sa end_psi_batch_mode.
4724 */
4726 /**
4727 The current event in a batch.
4728 @sa start_psi_batch_mode.
4729 @sa end_psi_batch_mode.
4730 */
4732 /**
4733 Storage for the event in a batch.
4734 @sa start_psi_batch_mode.
4735 @sa end_psi_batch_mode.
4736 */
4738
4739 public:
4740 void unbind_psi();
4741 void rebind_psi();
4742 /**
4743 Put the handler in 'batch' mode when collecting
4744 table io instrumented events.
4745 When operating in batch mode:
4746 - a single start event is generated in the performance schema.
4747 - all table io performed between @c start_psi_batch_mode
4748 and @c end_psi_batch_mode is not instrumented:
4749 the number of rows affected is counted instead in @c m_psi_numrows.
4750 - a single end event is generated in the performance schema
4751 when the batch mode ends with @c end_psi_batch_mode.
4752 */
4753 void start_psi_batch_mode();
4754 /** End a batch started with @c start_psi_batch_mode. */
4755 void end_psi_batch_mode();
4756 /**
4757 If a PSI batch was started, turn if off.
4758 @returns true if it was started.
4759 */
4761 const bool rc = m_psi_batch_mode;
4762 if (rc) end_psi_batch_mode();
4763 return rc;
4764 }
4765
4766 private:
4767 /**
4768 The lock type set by when calling::ha_external_lock(). This is
4769 propagated down to the storage engine. The reason for also storing
4770 it here, is that when doing MRR we need to create/clone a second handler
4771 object. This cloned handler object needs to know about the lock_type used.
4772 */
4774 /**
4775 Pointer where to store/retrieve the Handler_share pointer.
4776 For non partitioned handlers this is &TABLE_SHARE::ha_share.
4777 */
4779
4780 /**
4781 Some non-virtual ha_* functions, responsible for reading rows,
4782 like ha_rnd_pos(), must ensure that virtual generated columns are
4783 calculated before they return. For that, they should set this
4784 member to true at their start, and check it before they return: if
4785 the member is still true, it means they should calculate; if it's
4786 false, it means the calculation has been done by some called
4787 lower-level function and does not need to be re-done (which is why
4788 we need this status flag: to avoid redundant calculations, for
4789 performance).
4790
4791 Note that when updating generated fields, the NULL row status in
4792 the underlying TABLE objects matter, so be sure to reset them if needed!
4793 */
4795
4796 /* Filter row ids to weed out duplicates when multi-valued index is used */
4798
4799 public:
4800 handler(handlerton *ht_arg, TABLE_SHARE *share_arg)
4801 : table_share(share_arg),
4802 table(nullptr),
4804 ht(ht_arg),
4805 ref(nullptr),
4811 ref_length(sizeof(my_off_t)),
4813 inited(NONE),
4814 implicit_emptied(false),
4818 next_insert_id(0),
4821 m_psi(nullptr),
4823 m_psi_numrows(0),
4825 m_lock_type(F_UNLCK),
4828 m_unique(nullptr) {
4829 DBUG_PRINT("info", ("handler created F_UNLCK %d F_RDLCK %d F_WRLCK %d",
4830 F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK));
4831 }
4832
4833 virtual ~handler(void) {
4834 assert(m_psi == nullptr);
4836 assert(m_psi_locker == nullptr);
4837 assert(m_lock_type == F_UNLCK);
4838 assert(inited == NONE);
4839 }
4840
4841 /**
4842 Return extra handler specific text for EXPLAIN.
4843 */
4844 virtual std::string explain_extra() const { return ""; }
4845
4846 /*
4847 @todo reorganize functions, make proper public/protected/private qualifiers
4848 */
4849 virtual handler *clone(const char *name, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
4850 /** This is called after create to allow us to set up cached variables */
4852 /* ha_ methods: public wrappers for private virtual API */
4853
4854 /**
4855 Set a record buffer that the storage engine can use for multi-row reads.
4856 The buffer has to be provided prior to the first read from an index or a
4857 table.
4858
4859 @param buffer the buffer to use for multi-row reads
4860 */
4862
4863 /**
4864 Get the record buffer that was set with ha_set_record_buffer().
4865
4866 @return the buffer to use for multi-row reads, or nullptr if there is none
4867 */
4869
4870 /**
4871 Does this handler want to get a Record_buffer for multi-row reads
4872 via the ha_set_record_buffer() function? And if so, what is the
4873 maximum number of records to allocate space for in the buffer?
4874
4875 Storage engines that support using a Record_buffer should override
4876 handler::is_record_buffer_wanted().
4877
4878 @param[out] max_rows gets set to the maximum number of records to
4879 allocate space for in the buffer if the function
4880 returns true
4881
4882 @retval true if the handler would like a Record_buffer
4883 @retval false if the handler does not want a Record_buffer
4884 */
4885 bool ha_is_record_buffer_wanted(ha_rows *const max_rows) const {
4886 return is_record_buffer_wanted(max_rows);
4887 }
4888
4889 int ha_open(TABLE *table, const char *name, int mode, int test_if_locked,
4890 const dd::Table *table_def);
4891 int ha_close(void);
4892 int ha_index_init(uint idx, bool sorted);
4893 int ha_index_end();
4894 int ha_rnd_init(bool scan);
4895 int ha_rnd_end();
4896 int ha_rnd_next(uchar *buf);
4897 // See the comment on m_update_generated_read_fields.
4898 int ha_rnd_pos(uchar *buf, uchar *pos);
4899 int ha_index_read_map(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, key_part_map keypart_map,
4900 enum ha_rkey_function find_flag);
4902 key_part_map keypart_map);
4903 int ha_index_read_idx_map(uchar *buf, uint index, const uchar *key,
4904 key_part_map keypart_map,
4905 enum ha_rkey_function find_flag);
4906 int ha_index_next(uchar *buf);
4907 int ha_index_prev(uchar *buf);
4908 int ha_index_first(uchar *buf);
4909 int ha_index_last(uchar *buf);
4910 int ha_index_next_same(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, uint keylen);
4911 int ha_reset();
4912 /* this is necessary in many places, e.g. in HANDLER command */
4914 return inited == INDEX ? ha_index_end() : inited == RND ? ha_rnd_end() : 0;
4915 }
4916 /**
4917 The cached_table_flags is set at ha_open and ha_external_lock
4918 */
4920 /**
4921 These functions represent the public interface to *users* of the
4922 handler class, hence they are *not* virtual. For the inheritance
4923 interface, see the (private) functions write_row(), update_row(),
4924 and delete_row() below.
4925 */
4926 int ha_external_lock(THD *thd, int lock_type);
4927 int ha_write_row(uchar *buf);
4928 /**
4929 Update the current row.
4930
4931 @param old_data the old contents of the row
4932 @param new_data the new contents of the row
4933 @return error status (zero on success, HA_ERR_* error code on error)
4934 */
4935 int ha_update_row(const uchar *old_data, uchar *new_data);
4936 int ha_delete_row(const uchar *buf);
4938
4939 int ha_check_for_upgrade(HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt);
4940 /** to be actually called to get 'check()' functionality*/
4941 int ha_check(THD *thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt);
4942 int ha_repair(THD *thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt);
4943 void ha_start_bulk_insert(ha_rows rows);
4944 int ha_end_bulk_insert();
4945 int ha_bulk_update_row(const uchar *old_data, uchar *new_data,
4946 uint *dup_key_found);
4947 int ha_delete_all_rows();
4949 int ha_optimize(THD *thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt);
4950 int ha_analyze(THD *thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt);
4951 bool ha_check_and_repair(THD *thd);
4952 int ha_disable_indexes(uint mode);
4953 int ha_enable_indexes(uint mode);
4955 int ha_rename_table(const char *from, const char *to,
4956 const dd::Table *from_table_def, dd::Table *to_table_def);
4957 int ha_delete_table(const char *name, const dd::Table *table_def);
4958 void ha_drop_table(const char *name);
4959
4960 int ha_create(const char *name, TABLE *form, HA_CREATE_INFO *info,
4962
4963 int ha_load_table(const TABLE &table, bool *skip_metadata_update);
4964
4965 int ha_unload_table(const char *db_name, const char *table_name,
4966 bool error_if_not_loaded);
4967
4968 /**
4969 Initializes a parallel scan. It creates a parallel_scan_ctx that has to
4970 be used across all parallel_scan methods. Also, gets the number of
4971 threads that would be spawned for parallel scan.
4972 @param[out] scan_ctx The parallel scan context.
4973 @param[out] num_threads Number of threads used for the scan.
4974 @param[in] use_reserved_threads true if reserved threads are to be used
4975 if we exhaust the max cap of number of
4976 parallel read threads that can be
4977 spawned at a time
4978 @param[in] max_desired_threads Maximum number of desired scan threads;
4979 passing 0 has no effect, it is ignored.
4980 @return error code
4981 @retval 0 on success
4982 */
4983 virtual int parallel_scan_init(void *&scan_ctx [[maybe_unused]],
4984 size_t *num_threads [[maybe_unused]],
4985 bool use_reserved_threads [[maybe_unused]],
4986 size_t max_desired_threads [[maybe_unused]]) {
4987 return 0;
4988 }
4989
4990 /**
4991 This callback is called by each parallel load thread at the beginning of
4992 the parallel load for the adapter scan.
4993 @param cookie The cookie for this thread
4994 @param ncols Number of columns in each row
4995 @param row_len The size of a row in bytes
4996 @param col_offsets An array of size ncols, where each element represents
4997 the offset of a column in the row data. The memory of
4998 this array belongs to the caller and will be free-ed
4999 after the pload_end_cbk call.
5000 @param null_byte_offsets An array of size ncols, where each element
5001 represents the offset of a column in the row data. The
5002 memory of this array belongs to the caller and will be
5003 free-ed after the pload_end_cbk call.
5004 @param null_bitmasks An array of size ncols, where each element
5005 represents the bitmask required to get the null bit. The
5006 memory of this array belongs to the caller and will be
5007 free-ed after the pload_end_cbk call.
5008 */
5009 using Load_init_cbk = std::function<bool(
5010 void *cookie, ulong ncols, ulong row_len, const ulong *col_offsets,
5011 const ulong *null_byte_offsets, const ulong *null_bitmasks)>;
5012
5013 /**
5014 This callback is called by each parallel load thread when processing
5015 of rows is required for the adapter scan.
5016 @param[in] cookie The cookie for this thread
5017 @param[in] nrows The nrows that are available
5018 @param[in] rowdata The mysql-in-memory row data buffer. This is a
5019 memory buffer for nrows records. The length of each record is fixed and
5020 communicated via Load_init_cbk
5021 @param[in] partition_id Partition id if it's a partitioned table, else
5022 std::numeric_limits<uint64_t>::max()
5023 @returns true if there is an error, false otherwise.
5024 */
5025 using Load_cbk = std::function<bool(void *cookie, uint nrows, void *rowdata,
5026 uint64_t partition_id)>;
5027
5028 /**
5029 This callback is called by each parallel load thread when processing
5030 of rows has ended for the adapter scan.
5031 @param[in] cookie The cookie for this thread
5032 */
5033 using Load_end_cbk = std::function<void(void *cookie)>;
5034
5035 /**
5036 Run the parallel read of data.
5037 @param[in] scan_ctx Scan context of the parallel read.
5038 @param[in,out] thread_ctxs Caller thread contexts.
5039 @param[in] init_fn Callback called by each parallel load
5040 thread at the beginning of the parallel load.
5041 @param[in] load_fn Callback called by each parallel load
5042 thread when processing of rows is required.
5043 @param[in] end_fn Callback called by each parallel load
5044 thread when processing of rows has ended.
5045 @return error code
5046 @retval 0 on success
5047 */
5048 virtual int parallel_scan(void *scan_ctx [[maybe_unused]],
5049 void **thread_ctxs [[maybe_unused]],
5050 Load_init_cbk init_fn [[maybe_unused]],
5051 Load_cbk load_fn [[maybe_unused]],
5052 Load_end_cbk end_fn [[maybe_unused]]) {
5053 return 0;
5054 }
5055
5056 /**
5057 End of the parallel scan.
5058 @param[in] scan_ctx A scan context created by parallel_scan_init.
5059 */
5060 virtual void parallel_scan_end(void *scan_ctx [[maybe_unused]]) { return; }
5061
5062 /** Check if the table is ready for bulk load
5063 @param[in] thd user session
5064 @return true iff bulk load can be done on the table. */
5065 virtual bool bulk_load_check(THD *thd [[maybe_unused]]) const {
5066 return false;
5067 }
5068
5069 /** Get the total memory available for bulk load in SE.
5070 @param[in] thd user session
5071 @return available memory for bulk load */
5072 virtual size_t bulk_load_available_memory(THD *thd [[maybe_unused]]) const {
5073 return 0;
5074 }
5075
5076 /** Begin parallel bulk data load to the table.
5077 @param[in] thd user session
5078 @param[in] data_size total data size to load
5079 @param[in] memory memory to be used by SE
5080 @param[in] num_threads number of concurrent threads used for load.
5081 @return bulk load context or nullptr if unsuccessful. */
5082 virtual void *bulk_load_begin(THD *thd [[maybe_unused]],
5083 size_t data_size [[maybe_unused]],
5084 size_t memory [[maybe_unused]],
5085 size_t num_threads [[maybe_unused]]) {
5086 return nullptr;
5087 }
5088
5089 /** Execute bulk load operation. To be called by each of the concurrent
5090 threads idenified by thread index.
5091 @param[in,out] thd user session
5092 @param[in,out] load_ctx load execution context
5093 @param[in] thread_idx index of the thread executing
5094 @param[in] rows rows to be loaded to the table
5095 @return error code. */
5096 virtual int bulk_load_execute(THD *thd [[maybe_unused]],
5097 void *load_ctx [[maybe_unused]],
5098 size_t thread_idx [[maybe_unused]],
5099 const Rows_mysql &rows [[maybe_unused]],
5101 [[maybe_unused]]) {
5102 return HA_ERR_UNSUPPORTED;
5103 }
5104
5105 /** End bulk load operation. Must be called after all execution threads have
5106 completed. Must be called even if the bulk load execution failed.
5107 @param[in,out] thd user session
5108 @param[in,out] load_ctx load execution context
5109 @param[in] is_error true, if bulk load execution have failed
5110 @return error code. */
5111 virtual int bulk_load_end(THD *thd [[maybe_unused]],
5112 void *load_ctx [[maybe_unused]],
5113 bool is_error [[maybe_unused]]) {
5114 return false;
5115 }
5116
5117 /**
5118 Submit a dd::Table object representing a core DD table having
5119 hardcoded data to be filled in by the DDSE. This function can be
5120 used for retrieving the hard coded SE private data for the
5121 mysql.dd_properties table, before creating or opening it, or for
5122 retrieving the hard coded SE private data for a core table,
5123 before creating or opening them.
5124
5125 @param dd_table [in,out] A dd::Table object representing
5126 a core DD table.
5127 @param reset Reset counters.
5128
5129 @retval true An error occurred.
5130 @retval false Success - no errors.
5131 */
5132
5133 bool ha_get_se_private_data(dd::Table *dd_table, bool reset);
5134
5137 virtual void print_error(int error, myf errflag);
5138 virtual bool get_error_message(int error, String *buf);
5139 uint get_dup_key(int error);
5140 /**
5141 Retrieves the names of the table and the key for which there was a
5142 duplicate entry in the case of HA_ERR_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY.
5143
5144 If any of the table or key name is not available this method will return
5145 false and will not change any of child_table_name or child_key_name.
5146
5147 @param [out] child_table_name Table name
5148 @param [in] child_table_name_len Table name buffer size
5149 @param [out] child_key_name Key name
5150 @param [in] child_key_name_len Key name buffer size
5151
5152 @retval true table and key names were available
5153 and were written into the corresponding
5154 out parameters.
5155 @retval false table and key names were not available,
5156 the out parameters were not touched.
5157 */
5158 virtual bool get_foreign_dup_key(char *child_table_name,
5159 uint child_table_name_len,
5160 char *child_key_name,
5161 uint child_key_name_len);
5162 /**
5163 Change the internal TABLE_SHARE pointer.
5164
5165 @param table_arg TABLE object
5166 @param share New share to use
5167
5168 @note Is used in error handling in ha_delete_table.
5169 */
5170
5171 virtual void change_table_ptr(TABLE *table_arg, TABLE_SHARE *share) {
5172 table = table_arg;
5173 table_share = share;
5174 }
5175 const TABLE_SHARE *get_table_share() const { return table_share; }
5176 const TABLE *get_table() const { return table; }
5177
5178 /* Estimates calculation */
5179
5180 /**
5181 @deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a future
5182 version. Use table_scan_cost() instead.
5183 */
5184
5185 virtual double scan_time() {
5186 return ulonglong2double(stats.data_file_length) / IO_SIZE + 2;
5187 }
5188
5189 /**
5190 The cost of reading a set of ranges from the table using an index
5191 to access it.
5192
5193 @deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a future
5194 version. Use read_cost() instead.
5195
5196 @param index The index number.
5197 @param ranges The number of ranges to be read.
5198 @param rows Total number of rows to be read.
5199
5200 This method can be used to calculate the total cost of scanning a table
5201 using an index by calling it using read_time(index, 1, table_size).
5202 */
5203
5204 virtual double read_time(uint index [[maybe_unused]], uint ranges,
5205 ha_rows rows) {
5206 return rows2double(ranges + rows);
5207 }
5208
5209 /**
5210 @deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a future
5211 version. Use index_scan_cost() instead.
5212 */
5213
5214 virtual double index_only_read_time(uint keynr, double records);
5215
5216 /**
5217 Cost estimate for doing a complete table scan.
5218
5219 @note For this version it is recommended that storage engines continue
5220 to override scan_time() instead of this function.
5221
5222 @returns the estimated cost
5223 */
5224
5226
5227 /**
5228 Cost estimate for reading a number of ranges from an index.
5229
5230 The cost estimate will only include the cost of reading data that
5231 is contained in the index. If the records need to be read, use
5232 read_cost() instead.
5233
5234 @note The ranges parameter is currently ignored and is not taken
5235 into account in the cost estimate.
5236
5237 @note For this version it is recommended that storage engines continue
5238 to override index_only_read_time() instead of this function.
5239
5240 @param index the index number
5241 @param ranges the number of ranges to be read
5242 @param rows total number of rows to be read
5243
5244 @returns the estimated cost
5245 */
5246
5247 virtual Cost_estimate index_scan_cost(uint index, double ranges, double rows);
5248
5249 /**
5250 Cost estimate for reading a set of ranges from the table using an index
5251 to access it.
5252
5253 @note For this version it is recommended that storage engines continue
5254 to override read_time() instead of this function.
5255
5256 @param index the index number
5257 @param ranges the number of ranges to be read
5258 @param rows total number of rows to be read
5259
5260 @returns the estimated cost
5261 */
5262
5263 virtual Cost_estimate read_cost(uint index, double ranges, double rows);
5264
5265 /**
5266 Cost estimate for doing a number of non-sequentially accesses
5267 against the storage engine. Such accesses can be either number
5268 of rows to read, or number of disk pages to access.
5269 Each handler implementation is free to interpret that as best
5270 suited, depending on what is the dominating cost for that
5271 storage engine.
5272
5273 This method is mainly provided as a temporary workaround for
5274 bug#33317872, where we fix problems caused by calling
5275 Cost_model::page_read_cost() directly from the optimizer.
5276 That should be avoided, as it introduced assumption about all
5277 storage engines being disk-page based, and having a 'page' cost.
5278 Furthermore, this page cost was even compared against read_cost(),
5279 which was computed with an entirely different algorithm, and thus
5280 could not be compared.
5281
5282 The default implementation still call Cost_model::page_read_cost(),
5283 thus behaving just as before. However, handler implementation may
5284 override it to call handler::read_cost() instead(), which probably
5285 will be more correct. (If a page_read_cost should be included
5286 in the cost estimate, that should preferable be done inside
5287 each read_cost() implementation)
5288
5289 Longer term we should consider to remove all page_read_cost()
5290 usage from the optimizer itself, making this method obsolete.
5291
5292 @param index the index number
5293 @param reads the number of accesses being made
5294
5295 @returns the estimated cost
5296 */
5297 virtual double page_read_cost(uint index, double reads);
5298
5299 /**
5300 Provide an upper cost-limit of doing a specified number of
5301 seek-and-read key lookups. This need to be comparable and
5302 calculated with the same 'metric' as page_read_cost.
5303
5304 @param reads the number of rows read in the 'worst' case.
5305
5306 @returns the estimated cost
5307 */
5308 virtual double worst_seek_times(double reads);
5309
5310 /**
5311 Return an estimate on the amount of memory the storage engine will
5312 use for caching data in memory. If this is unknown or the storage
5313 engine does not cache data in memory -1 is returned.
5314 */
5315 virtual longlong get_memory_buffer_size() const { return -1; }
5316
5317 /**
5318 Return an estimate of how much of the table that is currently stored
5319 in main memory.
5320
5321 This estimate should be the fraction of the table that currently
5322 is available in a main memory buffer. The estimate should be in the
5323 range from 0.0 (nothing in memory) to 1.0 (entire table in memory).
5324
5325 @return The fraction of the table in main memory buffer
5326 */
5327
5328 double table_in_memory_estimate() const;
5329
5330 /**
5331 Return an estimate of how much of the index that is currently stored
5332 in main memory.
5333
5334 This estimate should be the fraction of the index that currently
5335 is available in a main memory buffer. The estimate should be in the
5336 range from 0.0 (nothing in memory) to 1.0 (entire index in memory).
5337
5338 @param keyno the index to get an estimate for
5339
5340 @return The fraction of the index in main memory buffer
5341 */
5342
5343 double index_in_memory_estimate(uint keyno) const;
5344
5345 /**
5346 Initialize sampling.
5347
5348 @param[out] scan_ctx A scan context created by this method that has to be
5349 used in sample_next
5350 @param[in] sampling_percentage percentage of records that need to be
5351 sampled
5352 @param[in] sampling_seed random seed that the random generator will
5353 use
5354 @param[in] sampling_method sampling method to be used; currently only
5355 SYSTEM sampling is supported
5356 @param[in] tablesample true if the sampling is for tablesample
5357
5358 @return 0 for success, else one of the HA_xxx values in case of error.
5359 */
5360 int ha_sample_init(void *&scan_ctx, double sampling_percentage,
5361 int sampling_seed, enum_sampling_method sampling_method,
5362 const bool tablesample);
5363
5364 /**
5365 Get the next record for sampling.
5366
5367 @param[in] scan_ctx Scan context of the sampling
5368 @param[in] buf buffer to place the read record
5369
5370 @return 0 for success, else one of the HA_xxx values in case of error.
5371 */
5372 int ha_sample_next(void *scan_ctx, uchar *buf);
5373
5374 /**
5375 End sampling.
5376
5377 @param[in] scan_ctx Scan context of the sampling
5378
5379 @return 0 for success, else one of the HA_xxx values in case of error.
5380 */
5381 int ha_sample_end(void *scan_ctx);
5382
5383 private:
5385
5386 /**
5387 Make a guesstimate for how much of a table or index is in a memory
5388 buffer in the case where the storage engine has not provided any
5389 estimate for this.
5390
5391 @param table_index_size size of the table or index
5392
5393 @return The fraction of the table or index in main memory buffer
5394 */
5395
5396 double estimate_in_memory_buffer(ulonglong table_index_size) const;
5397
5398 public:
5399 virtual ha_rows multi_range_read_info_const(uint keyno, RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq,
5400 void *seq_init_param,
5401 uint n_ranges, uint *bufsz,
5402 uint *flags, Cost_estimate *cost);
5403 virtual ha_rows multi_range_read_info(uint keyno, uint n_ranges, uint keys,
5404 uint *bufsz, uint *flags,
5405 Cost_estimate *cost);
5406 virtual int multi_range_read_init(RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq, void *seq_init_param,
5407 uint n_ranges, uint mode,
5409
5410 int ha_multi_range_read_next(char **range_info);
5411
5412 int ha_read_range_first(const key_range *start_key, const key_range *end_key,
5413 bool eq_range, bool sorted);
5414 int ha_read_range_next();
5415
5417 return (ha_table_flags() & HA_NO_TRANSACTIONS) == 0;
5418 }
5419 virtual uint extra_rec_buf_length() const { return 0; }
5420
5421 /**
5422 @brief Determine whether an error can be ignored or not.
5423
5424 @details This method is used to analyze the error to see whether the
5425 error is ignorable or not. Such errors will be reported as warnings
5426 instead of errors for IGNORE statements. This means that the statement
5427 will not abort, but instead continue to the next row.
5428
5429 HA_ERR_FOUND_DUP_UNIQUE is a special case in MyISAM that means the
5430 same thing as HA_ERR_FOUND_DUP_KEY, but can in some cases lead to
5431 a slightly different error message.
5432
5433 @param error error code received from the handler interface (HA_ERR_...)
5434
5435 @return whether the error is ignorable or not
5436 @retval true the error is ignorable
5437 @retval false the error is not ignorable
5438 */
5439
5440 virtual bool is_ignorable_error(int error);
5441
5442 /**
5443 @brief Determine whether an error is fatal or not.
5444
5445 @details This method is used to analyze the error to see whether the
5446 error is fatal or not. A fatal error is an error that will not be
5447 possible to handle with SP handlers and will not be subject to
5448 retry attempts on the slave.
5449
5450 @param error error code received from the handler interface (HA_ERR_...)
5451
5452 @return whether the error is fatal or not
5453 @retval true the error is fatal
5454 @retval false the error is not fatal
5455 */
5456
5457 virtual bool is_fatal_error(int error);
5458
5459 protected:
5460 virtual int multi_range_read_next(char **range_info);
5461
5462 /**
5463 Number of rows in table. If HA_COUNT_ROWS_INSTANT is set, count is
5464 available instantly. Else do a table scan.
5465
5466 @param num_rows [out] num_rows number of rows in table.
5467
5468 @retval 0 for OK, one of the HA_xxx values in case of error.
5469 */
5470 virtual int records(ha_rows *num_rows);
5471
5472 /**
5473 Number of rows in table counted using the secondary index chosen by
5474 optimizer. See comments in optimize_aggregated_query() .
5475
5476 @param num_rows [out] Number of rows in table.
5477 @param index Index chosen by optimizer for counting.
5478
5479 @retval 0 for OK, one of the HA_xxx values in case of error.
5480 */
5481 virtual int records_from_index(ha_rows *num_rows, uint index);
5482
5483 private:
5484 /**
5485 Function will handle the error code from call to records() and
5486 records_from_index().
5487
5488 @param error return code from records() and records_from_index().
5489 @param num_rows Check if it contains HA_POS_ERROR in case error < 0.
5490
5491 @retval 0 for OK, one of the HA_xxx values in case of error.
5492 */
5493 int handle_records_error(int error, ha_rows *num_rows);
5494
5495 public:
5496 /**
5497 Wrapper function to call records() in storage engine.
5498
5499 @param num_rows [out] Number of rows in table.
5500
5501 @retval 0 for OK, one of the HA_xxx values in case of error.
5502 */
5503 int ha_records(ha_rows *num_rows) {
5504 return handle_records_error(records(num_rows), num_rows);
5505 }
5506
5507 /**
5508 Wrapper function to call records_from_index() in storage engine.
5509
5510 @param num_rows [out] Number of rows in table.
5511 @param index Index chosen by optimizer for counting.
5512
5513 @retval 0 for OK, one of the HA_xxx values in case of error.
5514 */
5515 int ha_records(ha_rows *num_rows, uint index) {
5516 return handle_records_error(records_from_index(num_rows, index), num_rows);
5517 }
5518
5519 /**
5520 Return upper bound of current number of records in the table
5521 (max. of how many records one will retrieve when doing a full table scan)
5522 If upper bound is not known, HA_POS_ERROR should be returned as a max
5523 possible upper bound.
5524 */
5526 return stats.records + EXTRA_RECORDS;
5527 }
5528
5529 /**
5530 Get real row type for the table created based on one specified by user,
5531 CREATE TABLE options and SE capabilities.
5532 */
5534 const HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info) const {
5535 return (create_info->table_options & HA_OPTION_COMPRESS_RECORD)
5537 : ((create_info->table_options & HA_OPTION_PACK_RECORD)
5539 : ROW_TYPE_FIXED);
5540 }
5541
5542 /**
5543 Get default key algorithm for SE. It is used when user has not provided
5544 algorithm explicitly or when algorithm specified is not supported by SE.
5545 */
5548 }
5549
5550 /**
5551 Check if SE supports specific key algorithm.
5552
5553 @note This method is never used for FULLTEXT or SPATIAL keys.
5554 We rely on handler::ha_table_flags() to check if such keys
5555 are supported.
5556 */
5557 virtual bool is_index_algorithm_supported(enum ha_key_alg key_alg) const {
5558 return key_alg == HA_KEY_ALG_SE_SPECIFIC;
5559 }
5560
5561 /**
5562 Signal that the table->read_set and table->write_set table maps changed
5563 The handler is allowed to set additional bits in the above map in this
5564 call. Normally the handler should ignore all calls until we have done
5565 a ha_rnd_init() or ha_index_init(), write_row(), update_row or delete_row()
5566 as there may be several calls to this routine.
5567 */
5568 virtual void column_bitmaps_signal();
5569 uint get_index(void) const { return active_index; }
5570
5571 /**
5572 @retval false Bulk update used by handler
5573 @retval true Bulk update not used, normal operation used
5574 */
5575 virtual bool start_bulk_update() { return true; }
5576 /**
5577 @retval false Bulk delete used by handler
5578 @retval true Bulk delete not used, normal operation used
5579 */
5580 virtual bool start_bulk_delete() { return true; }
5581 /**
5582 After this call all outstanding updates must be performed. The number
5583 of duplicate key errors are reported in the duplicate key parameter.
5584 It is allowed to continue to the batched update after this call, the
5585 handler has to wait until end_bulk_update with changing state.
5586
5587 @param dup_key_found Number of duplicate keys found
5588
5589 @retval 0 Success
5590 @retval >0 Error code
5591 */
5592 virtual int exec_bulk_update(uint *dup_key_found [[maybe_unused]]) {
5593 assert(false);
5594 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
5595 }
5596 /**
5597 Perform any needed clean-up, no outstanding updates are there at the
5598 moment.
5599 */
5600 virtual void end_bulk_update() { return; }
5601 /**
5602 Execute all outstanding deletes and close down the bulk delete.
5603
5604 @retval 0 Success
5605 @retval >0 Error code
5606 */
5607 virtual int end_bulk_delete() {
5608 assert(false);
5609 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
5610 }
5611
5612 protected:
5613 /**
5614 @brief
5615 Positions an index cursor to the index specified in the handle
5616 ('active_index'). Fetches the row if available. If the key value is null,
5617 begin at the first key of the index.
5618 @returns 0 if success (found a record); non-zero if no record.
5619 */
5620 virtual int index_read_map(uchar *buf, const uchar *key,
5621 key_part_map keypart_map,
5622 enum ha_rkey_function find_flag) {
5623 const uint key_len = calculate_key_len(table, active_index, keypart_map);
5624 return index_read(buf, key, key_len, find_flag);
5625 }
5626 /**
5627 Positions an index cursor to the index specified in argument. Fetches
5628 the row if available. If the key value is null, begin at the first key of
5629 the index.
5630 @sa index_read_map()
5631 */
5632 virtual int index_read_idx_map(uchar *buf, uint index, const uchar *key,
5633 key_part_map keypart_map,
5634 enum ha_rkey_function find_flag);
5635
5636 /*
5637 These methods are used to jump to next or previous entry in the index
5638 scan. There are also methods to jump to first and last entry.
5639 */
5640 /// @see index_read_map().
5641 virtual int index_next(uchar *) { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
5642
5643 /// @see index_read_map().
5644 virtual int index_prev(uchar *) { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
5645
5646 /// @see index_read_map().
5647 virtual int index_first(uchar *) { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
5648
5649 /// @see index_read_map().
5650 virtual int index_last(uchar *) { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
5651
5652 /// @see index_read_map().
5653 virtual int index_next_same(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, uint keylen);
5654
5655 /**
5656 The following functions works like index_read, but it find the last
5657 row with the current key value or prefix.
5658 @see index_read_map().
5659 */
5660 virtual int index_read_last_map(uchar *buf, const uchar *key,
5661 key_part_map keypart_map) {
5662 const uint key_len = calculate_key_len(table, active_index, keypart_map);
5663 return index_read_last(buf, key, key_len);
5664 }
5665
5666 virtual int read_range_first(const key_range *start_key,
5667 const key_range *end_key, bool eq_range_arg,
5668 bool sorted);
5669 virtual int read_range_next();
5670
5671 public:
5672 /**
5673 Set the end position for a range scan. This is used for checking
5674 for when to end the range scan and by the ICP code to determine
5675 that the next record is within the current range.
5676
5677 @param range The end value for the range scan
5678 @param direction Direction of the range scan
5679 */
5680 void set_end_range(const key_range *range,
5681 enum_range_scan_direction direction);
5683 int compare_key_icp(const key_range *range) const;
5684 int compare_key_in_buffer(const uchar *buf) const;
5685 virtual int ft_init() { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
5686 virtual FT_INFO *ft_init_ext(uint flags, uint inx, String *key);
5688 Ft_hints *hints) {
5689 return ft_init_ext(hints->get_flags(), inx, key);
5690 }
5691 int ha_ft_read(uchar *buf);
5693
5694 protected:
5695 /// @see index_read_map().
5696 virtual int rnd_next(uchar *buf) = 0;
5697 /// @see index_read_map().
5698 virtual int rnd_pos(uchar *buf, uchar *pos) = 0;
5699
5700 virtual int ft_read(uchar *) { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
5701
5702 public:
5703 /**
5704 This function only works for handlers having
5705 HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION set.
5706 It will return the row with the PK given in the record argument.
5707 */
5709 int error;
5711
5712 error = ha_rnd_init(false);
5713 if (error != 0) return error;
5714
5717
5718 ha_rnd_end();
5719 return error;
5720 }
5721
5722 /**
5723 Find number of records in a range.
5724
5725 Given a starting key, and an ending key estimate the number of rows that
5726 will exist between the two. max_key may be empty which in case determine
5727 if start_key matches any rows. Used by optimizer to calculate cost of
5728 using a particular index.
5729
5730 @param inx Index number
5731 @param min_key Start of range
5732 @param max_key End of range
5733
5734 @return Number of rows in range.
5735 */
5736
5737 virtual ha_rows records_in_range(uint inx [[maybe_unused]],
5738 key_range *min_key [[maybe_unused]],
5739 key_range *max_key [[maybe_unused]]) {
5740 return (ha_rows)10;
5741 }
5742 /*
5743 If HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION is set, then it sets ref
5744 (reference to the row, aka position, with the primary key given in
5745 the record).
5746 Otherwise it set ref to the current row.
5747 */
5748 virtual void position(const uchar *record) = 0;
5749
5750 /**
5751 General method to gather info from handler
5752
5753 ::info() is used to return information to the optimizer.
5754 SHOW also makes use of this data Another note, if your handler
5755 doesn't proved exact record count, you will probably want to
5756 have the following in your code:
5757 if (records < 2)
5758 records = 2;
5759 The reason is that the server will optimize for cases of only a single
5760 record. If in a table scan you don't know the number of records
5761 it will probably be better to set records to two so you can return
5762 as many records as you need.
5763
5764 Along with records a few more variables you may wish to set are:
5765 records
5766 deleted
5767 data_file_length
5768 index_file_length
5769 delete_length
5770 check_time
5771 Take a look at the public variables in handler.h for more information.
5772 See also my_base.h for a full description.
5773
5774 @param flag Specifies what info is requested
5775 */
5776
5777 virtual int info(uint flag) = 0;
5779 [[maybe_unused]]) {
5780 assert(0);
5781 return 0;
5782 }
5783 /**
5784 Request storage engine to do an extra operation: enable,disable or run some
5785 functionality.
5786
5787 @param operation the operation to perform
5788
5789 @returns
5790 0 on success
5791 error otherwise
5792 */
5793 int ha_extra(enum ha_extra_function operation);
5794
5795 private:
5796 /**
5797 Storage engine specific implementation of ha_extra()
5798
5799 @param operation the operation to perform
5800
5801 @returns
5802 0 on success
5803 error otherwise
5804 */
5805 virtual int extra(enum ha_extra_function operation [[maybe_unused]]) {
5806 return 0;
5807 }
5808
5809 public:
5810 virtual int extra_opt(enum ha_extra_function operation,
5811 ulong cache_size [[maybe_unused]]) {
5812 return extra(operation);
5813 }
5814
5815 /**
5816 Get the handlerton of the storage engine if the SE is capable of
5817 pushing down some of the AccessPath functionality.
5818 (Join, Filter conditions, ... possiby more)
5819
5820 Call the handlerton::push_to_engine() method for performing the
5821 actual pushdown of (parts of) the AccessPath functionality
5822
5823 @returns handlerton* of the SE if it may be capable of
5824 off loading part of the query by calling
5825 handlerton::push_to_engine()
5826
5827 Else, 'nullptr' is returned.
5828 */
5830 return nullptr;
5831 }
5832
5833 /**
5834 Start read (before write) removal on the current table.
5835 @see HA_READ_BEFORE_WRITE_REMOVAL
5836 */
5837 virtual bool start_read_removal(void) {
5838 assert(0);
5839 return false;
5840 }
5841
5842 /**
5843 End read (before write) removal and return the number of rows
5844 really written
5845 @see HA_READ_BEFORE_WRITE_REMOVAL
5846 */
5848 assert(0);
5849 return (ha_rows)0;
5850 }
5851
5852 /**
5853 Normally, when running UPDATE or DELETE queries, we need to wait for other
5854 transactions to release their locks on a given row before we can read it and
5855 potentially update it. However, in READ UNCOMMITTED and READ COMMITTED, we
5856 can ignore these locks if we don't intend to modify the row (e.g., because
5857 it failed a WHERE). This is signaled through enabling “semi-consistent
5858 read”, by calling try_semi_consistent_read(true) (and then setting it back
5859 to false after finishing the query).
5860
5861 If semi-consistent read is enabled, and we are in READ UNCOMMITTED or READ
5862 COMMITTED, the storage engine is permitted to return rows that are locked
5863 and thus un-updatable. If the optimizer doesn't want the row, e.g., because
5864 it got filtered out, it can call unlock_row() as usual. However, if it
5865 intends to update the row, it needs to call was_semi_consistent_read()
5866 before doing so. If was_semi_consistent_read() returns false, the row was
5867 never locked to begin with and can be updated as usual. However, if it
5868 returns 1, it was read optimistically, must be discarded (ie., do not try to
5869 update the row) and must be re-read with locking enabled. The next read call
5870 after was_semi_consistent_read() will automatically re-read the same row,
5871 this time with locking enabled.
5872
5873 Thus, typical use in an UPDATE scenario would look like this:
5874
5875 file->try_semi_consistent_read(true);
5876 file->ha_rnd_init(true);
5877 while (file->ha_rnd_next(table->record[0]) == 0) {
5878 if (row is filtered...) {
5879 file->unlock_row();
5880 continue;
5881 }
5882 if (file->was_semi_consistent_read()) {
5883 // Discard the row; next ha_rnd_next() will read it again with
5884 // locking.
5885 continue;
5886 }
5887 // Process row here.
5888 }
5889 file->ha_rnd_end();
5890 file->try_semi_consistent_read(false);
5891
5892 If the transaction isolation level is REPEATABLE READ or SERIALIZABLE,
5893 enabling this flag has no effect.
5894 */
5895 virtual bool was_semi_consistent_read() { return false; }
5896 /**
5897 Tell the engine whether it should avoid unnecessary lock waits.
5898 If yes, in an UPDATE or DELETE, if the row under the cursor was locked
5899 by another transaction, the engine may try an optimistic read of
5900 the last committed row value under the cursor.
5901 */
5902 virtual void try_semi_consistent_read(bool) {}
5903
5904 /**
5905 Unlock last accessed row.
5906
5907 Record currently processed was not in the result set of the statement
5908 and is thus unlocked. Used for UPDATE and DELETE queries.
5909 */
5910
5911 virtual void unlock_row() {}
5912
5913 /**
5914 Start a statement when table is locked
5915
5916 This method is called instead of external lock when the table is locked
5917 before the statement is executed.
5918
5919 @param thd Thread object.
5920 @param lock_type Type of external lock.
5921
5922 @retval >0 Error code.
5923 @retval 0 Success.
5924 */
5925
5926 virtual int start_stmt(THD *thd [[maybe_unused]],
5927 thr_lock_type lock_type [[maybe_unused]]) {
5928 return 0;
5929 }
5930 virtual void get_auto_increment(ulonglong offset, ulonglong increment,
5931 ulonglong nb_desired_values,
5932 ulonglong *first_value,
5933 ulonglong *nb_reserved_values);
5935 DBUG_PRINT("info", ("auto_increment: next value %lu", (ulong)id));
5937 }
5939 /*
5940 Insertion of a row failed, re-use the lastly generated auto_increment
5941 id, for the next row. This is achieved by resetting next_insert_id to
5942 what it was before the failed insertion (that old value is provided by
5943 the caller). If that value was 0, it was the first row of the INSERT;
5944 then if insert_id_for_cur_row contains 0 it means no id was generated
5945 for this first row, so no id was generated since the INSERT started, so
5946 we should set next_insert_id to 0; if insert_id_for_cur_row is not 0, it
5947 is the generated id of the first and failed row, so we use it.
5948 */
5951 }
5952
5953 /**
5954 Update create info as part of ALTER TABLE.
5955
5956 Forward this handler call to the storage engine foreach
5957 partition handler. The data_file_name for each partition may
5958 need to be reset if the tablespace was moved. Use a dummy
5959 HA_CREATE_INFO structure and transfer necessary data.
5960
5961 @param create_info Create info from ALTER TABLE.
5962 */
5963
5964 virtual void update_create_info(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info
5965 [[maybe_unused]]) {}
5968 }
5969 virtual int preload_keys(THD *, HA_CHECK_OPT *) {
5971 }
5972 /* end of the list of admin commands */
5973
5974 /**
5975 Check if indexes are disabled.
5976
5977 @retval 0 Indexes are enabled.
5978 @retval != 0 Indexes are disabled.
5979 */
5980
5981 virtual int indexes_are_disabled(void) { return 0; }
5982 virtual void append_create_info(String *packet [[maybe_unused]]) {}
5984 return;
5985 } /* prepare InnoDB for HANDLER */
5986 /** The following can be called without an open handler */
5987 virtual const char *table_type() const = 0;
5988
5989 virtual ulong index_flags(uint idx, uint part, bool all_parts) const = 0;
5990
5991 uint max_record_length() const {
5993 }
5994 uint max_keys() const {
5995 return std::min<uint>(MAX_KEY, max_supported_keys());
5996 }
5997 uint max_key_parts() const {
5998 return std::min(MAX_REF_PARTS, max_supported_key_parts());
5999 }
6000 uint max_key_length() const {
6001 return std::min(MAX_KEY_LENGTH, max_supported_key_length());
6002 }
6003 uint max_key_part_length(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info) const {
6004 return std::min(MAX_KEY_LENGTH, max_supported_key_part_length(create_info));
6005 }
6006
6007 virtual uint max_supported_record_length() const { return HA_MAX_REC_LENGTH; }
6008 virtual uint max_supported_keys() const { return 0; }
6009 virtual uint max_supported_key_parts() const { return MAX_REF_PARTS; }
6010 virtual uint max_supported_key_length() const { return MAX_KEY_LENGTH; }
6012 [[maybe_unused]]) const {
6013 return 255;
6014 }
6015 virtual uint min_record_length(uint options [[maybe_unused]]) const {
6016 return 1;
6017 }
6018
6019 virtual bool low_byte_first() const { return true; }
6020 virtual ha_checksum checksum() const { return 0; }
6021
6022 /**
6023 Check if the table is crashed.
6024
6025 @retval true Crashed
6026 @retval false Not crashed
6027 */
6028
6029 virtual bool is_crashed() const { return false; }
6030
6031 /**
6032 Check if the table can be automatically repaired.
6033
6034 @retval true Can be auto repaired
6035 @retval false Cannot be auto repaired
6036 */
6037
6038 virtual bool auto_repair() const { return false; }
6039
6040 /**
6041 Get number of lock objects returned in store_lock.
6042
6043 Returns the number of store locks needed in call to store lock.
6044 We return number of partitions we will lock multiplied with number of
6045 locks needed by each partition. Assists the above functions in allocating
6046 sufficient space for lock structures.
6047
6048 @returns Number of locks returned in call to store_lock.
6049
6050 @note lock_count() can return > 1 if the table is MERGE or partitioned.
6051 */
6052
6053 virtual uint lock_count(void) const { return 1; }
6054
6055 /**
6056 Is not invoked for non-transactional temporary tables.
6057
6058 @note store_lock() can return more than one lock if the table is MERGE
6059 or partitioned.
6060
6061 @note that one can NOT rely on table->in_use in store_lock(). It may
6062 refer to a different thread if called from mysql_lock_abort_for_thread().
6063
6064 @note If the table is MERGE, store_lock() can return less locks
6065 than lock_count() claimed. This can happen when the MERGE children
6066 are not attached when this is called from another thread.
6067
6068 The idea with handler::store_lock() is the following:
6069
6070 The statement decided which locks we should need for the table
6071 for updates/deletes/inserts we get WRITE locks, for SELECT... we get
6072 read locks.
6073
6074 Before adding the lock into the table lock handler (see thr_lock.c)
6075 mysqld calls store lock with the requested locks. Store lock can now
6076 modify a write lock to a read lock (or some other lock), ignore the
6077 lock (if we don't want to use MySQL table locks at all) or add locks
6078 for many tables (like we do when we are using a MERGE handler).
6079
6080 In some exceptional cases MySQL may send a request for a TL_IGNORE;
6081 This means that we are requesting the same lock as last time and this
6082 should also be ignored.
6083
6084 Called from lock.cc by get_lock_data().
6085 */
6087 enum thr_lock_type lock_type) = 0;
6088
6089 /**
6090 Check if the primary key is clustered or not.
6091
6092 @retval true Primary key (if there is one) is a clustered
6093 key covering all fields
6094 @retval false otherwise
6095 */
6096
6097 virtual bool primary_key_is_clustered() const { return false; }
6098
6099 /**
6100 Compare two positions.
6101
6102 @param ref1 First position.
6103 @param ref2 Second position.
6104
6105 @retval <0 ref1 < ref2.
6106 @retval 0 Equal.
6107 @retval >0 ref1 > ref2.
6108 */
6109
6110 virtual int cmp_ref(const uchar *ref1, const uchar *ref2) const {
6111 return memcmp(ref1, ref2, ref_length);
6112 }
6113
6114 /*
6115 Condition pushdown to storage engines
6116 */
6117
6118 /**
6119 Push condition down to the table handler.
6120
6121 @param cond Condition to be pushed. The condition tree
6122 must not be modified by the caller.
6123
6124 @return
6125 The 'remainder' condition that caller must use to filter out records.
6126 NULL means the handler will not return rows that do not match the
6127 passed condition.
6128
6129 @note
6130 handler->ha_reset() call discard any pushed conditions.
6131 Calls to rnd_init/rnd_end, index_init/index_end etc do not affect the
6132 pushed conditions.
6133 */
6134 virtual const Item *cond_push(const Item *cond) {
6135 assert(pushed_cond == nullptr);
6136 return cond;
6137 }
6138
6139 /**
6140 Push down an index condition to the handler.
6141
6142 The server will use this method to push down a condition it wants
6143 the handler to evaluate when retrieving records using a specified
6144 index. The pushed index condition will only refer to fields from
6145 this handler that is contained in the index (but it may also refer
6146 to fields in other handlers). Before the handler evaluates the
6147 condition it must read the content of the index entry into the
6148 record buffer.
6149
6150 The handler is free to decide if and how much of the condition it
6151 will take responsibility for evaluating. Based on this evaluation
6152 it should return the part of the condition it will not evaluate.
6153 If it decides to evaluate the entire condition it should return
6154 NULL. If it decides not to evaluate any part of the condition it
6155 should return a pointer to the same condition as given as argument.
6156
6157 @param keyno the index number to evaluate the condition on
6158 @param idx_cond the condition to be evaluated by the handler
6159
6160 @return The part of the pushed condition that the handler decides
6161 not to evaluate
6162 */
6163
6164 virtual Item *idx_cond_push(uint keyno [[maybe_unused]], Item *idx_cond) {
6165 return idx_cond;
6166 }
6167
6168 /** Reset information about pushed index conditions */
6169 virtual void cancel_pushed_idx_cond() {
6170 pushed_idx_cond = nullptr;
6173 }
6174
6175 /**
6176 Reports number of tables included in pushed join which this
6177 handler instance is part of. ==0 -> Not pushed
6178 */
6179 virtual uint number_of_pushed_joins() const { return 0; }
6180
6181 /**
6182 If this handler instance is part of a pushed join sequence
6183 returned TABLE instance being root of the pushed query?
6184 */
6185 virtual const TABLE *member_of_pushed_join() const { return nullptr; }
6186
6187 /**
6188 If this handler instance is a child in a pushed join sequence
6189 returned TABLE instance being my parent?
6190 */
6191 virtual const TABLE *parent_of_pushed_join() const { return nullptr; }
6192
6193 /// @returns a map of the tables involved in this pushed join, or 0 if not
6194 /// part of a pushed join.
6195 virtual table_map tables_in_pushed_join() const { return 0; }
6196
6197 int ha_index_read_pushed(uchar *buf, const uchar *key,
6198 key_part_map keypart_map);
6199
6201
6202 protected:
6203 virtual int index_read_pushed(uchar *, const uchar *, key_part_map) {
6204 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
6205 }
6206
6208
6209 public:
6210 /**
6211 Part of old, deprecated in-place ALTER API.
6212 */
6214 [[maybe_unused]],
6215 uint table_changes [[maybe_unused]]) {
6216 return COMPATIBLE_DATA_NO;
6217 }
6218
6219 /* On-line/in-place/instant ALTER TABLE interface. */
6220
6221 /*
6222 Here is an outline of on-line/in-place ALTER TABLE execution through
6223 this interface.
6224
6225 Phase 1 : Initialization
6226 ========================
6227 During this phase we determine which algorithm should be used
6228 for execution of ALTER TABLE and what level concurrency it will
6229 require.
6230
6231 *) This phase starts by opening the table and preparing description
6232 of the new version of the table.
6233 *) Then we check if it is impossible even in theory to carry out
6234 this ALTER TABLE using the in-place/instant algorithm. For example,
6235 because we need to change storage engine or the user has explicitly
6236 requested usage of the "copy" algorithm.
6237 *) If in-place/instant ALTER TABLE is theoretically possible, we continue
6238 by compiling differences between old and new versions of the table
6239 in the form of HA_ALTER_FLAGS bitmap. We also build a few
6240 auxiliary structures describing requested changes and store
6241 all these data in the Alter_inplace_info object.
6242 *) Then the handler::check_if_supported_inplace_alter() method is called
6243 in order to find if the storage engine can carry out changes requested
6244 by this ALTER TABLE using the in-place or instant algorithm.
6245 To determine this, the engine can rely on data in HA_ALTER_FLAGS/
6246 Alter_inplace_info passed to it as well as on its own checks.
6247 If the in-place algorithm can be used for this ALTER TABLE, the level
6248 of required concurrency for its execution is also returned.
6249 If any errors occur during the handler call, ALTER TABLE is aborted
6250 and no further handler functions are called.
6251 Note that in cases when there is difference between in-place and
6252 instant algorithm and user explicitly asked for usage of in-place
6253 algorithm storage engine MUST return one of values corresponding
6254 to in-place algorithm and not HA_ALTER_INPLACE_INSTANT from this
6255 method.
6256 *) Locking requirements of the in-place algorithm are compared to any
6257 concurrency requirements specified by user. If there is a conflict
6258 between them, we either switch to the copy algorithm or emit an error.
6259
6260 Phase 2 : Execution
6261 ===================
6262
6263 In this phase the operations are executed.
6264
6265 *) As the first step, we acquire a lock corresponding to the concurrency
6266 level which was returned by handler::check_if_supported_inplace_alter()
6267 and requested by the user. This lock is held for most of the
6268 duration of in-place ALTER (if HA_ALTER_INPLACE_SHARED_LOCK_AFTER_PREPARE
6269 or HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NO_LOCK_AFTER_PREPARE were returned we acquire an
6270 exclusive lock for duration of the next step only).
6271 For HA_ALTER_INPLACE_INSTANT we keep shared upgradable metadata lock
6272 which was acquired at table open time.
6273 *) After that we call handler::ha_prepare_inplace_alter_table() to give the
6274 storage engine a chance to update its internal structures with a higher
6275 lock level than the one that will be used for the main step of algorithm.
6276 After that we downgrade the lock if it is necessary.
6277 This step should be no-op for instant algorithm.
6278 *) After that, the main step of this phase and algorithm is executed.
6279 We call the handler::ha_inplace_alter_table() method, which carries out
6280 the changes requested by ALTER TABLE but does not makes them visible to
6281 other connections yet.
6282 This step should be no-op for instant algorithm as well.
6283 *) We ensure that no other connection uses the table by upgrading our
6284 lock on it to exclusive.
6285 *) a) If the previous step succeeds,
6286 handler::ha_commit_inplace_alter_table() is called to allow the storage
6287 engine to do any final updates to its structures, to make all earlier
6288 changes durable and visible to other connections.
6289 For instant algorithm this is the step during which SE changes are done.
6290 Engines that support atomic DDL only prepare for the commit during this
6291 step but do not finalize it. Real commit happens later when the whole
6292 statement is committed. Also in some situations statement might be rolled
6293 back after call to commit_inplace_alter_table() for such storage engines.
6294 In the latter special case SE might require call to
6295 handlerton::dict_cache_reset() in order to invalidate its internal table
6296 definition cache after rollback.
6297 b) If we have failed to upgrade lock or any errors have occurred during
6298 the handler functions calls (including commit), we call
6299 handler::ha_commit_inplace_alter_table() to rollback all changes which
6300 were done during previous steps.
6301
6302 All the above calls to SE are provided with dd::Table objects describing old
6303 and new version of table being altered. Engines which support atomic DDL are
6304 allowed to adjust object corresponding to the new version. During phase 3
6305 these changes are saved to the data-dictionary.
6306
6307
6308 Phase 3 : Final
6309 ===============
6310
6311 In this phase we:
6312
6313 a) For engines which don't support atomic DDL:
6314
6315 *) Update the SQL-layer data-dictionary by replacing description of old
6316 version of the table with its new version. This change is immediately
6317 committed.
6318 *) Inform the storage engine about this change by calling the
6319 handler::ha_notify_table_changed() method.
6320 *) Process the RENAME clause by calling handler::ha_rename_table() and
6321 updating the data-dictionary accordingly. Again this change is
6322 immediately committed.
6323 *) Destroy the Alter_inplace_info and handler_ctx objects.
6324
6325 b) For engines which support atomic DDL:
6326
6327 *) Update the SQL-layer data-dictionary by replacing description of old
6328 version of the table with its new version.
6329 *) Process the RENAME clause by calling handler::ha_rename_table() and
6330 updating the data-dictionary accordingly.
6331 *) Commit the statement/transaction.
6332 *) Finalize atomic DDL operation by calling handlerton::post_ddl() hook
6333 for the storage engine.
6334 *) Additionally inform the storage engine about completion of ALTER TABLE
6335 for the table by calling the handler::ha_notify_table_changed()
6336 method.
6337 *) Destroy the Alter_inplace_info and handler_ctx objects.
6338 */
6339
6340 /**
6341 Check if a storage engine supports a particular alter table in-place
6342
6343 @param altered_table TABLE object for new version of table.
6344 @param ha_alter_info Structure describing changes to be done
6345 by ALTER TABLE and holding data used
6346 during in-place alter.
6347
6348 @retval HA_ALTER_ERROR Unexpected error.
6349 @retval HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NOT_SUPPORTED Not supported, must use copy.
6350 @retval HA_ALTER_INPLACE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK Supported, but requires X lock.
6351 @retval HA_ALTER_INPLACE_SHARED_LOCK_AFTER_PREPARE
6352 Supported, but requires SNW lock
6353 during main phase. Prepare phase
6354 requires X lock.
6355 @retval HA_ALTER_INPLACE_SHARED_LOCK Supported, but requires SNW lock.
6356 @retval HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NO_LOCK_AFTER_PREPARE
6357 Supported, concurrent
6358 reads/writes allowed. However, prepare phase requires X lock.
6359 @retval HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NO_LOCK Supported, concurrent
6360 reads/writes allowed.
6361 @retval HA_ALTER_INPLACE_INSTANT Instant algorithm is supported.
6362 Prepare and main phases are
6363 no-op. Changes happen during
6364 commit phase and it should be
6365 "instant". We keep SU lock,
6366 allowing concurrent reads and
6367 writes during no-op phases and
6368 upgrade it to X lock before
6369 commit phase.
6370
6371 @note The default implementation uses the old in-place ALTER API
6372 to determine if the storage engine supports in-place ALTER or not.
6373
6374 @note In cases when there is difference between in-place and instant
6375 algorithm and explicit ALGORITHM=INPLACE clause was provided SE MUST
6376 return one of values corresponding to in-place algorithm and not
6377 HA_ALTER_INPLACE_INSTANT from this method.
6378
6379 @note Called without holding thr_lock.c lock.
6380 */
6382 TABLE *altered_table, Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info);
6383
6384 /**
6385 Public functions wrapping the actual handler call.
6386 @see prepare_inplace_alter_table()
6387 */
6388 bool ha_prepare_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table,
6389 Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info,
6390 const dd::Table *old_table_def,
6391 dd::Table *new_table_def);
6392
6393 /**
6394 Public function wrapping the actual handler call.
6395 @see inplace_alter_table()
6396 */
6397 bool ha_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table,
6398 Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info,
6399 const dd::Table *old_table_def,
6400 dd::Table *new_table_def) {
6401 return inplace_alter_table(altered_table, ha_alter_info, old_table_def,
6402 new_table_def);
6403 }
6404
6405 /**
6406 Public function wrapping the actual handler call.
6407 Allows us to enforce asserts regardless of handler implementation.
6408 @see commit_inplace_alter_table()
6409 */
6410 bool ha_commit_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table,
6411 Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info,
6412 bool commit,
6413 const dd::Table *old_table_def,
6414 dd::Table *new_table_def);
6415
6416 /**
6417 Public function wrapping the actual handler call.
6418
6419 @see notify_table_changed()
6420 */
6422 notify_table_changed(ha_alter_info);
6423 }
6424
6425 protected:
6426 /**
6427 Allows the storage engine to update internal structures with concurrent
6428 writes blocked. If check_if_supported_inplace_alter() returns
6429 HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NO_LOCK_AFTER_PREPARE or
6430 HA_ALTER_INPLACE_SHARED_AFTER_PREPARE, this function is called with
6431 exclusive lock otherwise the same level of locking as for
6432 inplace_alter_table() will be used.
6433
6434 @note Should be no-op for instant algorithm.
6435
6436 @note Storage engines are responsible for reporting any errors by
6437 calling my_error()/print_error()
6438
6439 @note If this function reports error, commit_inplace_alter_table()
6440 will be called with commit= false.
6441
6442 @note For partitioning, failing to prepare one partition, means that
6443 commit_inplace_alter_table() will be called to roll back changes for
6444 all partitions. This means that commit_inplace_alter_table() might be
6445 called without prepare_inplace_alter_table() having been called first
6446 for a given partition.
6447
6448 @param altered_table TABLE object for new version of table.
6449 @param ha_alter_info Structure describing changes to be done
6450 by ALTER TABLE and holding data used
6451 during in-place alter.
6452 @param old_table_def dd::Table object describing old version of
6453 the table.
6454 @param new_table_def dd::Table object for the new version of the
6455 table. Can be adjusted by this call if SE
6456 supports atomic DDL. These changes to the
6457 table definition will be persisted in the
6458 data-dictionary at statement commit time.
6459
6460 @retval true Error
6461 @retval false Success
6462 */
6464 TABLE *altered_table [[maybe_unused]],
6465 Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info [[maybe_unused]],
6466 const dd::Table *old_table_def [[maybe_unused]],
6467 dd::Table *new_table_def [[maybe_unused]]) {
6468 return false;
6469 }
6470
6471 /**
6472 Alter the table structure in-place with operations specified using
6473 HA_ALTER_FLAGS and Alter_inplace_info. The level of concurrency allowed
6474 during this operation depends on the return value from
6475 check_if_supported_inplace_alter().
6476
6477 @note Should be no-op for instant algorithm.
6478
6479 @note Storage engines are responsible for reporting any errors by
6480 calling my_error()/print_error()
6481
6482 @note If this function reports error, commit_inplace_alter_table()
6483 will be called with commit= false.
6484
6485 @param altered_table TABLE object for new version of table.
6486 @param ha_alter_info Structure describing changes to be done
6487 by ALTER TABLE and holding data used
6488 during in-place alter.
6489 @param old_table_def dd::Table object describing old version of
6490 the table.
6491 @param new_table_def dd::Table object for the new version of the
6492 table. Can be adjusted by this call if SE
6493 supports atomic DDL. These changes to the
6494 table definition will be persisted in the
6495 data-dictionary at statement commit time.
6496
6497 @retval true Error
6498 @retval false Success
6499 */
6500 virtual bool inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table [[maybe_unused]],
6501 Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info
6502 [[maybe_unused]],
6503 const dd::Table *old_table_def
6504 [[maybe_unused]],
6505 dd::Table *new_table_def [[maybe_unused]]) {
6506 return false;
6507 }
6508
6509 /**
6510 Commit or rollback the changes made during prepare_inplace_alter_table()
6511 and inplace_alter_table() inside the storage engine.
6512 Note that in case of rollback the allowed level of concurrency during
6513 this operation will be the same as for inplace_alter_table() and thus
6514 might be higher than during prepare_inplace_alter_table(). (For example,
6515 concurrent writes were blocked during prepare, but might not be during
6516 rollback).
6517
6518 @note This is the place where SE changes happen for instant algorithm.
6519
6520 @note For storage engines supporting atomic DDL this method should only
6521 prepare for the commit but do not finalize it. Real commit should happen
6522 later when the whole statement is committed. Also in some situations
6523 statement might be rolled back after call to commit_inplace_alter_table()
6524 for such storage engines. In the latter special case SE might require call
6525 to handlerton::dict_cache_reset() in order to invalidate its internal
6526 table definition cache after rollback.
6527
6528 @note Storage engines are responsible for reporting any errors by
6529 calling my_error()/print_error()
6530
6531 @note If this function with commit= true reports error, it will be called
6532 again with commit= false.
6533
6534 @note In case of partitioning, this function might be called for rollback
6535 without prepare_inplace_alter_table() having been called first.
6536 Also partitioned tables sets ha_alter_info->group_commit_ctx to a NULL
6537 terminated array of the partitions handlers and if all of them are
6538 committed as one, then group_commit_ctx should be set to NULL to indicate
6539 to the partitioning handler that all partitions handlers are committed.
6540 @see prepare_inplace_alter_table().
6541
6542 @param altered_table TABLE object for new version of table.
6543 @param ha_alter_info Structure describing changes to be done
6544 by ALTER TABLE and holding data used
6545 during in-place alter.
6546 @param commit True => Commit, False => Rollback.
6547 @param old_table_def dd::Table object describing old version of
6548 the table.
6549 @param new_table_def dd::Table object for the new version of the
6550 table. Can be adjusted by this call if SE
6551 supports atomic DDL. These changes to the
6552 table definition will be persisted in the
6553 data-dictionary at statement commit time.
6554
6555 @retval true Error
6556 @retval false Success
6557 */
6558 virtual bool commit_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table [[maybe_unused]],
6559 Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info
6560 [[maybe_unused]],
6561 bool commit [[maybe_unused]],
6562 const dd::Table *old_table_def
6563 [[maybe_unused]],
6564 dd::Table *new_table_def
6565 [[maybe_unused]]) {
6566 /* Nothing to commit/rollback, mark all handlers committed! */
6567 ha_alter_info->group_commit_ctx = nullptr;
6568 return false;
6569 }
6570
6571 /**
6572 Notify the storage engine that the table definition has been updated.
6573
6574 @param ha_alter_info Structure describing changes done by
6575 ALTER TABLE and holding data used
6576 during in-place alter.
6577
6578 @note No errors are allowed during notify_table_changed().
6579
6580 @note For storage engines supporting atomic DDL this method is invoked
6581 after the whole ALTER TABLE is completed and committed.
6582 Particularly this means that for ALTER TABLE statements with RENAME
6583 clause TABLE/handler object used for invoking this method will be
6584 associated with new table name. If storage engine needs to know
6585 the old schema and table name in this method for some reason it
6586 has to use ha_alter_info object to figure it out.
6587 */
6588 virtual void notify_table_changed(Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info
6589 [[maybe_unused]]) {}
6590
6591 public:
6592 /* End of On-line/in-place ALTER TABLE interface. */
6593
6594 /**
6595 use_hidden_primary_key() is called in case of an update/delete when
6596 (table_flags() and HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_DELETE) is defined
6597 but we don't have a primary key
6598 */
6599 virtual void use_hidden_primary_key();
6600
6601 protected:
6602 /* Service methods for use by storage engines. */
6604 THD *ha_thd() const;
6605
6606 /**
6607 Acquire the instrumented table information from a table share.
6608 @param share a table share
6609 @return an instrumented table share, or NULL.
6610 */
6611 PSI_table_share *ha_table_share_psi(const TABLE_SHARE *share) const;
6612
6613 /**
6614 Default rename_table() and delete_table() rename/delete files with a
6615 given name and extensions from handlerton::file_extensions.
6616
6617 These methods can be overridden, but their default implementation
6618 provide useful functionality.
6619
6620 @param [in] from Path for the old table name.
6621 @param [in] to Path for the new table name.
6622 @param [in] from_table_def Old version of definition for table
6623 being renamed (i.e. prior to rename).
6624 @param [in,out] to_table_def New version of definition for table
6625 being renamed. Storage engines which
6626 support atomic DDL (i.e. having
6627 HTON_SUPPORTS_ATOMIC_DDL flag set)
6628 are allowed to adjust this object.
6629
6630 @retval >0 Error.
6631 @retval 0 Success.
6632 */
6633 virtual int rename_table(const char *from, const char *to,
6634 const dd::Table *from_table_def,
6635 dd::Table *to_table_def);
6636
6637 /**
6638 Delete a table.
6639
6640 Used to delete a table. By the time delete_table() has been called all
6641 opened references to this table will have been closed (and your globally
6642 shared references released. The variable name will just be the name of
6643 the table. You will need to remove any files you have created at this
6644 point. Called for base as well as temporary tables.
6645
6646 @param name Full path of table name.
6647 @param table_def dd::Table describing table being deleted
6648 (can be NULL for temporary tables created
6649 by optimizer).
6650
6651 @return Zero on success, nonzero otherwise.
6652 */
6653 virtual int delete_table(const char *name, const dd::Table *table_def);
6654
6655 private:
6656 /* Private helpers */
6657 void mark_trx_read_write();
6658 /*
6659 Low-level primitives for storage engines. These should be
6660 overridden by the storage engine class. To call these methods, use
6661 the corresponding 'ha_*' method above.
6662 */
6663
6664 virtual int open(const char *name, int mode, uint test_if_locked,
6665 const dd::Table *table_def) = 0;
6666 virtual int close(void) = 0;
6667 virtual int index_init(uint idx, bool sorted [[maybe_unused]]) {
6668 active_index = idx;
6669 return 0;
6670 }
6671 virtual int index_end() {
6673 return 0;
6674 }
6675 /**
6676 rnd_init() can be called two times without rnd_end() in between
6677 (it only makes sense if scan=1).
6678 then the second call should prepare for the new table scan (e.g
6679 if rnd_init allocates the cursor, second call should position it
6680 to the start of the table, no need to deallocate and allocate it again
6681 */
6682 virtual int rnd_init(bool scan) = 0;
6683 virtual int rnd_end() { return 0; }
6684 /**
6685 Write a row.
6686
6687 write_row() inserts a row. buf is a byte array of data, normally
6688 record[0].
6689
6690 You can use the field information to extract the data from the native byte
6691 array type.
6692
6693 Example of this would be:
6694 for (Field **field=table->field ; *field ; field++)
6695 {
6696 ...
6697 }
6698
6699 @param buf Buffer to write from.
6700
6701 @return Operation status.
6702 @retval 0 Success.
6703 @retval != 0 Error code.
6704 */
6705 virtual int write_row(uchar *buf [[maybe_unused]]) {
6706 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
6707 }
6708
6709 /**
6710 Update a single row.
6711
6712 Note: If HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_KEY is returned, the handler must read
6713 all columns of the row so MySQL can create an error message. If
6714 the columns required for the error message are not read, the error
6715 message will contain garbage.
6716 */
6717 virtual int update_row(const uchar *old_data [[maybe_unused]],
6718 uchar *new_data [[maybe_unused]]) {
6719 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
6720 }
6721
6722 virtual int delete_row(const uchar *buf [[maybe_unused]]) {
6723 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
6724 }
6725 /**
6726 Reset state of file to after 'open'.
6727 This function is called after every statement for all tables used
6728 by that statement.
6729 */
6730 virtual int reset() { return 0; }
6731 virtual Table_flags table_flags(void) const = 0;
6732 /**
6733 Is not invoked for non-transactional temporary tables.
6734
6735 Tells the storage engine that we intend to read or write data
6736 from the table. This call is prefixed with a call to handler::store_lock()
6737 and is invoked only for those handler instances that stored the lock.
6738
6739 Calls to @c rnd_init / @c index_init are prefixed with this call. When table
6740 IO is complete, we call @code external_lock(F_UNLCK) @endcode.
6741 A storage engine writer should expect that each call to
6742 @code ::external_lock(F_[RD|WR]LOCK @endcode is followed by a call to
6743 @code ::external_lock(F_UNLCK) @endcode. If it is not, it is a bug in MySQL.
6744
6745 The name and signature originate from the first implementation
6746 in MyISAM, which would call @c fcntl to set/clear an advisory
6747 lock on the data file in this method.
6748
6749 Originally this method was used to set locks on file level to enable
6750 several MySQL Servers to work on the same data. For transactional
6751 engines it has been "abused" to also mean start and end of statements
6752 to enable proper rollback of statements and transactions. When LOCK
6753 TABLES has been issued the start_stmt method takes over the role of
6754 indicating start of statement but in this case there is no end of
6755 statement indicator(?).
6756
6757 Called from lock.cc by lock_external() and unlock_external(). Also called
6758 from sql_table.cc by copy_data_between_tables().
6759
6760 @param thd the current thread
6761 @param lock_type F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, F_UNLCK
6762
6763 @return non-0 in case of failure, 0 in case of success.
6764 When lock_type is F_UNLCK, the return value is ignored.
6765 */
6766 virtual int external_lock(THD *thd [[maybe_unused]],
6767 int lock_type [[maybe_unused]]) {
6768 return 0;
6769 }
6770 virtual void release_auto_increment() { return; }
6771 /** admin commands - called from mysql_admin_table */
6772 virtual int check_for_upgrade(HA_CHECK_OPT *) { return 0; }
6773 virtual int check(THD *, HA_CHECK_OPT *) { return HA_ADMIN_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
6774
6775 /**
6776 In this method check_opt can be modified
6777 to specify CHECK option to use to call check()
6778 upon the table.
6779 */
6780 virtual int repair(THD *, HA_CHECK_OPT *) {
6781 assert(!(ha_table_flags() & HA_CAN_REPAIR));
6783 }
6785 virtual int end_bulk_insert() { return 0; }
6786
6787 /**
6788 Does this handler want to get a Record_buffer for multi-row reads
6789 via the ha_set_record_buffer() function? And if so, what is the
6790 maximum number of records to allocate space for in the buffer?
6791
6792 Storage engines that support using a Record_buffer should override
6793 this function and return true for scans that could benefit from a
6794 buffer.
6795
6796 @param[out] max_rows gets set to the maximum number of records to
6797 allocate space for in the buffer if the function
6798 returns true
6799
6800 @retval true if the handler would like a Record_buffer
6801 @retval false if the handler does not want a Record_buffer
6802 */
6803 virtual bool is_record_buffer_wanted(ha_rows *const max_rows) const {
6804 *max_rows = 0;
6805 return false;
6806 }
6807
6808 // Set se_private_id and se_private_data during upgrade
6809 virtual bool upgrade_table(THD *thd [[maybe_unused]],
6810 const char *dbname [[maybe_unused]],
6811 const char *table_name [[maybe_unused]],
6812 dd::Table *dd_table [[maybe_unused]]) {
6813 return false;
6814 }
6815
6816 /** Initialize sampling.
6817 @param[out] scan_ctx A scan context created by this method that has to be
6818 used in sample_next
6819 @param[in] sampling_percentage percentage of records that need to be sampled
6820 @param[in] sampling_seed random seed
6821 @param[in] sampling_method sampling method to be used; currently only
6822 SYSTEM sampling is supported
6823 @param[in] tablesample true if the sampling is for tablesample
6824 @return 0 for success, else failure. */
6825 virtual int sample_init(void *&scan_ctx, double sampling_percentage,
6826 int sampling_seed,
6827 enum_sampling_method sampling_method,
6828 const bool tablesample);
6829
6830 /** Get the next record for sampling.
6831 @param[in] scan_ctx Scan context of the sampling
6832 @param[in] buf buffer to place the read record
6833 @return 0 for success, else failure. */
6834 virtual int sample_next(void *scan_ctx, uchar *buf);
6835
6836 /** End sampling.
6837 @param[in] scan_ctx Scan context of the sampling
6838 @return 0 for success, else failure. */
6839 virtual int sample_end(void *scan_ctx);
6840
6841 /**
6842 * Loads a table into its defined secondary storage engine.
6843 *
6844 * @param[in] table - Table opened in primary storage engine. Its read_set
6845 * tells which columns to load.
6846 * @param[out] skip_metadata_update - should the DD metadata be updated for
6847 * the load of this table
6848 *
6849 * @return 0 if success, error code otherwise.
6850 */
6851 virtual int load_table(const TABLE &table [[maybe_unused]],
6852 bool *skip_metadata_update [[maybe_unused]]) {
6853 /* purecov: begin inspected */
6854 assert(false);
6855 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
6856 /* purecov: end */
6857 }
6858
6859 /**
6860 * Unloads a table from its defined secondary storage engine.
6861 *
6862 * @param db_name Database name.
6863 * @param table_name Table name.
6864 * @param error_if_not_loaded If true, then errors will be reported by this
6865 * function. If false, no errors will be reported
6866 * (silently fail). This case of false is useful
6867 * during DROP TABLE where a failure to unload
6868 * should not prevent dropping the whole table.
6869 * @return 0 if success, error code otherwise.
6870 */
6871 virtual int unload_table(const char *db_name [[maybe_unused]],
6872 const char *table_name [[maybe_unused]],
6873 bool error_if_not_loaded [[maybe_unused]]) {
6874 /* purecov: begin inspected */
6875 assert(false);
6876 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
6877 /* purecov: end */
6878 }
6879
6880 protected:
6881 virtual int index_read(uchar *buf [[maybe_unused]],
6882 const uchar *key [[maybe_unused]],
6883 uint key_len [[maybe_unused]],
6884 enum ha_rkey_function find_flag [[maybe_unused]]) {
6885 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
6886 }
6887 virtual int index_read_last(uchar *buf [[maybe_unused]],
6888 const uchar *key [[maybe_unused]],
6889 uint key_len [[maybe_unused]]) {
6891 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
6892 }
6893
6894 public:
6895 /**
6896 This method is similar to update_row, however the handler doesn't need
6897 to execute the updates at this point in time. The handler can be certain
6898 that another call to bulk_update_row will occur OR a call to
6899 exec_bulk_update before the set of updates in this query is concluded.
6900
6901 Note: If HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_KEY is returned, the handler must read
6902 all columns of the row so MySQL can create an error message. If
6903 the columns required for the error message are not read, the error
6904 message will contain garbage.
6905
6906 @param old_data Old record
6907 @param new_data New record
6908 @param dup_key_found Number of duplicate keys found
6909
6910 */
6911 virtual int bulk_update_row(const uchar *old_data [[maybe_unused]],
6912 uchar *new_data [[maybe_unused]],
6913 uint *dup_key_found [[maybe_unused]]) {
6914 assert(false);
6915 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
6916 }
6917 /**
6918 Delete all rows in a table.
6919
6920 This is called both for cases of truncate and for cases where the
6921 optimizer realizes that all rows will be removed as a result of an
6922 SQL statement.
6923
6924 If the handler don't support this, then this function will
6925 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND and MySQL will delete the rows one
6926 by one.
6927 */
6928 virtual int delete_all_rows() {
6930 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
6931 }
6932 /**
6933 Quickly remove all rows from a table.
6934
6935 @param[in,out] table_def dd::Table object for table being truncated.
6936
6937 @remark This method is responsible for implementing MySQL's TRUNCATE
6938 TABLE statement, which is a DDL operation. As such, a engine
6939 can bypass certain integrity checks and in some cases avoid
6940 fine-grained locking (e.g. row locks) which would normally be
6941 required for a DELETE statement.
6942
6943 @remark Typically, truncate is not used if it can result in integrity
6944 violation. For example, truncate is not used when a foreign
6945 key references the table, but it might be used if foreign key
6946 checks are disabled.
6947
6948 @remark Engine is responsible for resetting the auto-increment counter.
6949
6950 @remark The table is locked in exclusive mode. All open TABLE/handler
6951 instances except the one which is used for truncate() call
6952 are closed.
6953
6954 @note It is assumed that transactional storage engines implementing
6955 this method can revert its effects if transaction is rolled
6956 back (e.g. because we failed to write statement to the binary
6957 log).
6958
6959 @note Changes to dd::Table object done by this method will be saved
6960 to data-dictionary only if storage engine supports atomic DDL
6961 (i.e. has HTON_SUPPORTS_ATOMIC_DDL flag set).
6962 */
6963 virtual int truncate(dd::Table *table_def [[maybe_unused]]) {
6964 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
6965 }
6966 virtual int optimize(THD *, HA_CHECK_OPT *) {
6968 }
6969 virtual int analyze(THD *, HA_CHECK_OPT *) {
6971 }
6972
6973 /**
6974 @brief Check and repair the table if necessary.
6975
6976 @param thd Thread object
6977
6978 @retval true Error/Not supported
6979 @retval false Success
6980
6981 @note Called if open_table_from_share fails and is_crashed().
6982 */
6983
6984 virtual bool check_and_repair(THD *thd [[maybe_unused]]) { return true; }
6985
6986 /**
6987 Disable indexes for a while.
6988
6989 @param mode Mode.
6990
6991 @retval 0 Success.
6992 @retval != 0 Error.
6993 */
6994
6995 virtual int disable_indexes(uint mode [[maybe_unused]]) {
6996 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
6997 }
6998
6999 /**
7000 Enable indexes again.
7001
7002 @param mode Mode.
7003
7004 @retval 0 Success.
7005 @retval != 0 Error.
7006 */
7007
7008 virtual int enable_indexes(uint mode [[maybe_unused]]) {
7009 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
7010 }
7011
7012 /**
7013 Discard or import tablespace.
7014
7015 @param [in] discard Indicates whether this is discard operation.
7016 @param [in,out] table_def dd::Table object describing the table
7017 in which tablespace needs to be discarded
7018 or imported. This object can be adjusted by
7019 storage engine if it supports atomic DDL
7020 (i.e. has HTON_SUPPORTS_ATOMIC_DDL flag set).
7021 These changes will be persisted in the
7022 data-dictionary.
7023 @retval 0 Success.
7024 @retval != 0 Error.
7025 */
7026
7027 virtual int discard_or_import_tablespace(bool discard [[maybe_unused]],
7029 [[maybe_unused]]) {
7031 return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
7032 }
7033
7034 virtual void drop_table(const char *name);
7035
7036 /**
7037 Create table (implementation).
7038
7039 @param [in] name Table name.
7040 @param [in] form TABLE object describing the table to be
7041 created.
7042 @param [in] info HA_CREATE_INFO describing table.
7043 @param [in,out] table_def dd::Table object describing the table
7044 to be created. This object can be
7045 adjusted by storage engine if it
7046 supports atomic DDL (i.e. has
7047 HTON_SUPPORTS_ATOMIC_DDL flag set).
7048 These changes will be persisted in the
7049 data-dictionary. Can be NULL for
7050 temporary tables created by optimizer.
7051
7052 @retval 0 Success.
7053 @retval non-0 Error.
7054 */
7055 virtual int create(const char *name, TABLE *form, HA_CREATE_INFO *info,
7056 dd::Table *table_def) = 0;
7057
7058 virtual bool get_se_private_data(dd::Table *dd_table [[maybe_unused]],
7059 bool reset [[maybe_unused]]) {
7060 return false;
7061 }
7062
7063 /**
7064 Adjust definition of table to be created by adding implicit columns
7065 and indexes necessary for the storage engine.
7066
7067 @param [in] create_info HA_CREATE_INFO describing the table.
7068 @param [in] create_list List of columns in the table.
7069 @param [in] key_info Array of KEY objects describing table
7070 indexes.
7071 @param [in] key_count Number of indexes in the table.
7072 @param [in,out] table_obj dd::Table object describing the table
7073 to be created. Implicit columns and
7074 indexes are to be added to this object.
7075 Adjusted table description will be
7076 saved into the data-dictionary.
7077
7078 @retval 0 Success.
7079 @retval non-0 Error.
7080 */
7082 const HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info [[maybe_unused]],
7083 const List<Create_field> *create_list [[maybe_unused]],
7084 const KEY *key_info [[maybe_unused]], uint key_count [[maybe_unused]],
7085 dd::Table *table_obj [[maybe_unused]]) {
7086 return 0;
7087 }
7088
7089 virtual bool set_ha_share_ref(Handler_share **arg_ha_share) {
7090 ha_share = arg_ha_share;
7091 return false;
7092 }
7093
7094 void set_ha_table(TABLE *table_arg) { table = table_arg; }
7095
7096 int get_lock_type() const { return m_lock_type; }
7097
7098 /**
7099 Callback function that will be called by my_prepare_gcolumn_template
7100 once the table has been opened.
7101 */
7102 typedef void (*my_gcolumn_template_callback_t)(const TABLE *, void *);
7103 static bool my_prepare_gcolumn_template(THD *thd, const char *db_name,
7104 const char *table_name,
7106 void *ib_table);
7107 static bool my_eval_gcolumn_expr_with_open(THD *thd, const char *db_name,
7108 const char *table_name,
7109 const MY_BITMAP *const fields,
7110 uchar *record,
7111 const char **mv_data_ptr,
7112 ulong *mv_length);
7113
7114 /**
7115 Callback for computing generated column values.
7116
7117 Storage engines that need to have virtual column values for a row
7118 can use this function to get the values computed. The storage
7119 engine must have filled in the values for the base columns that
7120 the virtual columns depend on.
7121
7122 @param thd thread handle
7123 @param table table object
7124 @param fields bitmap of field index of evaluated generated
7125 column
7126 @param[in,out] record buff of base columns generated column depends.
7127 After calling this function, it will be
7128 used to return the value of the generated
7129 columns.
7130 @param[out] mv_data_ptr When given (not null) and the field
7131 needs to be calculated is a typed array field, it
7132 will contain pointer to field's calculated value.
7133 @param[out] mv_length Length of the data above
7134
7135 @retval true in case of error
7136 @retval false on success
7137 */
7138 static bool my_eval_gcolumn_expr(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
7139 const MY_BITMAP *const fields, uchar *record,
7140 const char **mv_data_ptr, ulong *mv_length);
7141
7142 /* This must be implemented if the handlerton's partition_flags() is set. */
7143 virtual Partition_handler *get_partition_handler() { return nullptr; }
7144
7145 /**
7146 Set se_private_id and se_private_data during upgrade
7147
7148 @param thd Pointer of THD
7149 @param dbname Database name
7150 @param table_name Table name
7151 @param dd_table dd::Table for the table
7152 @param table_arg TABLE object for the table.
7153
7154 @return Operation status
7155 @retval false Success
7156 @retval true Error
7157 */
7158
7159 bool ha_upgrade_table(THD *thd, const char *dbname, const char *table_name,
7160 dd::Table *dd_table, TABLE *table_arg);
7161
7162 /**
7163 Store a pointer to the handler of the primary table that
7164 corresponds to the secondary table in this handler.
7165 */
7166 void ha_set_primary_handler(handler *primary_handler);
7167
7168 /**
7169 Get a pointer to a handler for the table in the primary storage
7170 engine, if this handler is for a table in a secondary storage
7171 engine.
7172 */
7174
7175 /**
7176 Return max limits for a single set of multi-valued keys
7177
7178 @param[out] num_keys number of keys to store
7179 @param[out] keys_length total length of keys, bytes
7180 */
7181 void ha_mv_key_capacity(uint *num_keys, size_t *keys_length) const {
7182 return mv_key_capacity(num_keys, keys_length);
7183 }
7184
7185 /**
7186 Propagates the secondary storage engine offload failure reason for a query
7187 to the external engine when the offloaded query fails in the secondary
7188 storage engine.
7189 */
7190 virtual void set_external_table_offload_error(const char * /*reason*/) {}
7191
7192 /**
7193 Identifies and throws the propagated external engine query offload or exec
7194 failure reason given by the external engine handler.
7195 */
7196 virtual void external_table_offload_error() const {}
7197
7198 private:
7199 /**
7200 Engine-specific function for ha_can_store_mv_keys().
7201 Dummy function. SE's overloaded method is used instead.
7202 */
7203 /* purecov: begin inspected */
7204 virtual void mv_key_capacity(uint *num_keys, size_t *keys_length) const {
7205 *num_keys = 0;
7206 *keys_length = 0;
7207 }
7208 /* purecov: end */
7209
7210 /**
7211 Filter duplicate records when multi-valued index is used for retrieval
7212
7213 @returns
7214 true duplicate, such row id was already seen
7215 false row id is seen for the first time
7216 */
7217 bool filter_dup_records();
7218
7219 protected:
7221 void set_ha_share_ptr(Handler_share *arg_ha_share);
7222 void lock_shared_ha_data();
7223 void unlock_shared_ha_data();
7224
7225 friend class DsMrr_impl;
7226};
7227
7228/* Temporary Table handle for opening uncached table */
7230 public:
7232
7233 /** Open the table handler
7234 @param[in] thd Thread object
7235 @param[in] db_name Database name
7236 @param[in] table_name Table name
7237 @return table object or nullptr */
7238 TABLE *open(THD *thd, const char *db_name, const char *table_name);
7239
7241
7242 private:
7244};
7245
7246/**
7247 Function identifies any old data type present in table.
7248
7249 This function was handler::check_old_types().
7250 Function is not part of SE API. It is now converted to
7251 auxiliary standalone function.
7252
7253 @param[in] table TABLE object
7254
7255 @retval 0 ON SUCCESS
7256 @retval error code ON FAILURE
7257*/
7258
7260
7261/*
7262 A Disk-Sweep MRR interface implementation
7263
7264 This implementation makes range (and, in the future, 'ref') scans to read
7265 table rows in disk sweeps.
7266
7267 Currently it is used by MyISAM and InnoDB. Potentially it can be used with
7268 any table handler that has non-clustered indexes and on-disk rows.
7269*/
7270
7272 public:
7273 DsMrr_impl(handler *owner) : h(owner), table(nullptr), h2(nullptr) {}
7274
7276 /*
7277 If ha_reset() has not been called then the h2 dialog might still
7278 exist. This must be closed and deleted (this is the case for
7279 internally created temporary tables).
7280 */
7281 if (h2) reset();
7282 assert(h2 == nullptr);
7283 }
7284
7285 private:
7286 /*
7287 The "owner" handler object (the one that calls dsmrr_XXX functions.
7288 It is used to retrieve full table rows by calling rnd_pos().
7289 */
7290 handler *const h;
7291 TABLE *table; /* Always equal to h->table */
7292
7293 /* Secondary handler object. It is used for scanning the index */
7295
7296 /* Buffer to store rowids, or (rowid, range_id) pairs */
7298 uchar *rowids_buf_cur; /* Current position when reading/writing */
7299 uchar *rowids_buf_last; /* When reading: end of used buffer space */
7300 uchar *rowids_buf_end; /* End of the buffer */
7301
7302 bool dsmrr_eof; /* true <=> We have reached EOF when reading index tuples */
7303
7304 /* true <=> need range association, buffer holds {rowid, range_id} pairs */
7306
7307 bool use_default_impl; /* true <=> shortcut all calls to default MRR impl */
7308 public:
7309 /**
7310 Initialize the DsMrr_impl object.
7311
7312 This object is used for both doing default MRR scans and DS-MRR scans.
7313 This function just initializes the object. To do a DS-MRR scan,
7314 this must also be initialized by calling dsmrr_init().
7315
7316 @param table_arg pointer to the TABLE that owns the handler
7317 */
7318
7319 void init(TABLE *table_arg) {
7320 assert(table_arg != nullptr);
7321 table = table_arg;
7322 }
7323
7324 int dsmrr_init(RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq_funcs, void *seq_init_param, uint n_ranges,
7325 uint mode, HANDLER_BUFFER *buf);
7326 void dsmrr_close();
7327
7328 /**
7329 Resets the DS-MRR object to the state it had after being initialized.
7330
7331 If there is an open scan then it will be closed.
7332
7333 This function should be called by handler::ha_reset() which is called
7334 when a statement is completed in order to make the handler object ready
7335 for re-use by a different statement.
7336 */
7337
7338 void reset();
7339 int dsmrr_fill_buffer();
7340 int dsmrr_next(char **range_info);
7341
7342 ha_rows dsmrr_info(uint keyno, uint n_ranges, uint keys, uint *bufsz,
7343 uint *flags, Cost_estimate *cost);
7344
7345 ha_rows dsmrr_info_const(uint keyno, RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq, void *seq_init_param,
7346 uint n_ranges, uint *bufsz, uint *flags,
7347 Cost_estimate *cost);
7348
7349 private:
7350 bool choose_mrr_impl(uint keyno, ha_rows rows, uint *flags, uint *bufsz,
7351 Cost_estimate *cost);
7352 bool get_disk_sweep_mrr_cost(uint keynr, ha_rows rows, uint flags,
7353 uint *buffer_size, Cost_estimate *cost);
7354};
7355
7356/* lookups */
7359/**
7360 Resolve handlerton plugin by name, without checking for "DEFAULT" or
7361 HTON_NOT_USER_SELECTABLE.
7362
7363 @param thd Thread context.
7364 @param name Plugin name.
7365
7366 @return plugin or NULL if not found.
7367*/
7370 bool is_temp_table);
7371plugin_ref ha_lock_engine(THD *thd, const handlerton *hton);
7373handler *get_new_handler(TABLE_SHARE *share, bool partitioned, MEM_ROOT *alloc,
7374 handlerton *db_type);
7375handlerton *ha_checktype(THD *thd, enum legacy_db_type database_type,
7376 bool no_substitute, bool report_error);
7377
7379 THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &secondary_engine) noexcept;
7380
7381/**
7382 Get default handlerton, if handler supplied is null.
7383
7384 @param thd Thread context.
7385 @param hton The handlerton passed.
7386
7387 @returns pointer to handlerton.
7388*/
7390 if (!hton) {
7391 hton = ha_checktype(thd, DB_TYPE_UNKNOWN, false, false);
7392 assert(hton);
7393 }
7394 return hton;
7395}
7396
7397static inline enum legacy_db_type ha_legacy_type(const handlerton *db_type) {
7398 return (db_type == nullptr) ? DB_TYPE_UNKNOWN : db_type->db_type;
7399}
7400
7401const char *ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(const handlerton *db_type);
7402
7403static inline bool ha_check_storage_engine_flag(const handlerton *db_type,
7404 uint32 flag) {
7405 return db_type == nullptr ? false : (db_type->flags & flag);
7406}
7407
7408/**
7409 Predicate to determine if a storage engine, represented by a handlerton*, is
7410 enabled.
7411 @note "Enabled" in this context refers only the state of the handlerton
7412 object, and does not consider the disabled_storage_engines system variable.
7413 This leads to the very counter-intuitive and confusing situation that it is
7414 possible for a storage engine to be enabled, but at the same time also be
7415 disabled.
7416 */
7417inline bool ha_storage_engine_is_enabled(const handlerton *db_type) {
7418 return (db_type && db_type->create) ? (db_type->state == SHOW_OPTION_YES)
7419 : false;
7420}
7421
7422/* basic stuff */
7423int ha_init_errors(void);
7424int ha_init(void);
7425void ha_end();
7428
7431void ha_reset_plugin_vars(THD *thd);
7432void ha_close_connection(THD *thd);
7433void ha_kill_connection(THD *thd);
7434/** Invoke handlerton::pre_dd_shutdown() on every storage engine plugin. */
7435void ha_pre_dd_shutdown(void);
7436
7437/**
7438 Flush the log(s) of storage engine(s).
7439
7440 @param binlog_group_flush true if we got invoked by binlog group
7441 commit during flush stage, false in other cases.
7442 @retval false Succeed
7443 @retval true Error
7444*/
7445bool ha_flush_logs(bool binlog_group_flush = false);
7446void ha_drop_database(char *path);
7447int ha_create_table(THD *thd, const char *path, const char *db,
7448 const char *table_name, HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
7449 bool update_create_info, bool is_temp_table,
7451
7452int ha_delete_table(THD *thd, handlerton *db_type, const char *path,
7453 const char *db, const char *alias,
7454 const dd::Table *table_def, bool generate_warning);
7455bool ha_check_reserved_db_name(const char *name);
7456
7457/* statistics and info */
7458bool ha_show_status(THD *thd, handlerton *db_type, enum ha_stat_type stat);
7459
7460typedef bool Log_func(THD *, TABLE *, bool, const uchar *, const uchar *);
7461
7462int binlog_log_row(TABLE *table, const uchar *before_record,
7463 const uchar *after_record, Log_func *log_func);
7464
7465/* discovery */
7466int ha_create_table_from_engine(THD *thd, const char *db, const char *name);
7467bool ha_check_if_table_exists(THD *thd, const char *db, const char *name,
7468 bool *exists);
7469int ha_find_files(THD *thd, const char *db, const char *path, const char *wild,
7470 bool dir, List<LEX_STRING> *files);
7471int ha_table_exists_in_engine(THD *thd, const char *db, const char *name);
7472bool ha_check_if_supported_system_table(handlerton *hton, const char *db,
7473 const char *table_name);
7474bool ha_rm_tmp_tables(THD *thd, List<LEX_STRING> *files);
7475bool default_rm_tmp_tables(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, List<LEX_STRING> *files);
7476
7477/* key cache */
7478int ha_init_key_cache(std::string_view name, KEY_CACHE *key_cache);
7479int ha_resize_key_cache(KEY_CACHE *key_cache);
7480int ha_change_key_cache(KEY_CACHE *old_key_cache, KEY_CACHE *new_key_cache);
7481
7482/* transactions: interface to handlerton functions */
7484int ha_commit_trans(THD *thd, bool all, bool ignore_global_read_lock = false);
7485int ha_commit_attachable(THD *thd);
7486int ha_rollback_trans(THD *thd, bool all);
7487
7488/**
7489 Stage of the recovery process where information is collected from the
7490 storage engines (SE), merged with information from the transaction
7491 coordinator (TC) and transactions states are determined and enforced.
7492
7493 Implemented heuristics is as follows:
7494
7495 1. The `commit_list` parameter contains the set of internally coordinated
7496 transactions that the TC ensures were marked as committed.
7497
7498 2. The `xa_state_list` parameter contains the list of externally
7499 coordinated transactions and their states, as recorded by the TC.
7500
7501 3. For each SE:
7502 a. Collect list of transactions found in `PREPARED_IN_TC` state in the
7503 SE and merge it with the information collected from the TC, in
7504 `xa_state_list`.
7505 b. Retrieve the list of transactions found in prepared state in the
7506 SE.
7507
7508 c. For each internally coordinated transactions found in prepared
7509 state:
7510 1. If the transaction is found in `commit_list`, commit it.
7511 2. If the transaction is NOT found in `commit_list` but
7512 `tc_heuristic_recover = TC_HEURISTIC_RECOVER_COMMIT`, commit it.
7513 3. Otherwise, roll it back.
7514
7515 d. For each externally coordinated transactions found in prepared
7516 state:
7517 1. If the transaction isn't found in `xa_state_list`, roll it back.
7518 2. If the transaction is found in `xa_state_list` in `COMMITTED`
7519 state, commit it.
7520 3. If the transaction is found in `xa_state_list` in `ROLLEDBACK`
7521 state, roll it back.
7522 4. If the transaction is found in `xa_state_list` in `PREPARED`
7523 state, ensure that the transaction state in the SE is
7524 `PREPARED_IN_TC`.
7525
7526 @param commit_list Set of XIDs of internally coordinated transactions
7527 found as been committed in the transaction coordinator
7528 state.
7529 @param xa_state_list Map between XIDs and states of externally
7530 coordinated transactions as found in the internal
7531 transaction coordinator state.
7532
7533 @return 0 if recovery was successful, non-zero otherwise.
7534*/
7535int ha_recover(Xid_commit_list *commit_list = nullptr,
7536 Xa_state_list *xa_state_list = nullptr);
7537
7538/**
7539 Perform SE-specific cleanup after recovery of transactions.
7540
7541 @note SE supporting atomic DDL can use this method to perform
7542 post-DDL actions for DDL statements which were committed
7543 or rolled back during recovery stage.
7544*/
7545void ha_post_recover();
7546
7547/*
7548 transactions: interface to low-level handlerton functions. These are
7549 intended to be used by the transaction coordinators to
7550 commit/prepare/rollback transactions in the engines.
7551*/
7552int ha_commit_low(THD *thd, bool all, bool run_after_commit = true);
7553/**
7554 Prepares the underlying transaction of the THD session object parameter
7555 in the storage engines that participate in the transaction.
7556
7557 In case of failure, an error will be emitted by the function in the case
7558 of internally coordinated transactions. In the case of externally
7559 coordinated transactions (XA), the error treatment must follow the
7560 XA/Open specification and is handled by the `Sql_cmd_xa_prepare` class.
7561
7562 @param thd The THD session object holding the transaction to be prepared.
7563 @param all Whether or not the prepare regards a full transaction or the
7564 statement being executed..
7565
7566 @return 0 if the transaction was successfully prepared, non-zero
7567 otherwise.
7568 */
7569int ha_prepare_low(THD *thd, bool all);
7570int ha_rollback_low(THD *thd, bool all);
7571
7572/* transactions: these functions never call handlerton functions directly */
7573int ha_enable_transaction(THD *thd, bool on);
7574
7575/* savepoints */
7578int ha_savepoint(THD *thd, SAVEPOINT *sv);
7579int ha_release_savepoint(THD *thd, SAVEPOINT *sv);
7580
7581/* these are called by storage engines */
7582void trans_register_ha(THD *thd, bool all, handlerton *ht,
7583 const ulonglong *trxid);
7584
7585int ha_reset_logs(THD *thd);
7586
7587/**
7588 Inform storage engine(s) that a binary log file will be purged and any
7589 references to it should be removed.
7590
7591 The function is called for all purged files, regardless if it is an explicit
7592 PURGE BINARY LOGS statement, or an automatic purge performed by the server.
7593
7594 @note Since function is called with the LOCK_index mutex held the work
7595 performed in this callback should be kept at minimum. One way to defer work is
7596 to schedule work and use the `ha_binlog_index_purge_wait` callback to wait for
7597 completion.
7598
7599 @param thd Thread handle of session purging file. The nullptr value indicates
7600 that purge is done at server startup.
7601 @param file Name of file being purged.
7602 @return Always 0, return value are ignored by caller.
7603*/
7604int ha_binlog_index_purge_file(THD *thd, const char *file);
7605
7606/**
7607 Request the storage engine to complete any operations that were initiated
7608 by `ha_binlog_index_purge_file` and which need to complete
7609 before PURGE BINARY LOGS completes.
7610
7611 The function is called only from PURGE BINARY LOGS. Each PURGE BINARY LOGS
7612 statement will result in 0, 1 or more calls to `ha_binlog_index_purge_file`,
7613 followed by exactly 1 call to `ha_binlog_index_purge_wait`.
7614
7615 @note This function is called without LOCK_index mutex held and thus any
7616 waiting performed will only affect the current session.
7617
7618 @param thd Thread handle of session.
7619*/
7621
7622void ha_reset_slave(THD *thd);
7623void ha_binlog_log_query(THD *thd, handlerton *db_type,
7624 enum_binlog_command binlog_command, const char *query,
7625 size_t query_length, const char *db,
7626 const char *table_name);
7627void ha_acl_notify(THD *thd, class Acl_change_notification *);
7628void ha_binlog_wait(THD *thd);
7629
7630/* It is required by basic binlog features on both MySQL server and libmysqld */
7631int ha_binlog_end(THD *thd);
7632
7633const char *get_canonical_filename(handler *file, const char *path,
7634 char *tmp_path);
7635
7636const char *table_case_name(const HA_CREATE_INFO *info, const char *name);
7637
7638void print_keydup_error(TABLE *table, KEY *key, const char *msg, myf errflag,
7639 const char *org_table_name);
7640void print_keydup_error(TABLE *table, KEY *key, myf errflag,
7641 const char *org_table_name);
7642
7643inline void print_keydup_error(TABLE *table, KEY *key, const char *msg,
7644 myf errflag) {
7645 print_keydup_error(table, key, msg, errflag, nullptr);
7646}
7647inline void print_keydup_error(TABLE *table, KEY *key, myf errflag) {
7648 print_keydup_error(table, key, errflag, nullptr);
7649}
7650
7652
7653bool ha_notify_exclusive_mdl(THD *thd, const MDL_key *mdl_key,
7654 ha_notification_type notification_type,
7655 bool *victimized);
7656bool ha_notify_table_ddl(THD *thd, const MDL_key *mdl_key,
7657 ha_notification_type notification_type,
7658 ha_ddl_type ddl_type, const char *old_db_name,
7659 const char *old_table_name, const char *new_db_name,
7660 const char *new_table_name);
7661
7662std::pair<int, bool> commit_owned_gtids(THD *thd, bool all);
7663bool set_tx_isolation(THD *thd, enum_tx_isolation tx_isolation, bool one_shot);
7665
7666/*
7667 This class is used by INFORMATION_SCHEMA.FILES to read SE specific
7668 tablespace dynamic metadata. Some member like m_type and id, is not
7669 really dynamic, but as this information is not stored in data dictionary
7670 in a generic format and still is SE specific Some member like m_type and
7671 id, is not really dynamic, but as this information is not stored in data
7672 dictionary in a generic format and still needs SE specific decision, we
7673 are requesting the same from SE.
7674*/
7675
7677 public:
7679 : m_id(0),
7681 m_free_extents(0),
7682 m_total_extents(0),
7683 m_extent_size(0),
7684 m_initial_size(0),
7685 m_maximum_size(0),
7687 m_version(~0ULL),
7688 m_data_free(0) {}
7689
7705};
7706
7707#endif /* HANDLER_INCLUDED */
app_data_ptr new_data(u_int n, char *val, cons_type consensus)
Kerberos Client Authentication nullptr
Definition: auth_kerberos_client_plugin.cc:251
Services for bulk data conversion and load to SE.
Definition: acl_change_notification.h:32
const std::string db
Definition: acl_change_notification.h:51
Data describing the table being created by CREATE TABLE or altered by ALTER TABLE.
Definition: sql_alter.h:205
Class describing changes to be done by ALTER TABLE.
Definition: handler.h:3353
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS COALESCE_PARTITION
Definition: handler.h:3470
Alter_info * alter_info
Alter options, fields and keys for the new version of table.
Definition: handler.h:3570
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS CHANGE_INDEX_OPTION
Change index option in a way which is likely not to require index recreation.
Definition: handler.h:3512
uint key_count
Size of key_info_buffer array.
Definition: handler.h:3606
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_VIRTUAL_COLUMN_TYPE
Definition: handler.h:3412
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_PARTITION
Definition: handler.h:3464
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_VIRTUAL_COLUMN
Definition: handler.h:3393
const char * unsupported_reason
Can be set by handler to describe why a given operation cannot be done in-place (HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NOT...
Definition: handler.h:3706
KEY * key_info_buffer
Array of KEYs for new version of table - including KEYs to be added.
Definition: handler.h:3603
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_FOREIGN_KEY
Definition: handler.h:3443
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_COLUMN
Definition: handler.h:3405
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_INDEX_LENGTH
Change in index length such that it does not require index rebuild.
Definition: handler.h:3522
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_STORED_GENERATED_COLUMN
Definition: handler.h:3397
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_TABLE_REORG
Definition: handler.h:3476
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS VALIDATE_VIRTUAL_COLUMN
Definition: handler.h:3505
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_SPATIAL_INDEX
Definition: handler.h:3499
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_CHECK_CONSTRAINT
Definition: handler.h:3540
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_STORED_GCOL_EXPR
Definition: handler.h:3440
uint virtual_column_add_count
Number of virtual columns to be added.
Definition: handler.h:3644
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS RECREATE_TABLE
Recreate the table for ALTER TABLE FORCE, ALTER TABLE ENGINE and OPTIMIZE TABLE operations.
Definition: handler.h:3496
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS STORED_GCOL_REEVAL
Change to one of columns on which stored generated column depends, so its values require re-evaluatio...
Definition: handler.h:3534
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_PARTITION
Definition: handler.h:3461
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_STORED_BASE_COLUMN
Definition: handler.h:3395
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_PK_INDEX
Definition: handler.h:3385
uint index_drop_count
Size of index_drop_buffer array.
Definition: handler.h:3609
ulonglong HA_ALTER_FLAGS
Bits to show in detail what operations the storage engine is to execute.
Definition: handler.h:3370
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_STORAGE_TYPE
Definition: handler.h:3455
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_NAME
Definition: handler.h:3409
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_COLUMN_FORMAT
Definition: handler.h:3458
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_COLUMN
Definition: handler.h:3399
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_REBUILD_PARTITION
Definition: handler.h:3515
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_INDEX_COMMENT
Definition: handler.h:3502
KEY_PAIR * index_rename_buffer
Array of KEY_PAIR objects describing indexes being renamed.
Definition: handler.h:3640
uint index_altered_visibility_count
Size of index_rename_buffer array.
Definition: handler.h:3630
void report_unsupported_error(const char *not_supported, const char *try_instead)
Used after check_if_supported_inplace_alter() to report error if the result does not match the LOCK/A...
Definition: handler.cc:5060
bool error_if_not_empty
Indicates whether operation should fail if table is non-empty.
Definition: handler.h:3586
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_CHECK_CONSTRAINT
Definition: handler.h:3537
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_RENAME
Definition: handler.h:3452
void add_renamed_key(KEY *old_key, KEY *new_key)
Add old and new version of key to array of indexes to be renamed.
Definition: handler.h:3751
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS SUSPEND_CHECK_CONSTRAINT
Definition: handler.h:3543
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_REMOVE_PARTITIONING
Definition: handler.h:3479
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_EQUAL_PACK_LENGTH
Change column datatype in such way that new type has compatible packed representation with old type,...
Definition: handler.h:3421
uint index_add_count
Size of index_add_buffer array.
Definition: handler.h:3618
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS REORGANIZE_PARTITION
Definition: handler.h:3473
inplace_alter_handler_ctx * handler_ctx
Context information to allow handlers to keep context between in-place alter API calls.
Definition: handler.h:3655
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_VIRTUAL_GCOL_EXPR
Definition: handler.h:3439
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_INDEX
Definition: handler.h:3373
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_FOREIGN_KEY
Definition: handler.h:3446
uint index_rename_count
Size of index_rename_buffer array.
Definition: handler.h:3627
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ADD_UNIQUE_INDEX
Definition: handler.h:3379
HA_CREATE_INFO * create_info
Create options (like MAX_ROWS) for the new version of table.
Definition: handler.h:3557
uint handler_trivial_ctx
Can be set by handler along with handler_ctx.
Definition: handler.h:3692
KEY_PAIR * index_altered_visibility_buffer
Definition: handler.h:3641
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_INDEX
Definition: handler.h:3376
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_NOT_NULLABLE
Definition: handler.h:3433
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_UNIQUE_INDEX
Definition: handler.h:3382
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_PARTITION
Definition: handler.h:3467
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_NULLABLE
Definition: handler.h:3430
partition_info * modified_part_info
Partition_info taking into account the partition changes to be performed.
Definition: handler.h:3681
HA_ALTER_FLAGS handler_flags
Flags describing in detail which operations the storage engine is to execute.
Definition: handler.h:3673
Alter_inplace_info(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info_arg, Alter_info *alter_info_arg, bool error_if_not_empty_arg, KEY *key_info_arg, uint key_count_arg, partition_info *modified_part_info_arg)
Definition: handler.h:3708
~Alter_inplace_info()
Definition: handler.h:3734
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS VIRTUAL_GCOL_REEVAL
Change to one of columns on which virtual generated column depends, so its values require re-evaluati...
Definition: handler.h:3528
void add_added_key(KEY *new_key)
Add key to array of indexes to be added.
Definition: handler.h:3785
void add_altered_index_visibility(KEY *old_key, KEY *new_key)
Definition: handler.h:3759
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_VIRTUAL_COLUMN_ORDER
A virtual column has changed its position.
Definition: handler.h:3424
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS RENAME_INDEX
Rename index.
Definition: handler.h:3490
uint virtual_column_drop_count
number of virtual columns to be dropped.
Definition: handler.h:3647
void add_modified_key(KEY *old_key, KEY *new_key)
Add old and new version of modified key to arrays of indexes to be dropped and added (correspondingly...
Definition: handler.h:3772
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_PK_INDEX
Definition: handler.h:3388
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_STORED_COLUMN_ORDER
A stored column has changed its position (disregarding virtual columns)
Definition: handler.h:3427
bool online
true for online operation (LOCK=NONE)
Definition: handler.h:3684
KEY ** index_drop_buffer
Array of pointers to KEYs to be dropped belonging to the TABLE instance for the old version of the ta...
Definition: handler.h:3615
uint * index_add_buffer
Array of indexes into key_info_buffer for KEYs to be added, sorted in increasing order.
Definition: handler.h:3624
void add_dropped_key(KEY *old_key)
Drop key to array of indexes to be dropped.
Definition: handler.h:3779
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS CHANGE_CREATE_OPTION
Definition: handler.h:3449
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_VIRTUAL_COLUMN
Definition: handler.h:3403
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_VISIBILITY
Definition: handler.h:3546
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_STORED_COLUMN_TYPE
Definition: handler.h:3413
inplace_alter_handler_ctx ** group_commit_ctx
If the table uses several handlers, like ha_partition uses one handler per partition,...
Definition: handler.h:3667
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_COLUMN_DEFAULT
Definition: handler.h:3436
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS DROP_STORED_COLUMN
Definition: handler.h:3404
static const HA_ALTER_FLAGS ALTER_ALL_PARTITION
Definition: handler.h:3482
Used to store optimizer cost estimates.
Definition: handler.h:3865
Cost_estimate & operator+=(const Cost_estimate &other)
Definition: handler.h:3914
Cost_estimate operator-(const Cost_estimate &other)
Definition: handler.h:3932
void add_import(double add_import_cost)
Add to import cost.
Definition: handler.h:3965
void reset()
Reset all costs to zero.
Definition: handler.h:3897
void set_max_cost()
Set current cost to the maximal double.
Definition: handler.h:3899
Cost_estimate()
Definition: handler.h:3873
void add_cpu(double add_cpu_cost)
Add to CPU cost.
Definition: handler.h:3959
double mem_cost
memory used (bytes)
Definition: handler.h:3870
double io_cost
cost of I/O operations
Definition: handler.h:3867
bool is_max_cost() const
Whether or not the total cost is the maximal double.
Definition: handler.h:3895
void add_mem(double add_mem_cost)
Add to memory cost.
Definition: handler.h:3971
bool operator<(const Cost_estimate &other) const
Definition: handler.h:3948
double get_cpu_cost() const
Definition: handler.h:3878
double get_mem_cost() const
Definition: handler.h:3880
double total_cost() const
Returns sum of time-consuming costs, i.e., not counting memory cost.
Definition: handler.h:3876
double get_io_cost() const
Definition: handler.h:3877
void add_io(double add_io_cost)
Add to IO cost.
Definition: handler.h:3953
double import_cost
cost of remote operations
Definition: handler.h:3869
double cpu_cost
cost of CPU operations
Definition: handler.h:3868
double get_import_cost() const
Definition: handler.h:3879
void multiply(double m)
Multiply io, cpu and import costs by parameter.
Definition: handler.h:3905
bool is_zero() const
Whether or not all costs in the object are zero.
Definition: handler.h:3887
bool operator>(const Cost_estimate &other) const
Definition: handler.h:3944
Cost_estimate operator+(const Cost_estimate &other)
Definition: handler.h:3925
Create_field is a description a field/column that may or may not exists in a table.
Definition: create_field.h:51
Definition: discrete_interval.h:41
Definition: handler.h:7271
DsMrr_impl(handler *owner)
Definition: handler.h:7273
bool get_disk_sweep_mrr_cost(uint keynr, ha_rows rows, uint flags, uint *buffer_size, Cost_estimate *cost)
Get cost of DS-MRR scan.
Definition: handler.cc:7115
void reset()
Resets the DS-MRR object to the state it had after being initialized.
Definition: handler.cc:6789
ha_rows dsmrr_info(uint keyno, uint n_ranges, uint keys, uint *bufsz, uint *flags, Cost_estimate *cost)
Definition: handler.cc:6931
ha_rows dsmrr_info_const(uint keyno, RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq, void *seq_init_param, uint n_ranges, uint *bufsz, uint *flags, Cost_estimate *cost)
Definition: handler.cc:6960
void dsmrr_close()
Definition: handler.cc:6778
uchar * rowids_buf_end
Definition: handler.h:7300
uchar * rowids_buf_cur
Definition: handler.h:7298
int dsmrr_fill_buffer()
DS-MRR: Fill the buffer with rowids and sort it by rowid.
Definition: handler.cc:6818
uchar * rowids_buf
Definition: handler.h:7297
handler * h2
Definition: handler.h:7294
handler *const h
Definition: handler.h:7290
~DsMrr_impl()
Definition: handler.h:7275
bool use_default_impl
Definition: handler.h:7307
void init(TABLE *table_arg)
Initialize the DsMrr_impl object.
Definition: handler.h:7319
int dsmrr_init(RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq_funcs, void *seq_init_param, uint n_ranges, uint mode, HANDLER_BUFFER *buf)
DS-MRR: Initialize and start MRR scan.
Definition: handler.cc:6601
bool choose_mrr_impl(uint keyno, ha_rows rows, uint *flags, uint *bufsz, Cost_estimate *cost)
DS-MRR Internals: Choose between Default MRR implementation and DS-MRR.
Definition: handler.cc:7018
bool dsmrr_eof
Definition: handler.h:7302
bool is_mrr_assoc
Definition: handler.h:7305
uchar * rowids_buf_last
Definition: handler.h:7299
TABLE * table
Definition: handler.h:7291
int dsmrr_next(char **range_info)
Definition: handler.cc:6885
Definition: field.h:575
Wrapper for struct ft_hints.
Definition: handler.h:4125
uint get_flags() const
Get Ft_hints flags.
Definition: handler.h:4188
void set_hint_flag(uint ft_flag)
Set Ft_hints flag.
Definition: handler.h:4153
double get_op_value() const
Get Ft_hints operation value.
Definition: handler.h:4174
struct ft_hints * get_hints()
Get ft_hints struct.
Definition: handler.h:4195
Ft_hints(uint ft_flags)
Definition: handler.h:4130
ha_rows get_limit() const
Get Ft_hints limit.
Definition: handler.h:4167
enum ft_operation get_op_type() const
Get Ft_hints operation type.
Definition: handler.h:4181
void set_hint_limit(ha_rows ft_limit)
Set Ft_hints limit.
Definition: handler.h:4160
void set_hint_op(enum ft_operation type, double value)
Set comparison operation type and and value for master MATCH function.
Definition: handler.h:4143
struct ft_hints hints
Definition: handler.h:4127
Definition: handler.h:1019
const char * get_source_name()
Get SE source file name.
Definition: handler.h:1110
void set_dest_name(const char *name)
Set SE destination file name.
Definition: handler.h:1122
virtual int file_cbk(Ha_clone_file from_file, uint len)=0
Callback providing data from current position of a file descriptor of specific length.
uint m_desc_len
SE's Serialized descriptor length.
Definition: handler.h:1184
void set_hton(handlerton *hton)
Set current storage engine handlerton.
Definition: handler.h:1064
handlerton * get_hton()
Get current storage engine handlerton.
Definition: handler.h:1068
virtual int buffer_cbk(uchar *from_buffer, uint len)=0
Callback providing data in buffer of specific length.
Ha_clone_cbk()
Constructor to initialize members.
Definition: handler.h:1022
const int HA_CLONE_FILE_CACHE
Data file is opened for read/write with OS buffer cache.
Definition: handler.h:1202
void mark_state_change(uint64_t estimate)
Set state information and notify state change.
Definition: handler.h:1159
bool is_os_buffer_cache() const
Check if the file descriptor is opened for read/write with OS buffer cache.
Definition: handler.h:1143
void set_os_buffer_cache()
Mark that the file descriptor is opened for read/write with OS buffer cache.
Definition: handler.h:1137
const int HA_CLONE_STATE_CHANGE
State change notification by SE.
Definition: handler.h:1211
const char * m_dest_name
Current destination file name.
Definition: handler.h:1190
int m_flag
Flag storing data related options.
Definition: handler.h:1196
void set_source_name(const char *name)
Set SE source file name.
Definition: handler.h:1114
bool is_zero_copy() const
Check if zero copy optimization is suggested.
Definition: handler.h:1149
const char * m_src_name
Current source file name.
Definition: handler.h:1187
bool is_state_change(uint64_t &estimate)
Check if SE notified state change.
Definition: handler.h:1165
uint m_loc_idx
SE index in caller's locator array.
Definition: handler.h:1175
const uchar * get_data_desc(uint *lenp)
Get data descriptor.
Definition: handler.h:1100
uint64_t m_state_estimate
Estimated bytes to be transferred.
Definition: handler.h:1193
const uchar * m_data_desc
SE's Serialized data descriptor.
Definition: handler.h:1181
const char * get_dest_name()
Get SE destination file name.
Definition: handler.h:1118
bool is_secure() const
Check if data needs secure transfer.
Definition: handler.h:1155
void set_zero_copy()
Mark that the file can be transferred with zero copy.
Definition: handler.h:1146
virtual ~Ha_clone_cbk()=default
virtual destructor.
const int HA_CLONE_SECURE
Data needs to be transferred securely over SSL connection.
Definition: handler.h:1208
virtual int apply_buffer_cbk(uchar *&to_buffer, uint &len)=0
Callback to get data in buffer.
uint m_client_buff_size
Caller's transfer buffer size.
Definition: handler.h:1178
virtual int apply_file_cbk(Ha_clone_file to_file)=0
Callback providing a file descriptor to write data starting from current position.
void set_ack()
Mark that ACK is needed for the data transfer before returning from callback.
Definition: handler.h:1129
bool is_ack_needed() const
Check if ACK is needed for the data transfer.
Definition: handler.h:1133
void set_client_buffer_size(uint size)
Set caller's transfer buffer size.
Definition: handler.h:1073
void set_secure()
Mark that data needs secure transfer.
Definition: handler.h:1152
const int HA_CLONE_ACK
Acknowledgement is needed for the data transfer.
Definition: handler.h:1199
void set_loc_index(uint idx)
Set current SE index.
Definition: handler.h:1081
void clear_flags()
Clear all flags set by SE.
Definition: handler.h:1125
handlerton * m_hton
Handlerton for the SE.
Definition: handler.h:1172
uint get_client_buffer_size()
Get caller's transfer buffer size.
Definition: handler.h:1077
uint get_loc_index()
Get current SE index.
Definition: handler.h:1085
const int HA_CLONE_ZERO_COPY
Data file can be transferred with zero copy.
Definition: handler.h:1205
void set_data_desc(const uchar *desc, uint len)
Set data descriptor.
Definition: handler.h:1091
Base class to be used by handlers different shares.
Definition: handler.h:4115
Handler_share()=default
virtual ~Handler_share()=default
Base class that is used to represent any kind of expression in a relational query.
Definition: item.h:936
Definition: sql_optimizer.h:133
JSON DOM abstract base class.
Definition: json_dom.h:173
Definition: key.h:57
Definition: key.h:113
const char * name
Name of key.
Definition: key.h:153
bool is_visible
True if this index is visible to the query optimizer.
Definition: key.h:201
Definition: sql_list.h:467
Mem_root_allocator is a C++ STL memory allocator based on MEM_ROOT.
Definition: mem_root_allocator.h:68
Class for partitioning specific operations.
Definition: partition_handler.h:194
Class to hold information regarding a table to be created on behalf of a plugin.
Definition: plugin_table.h:40
Class to hold information regarding a predefined tablespace created by a storage engine.
Definition: plugin_table.h:129
This class represents a buffer that can be used for multi-row reads.
Definition: record_buffer.h:47
Implements the row and column memory management for parse and load operations.
Definition: bulk_data_service.h:86
Cost constants for a storage engine.
Definition: opt_costconstants.h:202
Simple intrusive linked list.
Definition: sql_list.h:47
Using this class is fraught with peril, and you need to be very careful when doing so.
Definition: sql_string.h:167
For each client connection we create a separate thread with THD serving as a thread/connection descri...
Definition: sql_lexer_thd.h:36
Definition: table.h:2864
Data structure that contains the information about shared tablespaces.
Definition: fsp0space.h:47
Definition: handler.h:7229
Temp_table_handle()
Definition: handler.h:7231
~Temp_table_handle()
Definition: handler.cc:8598
TABLE * open(THD *thd, const char *db_name, const char *table_name)
Open the table handler.
Definition: handler.cc:8568
TABLE * table
Definition: handler.h:7243
Unique_on_insert – similar to above, but rejects duplicates on insert, not just on read of the final ...
Definition: uniques.h:123
Class to maintain list of externally coordinated transactions and their current state at recovery.
Definition: handler.h:1259
enum_ha_recover_xa_state add(XID const &xid, enum_ha_recover_xa_state state)
Adds a transaction and state to the underlying map.
Definition: handler.cc:8923
std::map< XID, enum_ha_recover_xa_state, std::less< XID >, Xa_state_list::allocator >::iterator iterator
Definition: handler.h:1266
enum_ha_recover_xa_state find(XID const &to_find)
Searches the underlying map to find an key that corresponds to the parameter.
Definition: handler.cc:8917
static Xa_state_list::instantiation_tuple new_instance()
Factory like method to instantiate all the infra-structure needed to create an Xa_state_list.
Definition: handler.cc:8955
Xa_state_list(Xa_state_list::list &populated_by_tc)
Class constructor.
Definition: handler.cc:8914
std::pair< const XID, enum_ha_recover_xa_state > pair
Definition: handler.h:1261
Xa_state_list::list & m_underlying
The underlying map holding the trx and states.
Definition: handler.h:1338
std::map< XID, enum_ha_recover_xa_state, std::less< XID >, Xa_state_list::allocator > list
Definition: handler.h:1264
std::tuple< std::unique_ptr< MEM_ROOT >, std::unique_ptr< Xa_state_list::allocator >, std::unique_ptr< Xa_state_list::list >, std::unique_ptr< Xa_state_list > > instantiation_tuple
Definition: handler.h:1269
virtual ~Xa_state_list()=default
The Properties class defines an interface for storing key=value pairs, where both key and value may b...
Definition: properties.h:74
Definition: table.h:47
Definition: tablespace.h:56
Definition: handler.h:4036
ulonglong index_file_length
Definition: handler.h:4040
uint block_size
Definition: handler.h:4059
ulonglong data_file_length
Definition: handler.h:4038
ulong update_time
Definition: handler.h:4058
ha_rows records
Definition: handler.h:4052
ulonglong max_data_file_length
Definition: handler.h:4039
ulong check_time
Definition: handler.h:4057
time_t create_time
Definition: handler.h:4056
ulonglong max_index_file_length
Definition: handler.h:4041
ulong mean_rec_length
Definition: handler.h:4054
ulonglong auto_increment_value
Definition: handler.h:4043
ha_statistics()
Definition: handler.h:4074
double table_in_mem_estimate
Estimate for how much of the table that is available in a memory buffer.
Definition: handler.h:4072
ulonglong delete_length
Definition: handler.h:4042
uint mrr_length_per_rec
Definition: handler.h:4064
ha_rows deleted
Definition: handler.h:4053
Definition: handler.h:7676
ulonglong m_id
Definition: handler.h:7690
ulonglong m_initial_size
Definition: handler.h:7697
dd::String_type m_row_format
Definition: handler.h:7701
ulonglong m_data_free
Definition: handler.h:7702
ulonglong m_version
Definition: handler.h:7700
dd::String_type m_status
Definition: handler.h:7703
ulonglong m_maximum_size
Definition: handler.h:7698
ulonglong m_logfile_group_number
Definition: handler.h:7693
ulonglong m_free_extents
Definition: handler.h:7694
ha_tablespace_statistics()
Definition: handler.h:7678
ulonglong m_autoextend_size
Definition: handler.h:7699
ulonglong m_total_extents
Definition: handler.h:7695
ulonglong m_extent_size
Definition: handler.h:7696
dd::String_type m_logfile_group_name
Definition: handler.h:7692
dd::String_type m_type
Definition: handler.h:7691
dd::String_type m_extra
Definition: handler.h:7704
The handler class is the interface for dynamically loadable storage engines.
Definition: handler.h:4573
virtual int sample_end(void *scan_ctx)
End sampling.
Definition: handler.cc:3134
KEY_PART_INFO * range_key_part
Definition: handler.h:4632
virtual int ft_read(uchar *)
Definition: handler.h:5700
virtual bool get_foreign_dup_key(char *child_table_name, uint child_table_name_len, char *child_key_name, uint child_key_name_len)
Retrieves the names of the table and the key for which there was a duplicate entry in the case of HA_...
Definition: handler.cc:4657
virtual int repair(THD *, HA_CHECK_OPT *)
In this method check_opt can be modified to specify CHECK option to use to call check() upon the tabl...
Definition: handler.h:6780
ulonglong insert_id_for_cur_row
insert id for the current row (autogenerated; if not autogenerated, it's 0).
Definition: handler.h:4682
virtual bool is_index_algorithm_supported(enum ha_key_alg key_alg) const
Check if SE supports specific key algorithm.
Definition: handler.h:5557
virtual void set_external_table_offload_error(const char *)
Propagates the secondary storage engine offload failure reason for a query to the external engine whe...
Definition: handler.h:7190
virtual double read_time(uint index, uint ranges, ha_rows rows)
The cost of reading a set of ranges from the table using an index to access it.
Definition: handler.h:5204
handler * m_primary_handler
Pointer to the handler of the table in the primary storage engine, if this handler represents a table...
Definition: handler.h:4629
virtual ~handler(void)
Definition: handler.h:4833
int ha_index_init(uint idx, bool sorted)
Initialize use of index.
Definition: handler.cc:2911
virtual int index_prev(uchar *)
Definition: handler.h:5644
virtual FT_INFO * ft_init_ext(uint flags, uint inx, String *key)
Definition: handler.cc:3047
virtual void external_table_offload_error() const
Identifies and throws the propagated external engine query offload or exec failure reason given by th...
Definition: handler.h:7196
virtual uint max_supported_key_length() const
Definition: handler.h:6010
const Item * pushed_cond
Definition: handler.h:4661
void set_ha_table(TABLE *table_arg)
Definition: handler.h:7094
Unique_on_insert * m_unique
Definition: handler.h:4797
virtual int reset()
Reset state of file to after 'open'.
Definition: handler.h:6730
virtual int records_from_index(ha_rows *num_rows, uint index)
Number of rows in table counted using the secondary index chosen by optimizer.
Definition: handler.cc:3181
virtual int open(const char *name, int mode, uint test_if_locked, const dd::Table *table_def)=0
virtual int index_first(uchar *)
Definition: handler.h:5647
Handler_share * get_ha_share_ptr()
Get an initialized ha_share.
Definition: handler.cc:8162
bool m_update_generated_read_fields
Some non-virtual ha_* functions, responsible for reading rows, like ha_rnd_pos(), must ensure that vi...
Definition: handler.h:4794
batch_mode_t
Internal state of the batch instrumentation.
Definition: handler.h:4706
@ PSI_BATCH_MODE_STARTING
Batch mode used, before first table io.
Definition: handler.h:4710
@ PSI_BATCH_MODE_STARTED
Batch mode used, after first table io.
Definition: handler.h:4712
@ PSI_BATCH_MODE_NONE
Batch mode not used.
Definition: handler.h:4708
Discrete_interval auto_inc_interval_for_cur_row
Interval returned by get_auto_increment() and being consumed by the inserter.
Definition: handler.h:4687
void restore_auto_increment(ulonglong prev_insert_id)
Definition: handler.h:5938
bool ha_check_and_repair(THD *thd)
Check and repair table: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:4924
virtual enum ha_key_alg get_default_index_algorithm() const
Get default key algorithm for SE.
Definition: handler.h:5546
double table_in_memory_estimate() const
Return an estimate of how much of the table that is currently stored in main memory.
Definition: handler.cc:6002
virtual const char * table_type() const =0
The following can be called without an open handler.
virtual Cost_estimate read_cost(uint index, double ranges, double rows)
Cost estimate for reading a set of ranges from the table using an index to access it.
Definition: handler.cc:6140
bool in_range_check_pushed_down
Definition: handler.h:4638
uint ranges_in_seq
Definition: handler.h:4599
uint max_key_parts() const
Definition: handler.h:5997
virtual bool primary_key_is_clustered() const
Check if the primary key is clustered or not.
Definition: handler.h:6097
bool m_virt_gcol_in_end_range
Flag which tells if end_range contains a virtual generated column.
Definition: handler.h:4652
int ha_index_next_pushed(uchar *buf)
Definition: handler.cc:3617
ha_statistics stats
Definition: handler.h:4593
void rebind_psi()
Definition: handler.cc:2746
int ha_update_row(const uchar *old_data, uchar *new_data)
Update the current row.
Definition: handler.cc:8083
int ha_delete_all_rows()
Delete all rows: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:4872
virtual int index_init(uint idx, bool sorted)
Definition: handler.h:6667
virtual int enable_indexes(uint mode)
Enable indexes again.
Definition: handler.h:7008
int check_collation_compatibility()
Check for incompatible collation changes.
Definition: handler.cc:4544
virtual uint lock_count(void) const
Get number of lock objects returned in store_lock.
Definition: handler.h:6053
std::function< void(void *cookie)> Load_end_cbk
This callback is called by each parallel load thread when processing of rows has ended for the adapte...
Definition: handler.h:5033
virtual int bulk_load_end(THD *thd, void *load_ctx, bool is_error)
End bulk load operation.
Definition: handler.h:5111
virtual const TABLE * parent_of_pushed_join() const
If this handler instance is a child in a pushed join sequence returned TABLE instance being my parent...
Definition: handler.h:6191
virtual uint max_supported_key_parts() const
Definition: handler.h:6009
enum_range_scan_direction range_scan_direction
Definition: handler.h:4622
bool eq_range
Definition: handler.h:4633
virtual int disable_indexes(uint mode)
Disable indexes for a while.
Definition: handler.h:6995
virtual uint extra_rec_buf_length() const
Definition: handler.h:5419
key_range * end_range
End value for a range scan.
Definition: handler.h:4647
virtual void init_table_handle_for_HANDLER()
Definition: handler.h:5983
uint active_index
Definition: handler.h:4655
RANGE_SEQ_IF mrr_funcs
Definition: handler.h:4597
int ha_index_last(uchar *buf)
Reads the last row via index.
Definition: handler.cc:3493
virtual void change_table_ptr(TABLE *table_arg, TABLE_SHARE *share)
Change the internal TABLE_SHARE pointer.
Definition: handler.h:5171
virtual int extra(enum ha_extra_function operation)
Storage engine specific implementation of ha_extra()
Definition: handler.h:5805
virtual void end_bulk_update()
Perform any needed clean-up, no outstanding updates are there at the moment.
Definition: handler.h:5600
int ha_multi_range_read_next(char **range_info)
Definition: handler.cc:6470
int ha_end_bulk_insert()
End bulk insert.
Definition: handler.cc:4845
uint errkey
Definition: handler.h:4653
virtual ha_rows records_in_range(uint inx, key_range *min_key, key_range *max_key)
Find number of records in a range.
Definition: handler.h:5737
virtual int multi_range_read_init(RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq, void *seq_init_param, uint n_ranges, uint mode, HANDLER_BUFFER *buf)
Initialize the MRR scan.
Definition: handler.cc:6458
virtual int multi_range_read_next(char **range_info)
Get next record in MRR scan.
Definition: handler.cc:6500
virtual int update_row(const uchar *old_data, uchar *new_data)
Update a single row.
Definition: handler.h:6717
virtual int index_read_pushed(uchar *, const uchar *, key_part_map)
Definition: handler.h:6203
virtual bool check_if_incompatible_data(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info, uint table_changes)
Part of old, deprecated in-place ALTER API.
Definition: handler.h:6213
int ha_enable_indexes(uint mode)
Enable indexes: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:4950
virtual bool is_fatal_error(int error)
Determine whether an error is fatal or not.
Definition: handler.cc:4189
virtual int sample_next(void *scan_ctx, uchar *buf)
Get the next record for sampling.
Definition: handler.cc:3136
double index_in_memory_estimate(uint keyno) const
Return an estimate of how much of the index that is currently stored in main memory.
Definition: handler.cc:6021
bool filter_dup_records()
Filter duplicate records when multi-valued index is used for retrieval.
Definition: handler.cc:8535
int m_lock_type
The lock type set by when calling::ha_external_lock().
Definition: handler.h:4773
handlerton * ht
Definition: handler.h:4587
virtual bool is_ignorable_error(int error)
Determine whether an error can be ignored or not.
Definition: handler.cc:4164
TABLE_SHARE * table_share
Definition: handler.h:4580
int ha_read_range_next()
Definition: handler.cc:7422
int ha_create(const char *name, TABLE *form, HA_CREATE_INFO *info, dd::Table *table_def)
Create a table in the engine: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:5117
virtual int info(uint flag)=0
General method to gather info from handler.
virtual bool start_read_removal(void)
Start read (before write) removal on the current table.
Definition: handler.h:5837
int ha_sample_end(void *scan_ctx)
End sampling.
Definition: handler.cc:3097
void ha_start_bulk_insert(ha_rows rows)
Start bulk insert.
Definition: handler.cc:4830
int ha_delete_row(const uchar *buf)
Definition: handler.cc:8111
int ha_index_next_same(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, uint keylen)
Reads the next same row via index.
Definition: handler.cc:3529
int ha_index_read_last_map(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, key_part_map keypart_map)
Definition: handler.cc:3305
virtual void cancel_pushed_idx_cond()
Reset information about pushed index conditions.
Definition: handler.h:6169
int ha_sample_init(void *&scan_ctx, double sampling_percentage, int sampling_seed, enum_sampling_method sampling_method, const bool tablesample)
Initialize sampling.
Definition: handler.cc:3070
virtual size_t bulk_load_available_memory(THD *thd) const
Get the total memory available for bulk load in SE.
Definition: handler.h:5072
virtual void append_create_info(String *packet)
Definition: handler.h:5982
virtual uint max_supported_key_part_length(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info) const
Definition: handler.h:6011
bool ha_upgrade_table(THD *thd, const char *dbname, const char *table_name, dd::Table *dd_table, TABLE *table_arg)
Set se_private_id and se_private_data during upgrade.
Definition: handler.cc:8447
virtual int check(THD *, HA_CHECK_OPT *)
Definition: handler.h:6773
virtual const Item * cond_push(const Item *cond)
Push condition down to the table handler.
Definition: handler.h:6134
virtual longlong get_memory_buffer_size() const
Return an estimate on the amount of memory the storage engine will use for caching data in memory.
Definition: handler.h:5315
virtual int rnd_next(uchar *buf)=0
virtual void unlock_row()
Unlock last accessed row.
Definition: handler.h:5911
virtual int preload_keys(THD *, HA_CHECK_OPT *)
Definition: handler.h:5969
uint max_keys() const
Definition: handler.h:5994
void ha_statistic_increment(ulonglong System_status_var::*offset) const
Definition: handler.cc:2722
int ha_bulk_update_row(const uchar *old_data, uchar *new_data, uint *dup_key_found)
Bulk update row: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:4858
virtual double index_only_read_time(uint keynr, double records)
Calculate cost of 'index only' scan for given index and number of records.
Definition: handler.cc:5992
double m_sampling_percentage
Definition: handler.h:4702
virtual FT_INFO * ft_init_ext_with_hints(uint inx, String *key, Ft_hints *hints)
Definition: handler.h:5687
void set_end_range(const key_range *range, enum_range_scan_direction direction)
Set the end position for a range scan.
Definition: handler.cc:7488
int ha_index_next(uchar *buf)
Reads the next row via index.
Definition: handler.cc:3374
virtual int index_read(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, uint key_len, enum ha_rkey_function find_flag)
Definition: handler.h:6881
int ha_discard_or_import_tablespace(bool discard, dd::Table *table_def)
Discard or import tablespace: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:4963
uint pushed_idx_cond_keyno
Definition: handler.h:4664
virtual void column_bitmaps_signal()
Signal that the table->read_set and table->write_set table maps changed The handler is allowed to set...
Definition: handler.cc:3991
virtual Partition_handler * get_partition_handler()
Definition: handler.h:7143
virtual ha_rows end_read_removal(void)
End read (before write) removal and return the number of rows really written.
Definition: handler.h:5847
HANDLER_BUFFER * multi_range_buffer
Definition: handler.h:4598
const TABLE * get_table() const
Definition: handler.h:5176
uchar * ref
Pointer to current row.
Definition: handler.h:4589
int ha_reset()
Check handler usage and reset state of file to after 'open'.
Definition: handler.cc:8027
virtual int index_next_same(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, uint keylen)
Definition: handler.cc:5184
virtual bool was_semi_consistent_read()
Definition: handler.h:5895
int ha_records(ha_rows *num_rows, uint index)
Wrapper function to call records_from_index() in storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:5515
virtual Cost_estimate index_scan_cost(uint index, double ranges, double rows)
Cost estimate for reading a number of ranges from an index.
Definition: handler.cc:6120
int ha_check(THD *thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt)
to be actually called to get 'check()' functionality
Definition: handler.cc:4731
virtual int load_table(const TABLE &table, bool *skip_metadata_update)
Loads a table into its defined secondary storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:6851
virtual int index_next(uchar *)
Definition: handler.h:5641
int ha_read_range_first(const key_range *start_key, const key_range *end_key, bool eq_range, bool sorted)
Definition: handler.cc:7403
virtual void * bulk_load_begin(THD *thd, size_t data_size, size_t memory, size_t num_threads)
Begin parallel bulk data load to the table.
Definition: handler.h:5082
virtual void update_create_info(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info)
Update create info as part of ALTER TABLE.
Definition: handler.h:5964
virtual int rnd_end()
Definition: handler.h:6683
uint key_used_on_scan
Definition: handler.h:4654
virtual ha_rows multi_range_read_info(uint keyno, uint n_ranges, uint keys, uint *bufsz, uint *flags, Cost_estimate *cost)
Get cost and other information about MRR scan over some sequence of ranges.
Definition: handler.cc:6399
virtual Cost_estimate table_scan_cost()
Cost estimate for doing a complete table scan.
Definition: handler.cc:6106
virtual ha_rows multi_range_read_info_const(uint keyno, RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq, void *seq_init_param, uint n_ranges, uint *bufsz, uint *flags, Cost_estimate *cost)
Get cost and other information about MRR scan over a known list of ranges.
Definition: handler.cc:6240
enum handler::@55 inited
virtual ulong index_flags(uint idx, uint part, bool all_parts) const =0
virtual int external_lock(THD *thd, int lock_type)
Is not invoked for non-transactional temporary tables.
Definition: handler.h:6766
virtual int parallel_scan_init(void *&scan_ctx, size_t *num_threads, bool use_reserved_threads, size_t max_desired_threads)
Initializes a parallel scan.
Definition: handler.h:4983
int ha_extra(enum ha_extra_function operation)
Request storage engine to do an extra operation: enable,disable or run some functionality.
Definition: handler.cc:8541
ulonglong next_insert_id
next_insert_id is the next value which should be inserted into the auto_increment column: in a insert...
Definition: handler.h:4675
virtual bool low_byte_first() const
Definition: handler.h:6019
void ha_set_primary_handler(handler *primary_handler)
Store a pointer to the handler of the primary table that corresponds to the secondary table in this h...
Definition: handler.cc:8854
uint ref_length
Length of ref (1-8 or the clustered key length)
Definition: handler.h:4657
virtual double scan_time()
Definition: handler.h:5185
int ha_analyze(THD *thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt)
Analyze table: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:4911
virtual uint max_supported_record_length() const
Definition: handler.h:6007
virtual enum_alter_inplace_result check_if_supported_inplace_alter(TABLE *altered_table, Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info)
Check if a storage engine supports a particular alter table in-place.
Definition: handler.cc:5007
ulonglong Table_flags
Definition: handler.h:4577
virtual void parallel_scan_end(void *scan_ctx)
End of the parallel scan.
Definition: handler.h:5060
bool ha_commit_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table, Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info, bool commit, const dd::Table *old_table_def, dd::Table *new_table_def)
Public function wrapping the actual handler call.
Definition: handler.cc:4982
PSI_table_share * ha_table_share_psi(const TABLE_SHARE *share) const
Acquire the instrumented table information from a table share.
Definition: handler.cc:2780
int get_lock_type() const
Definition: handler.h:7096
std::function< bool(void *cookie, ulong ncols, ulong row_len, const ulong *col_offsets, const ulong *null_byte_offsets, const ulong *null_bitmasks)> Load_init_cbk
This callback is called by each parallel load thread at the beginning of the parallel load for the ad...
Definition: handler.h:5011
Table_flags ha_table_flags() const
The cached_table_flags is set at ha_open and ha_external_lock.
Definition: handler.h:4919
int ha_load_table(const TABLE &table, bool *skip_metadata_update)
Loads a table into its defined secondary storage engine: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:5135
virtual int extra_opt(enum ha_extra_function operation, ulong cache_size)
Definition: handler.h:5810
void ha_drop_table(const char *name)
Drop table in the engine: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:5104
bool ha_prepare_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table, Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info, const dd::Table *old_table_def, dd::Table *new_table_def)
Public functions wrapping the actual handler call.
Definition: handler.cc:4971
void start_psi_batch_mode()
Put the handler in 'batch' mode when collecting table io instrumented events.
Definition: handler.cc:2759
int ha_index_or_rnd_end()
Definition: handler.h:4913
virtual bool is_crashed() const
Check if the table is crashed.
Definition: handler.h:6029
int ha_truncate(dd::Table *table_def)
Truncate table: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:4885
virtual int close(void)=0
int ha_index_read_map(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, key_part_map keypart_map, enum ha_rkey_function find_flag)
Read [part of] row via [part of] index.
Definition: handler.cc:3275
int ha_sample_next(void *scan_ctx, uchar *buf)
Get the next record for sampling.
Definition: handler.cc:3108
void unbind_psi()
Definition: handler.cc:2734
virtual int assign_to_keycache(THD *, HA_CHECK_OPT *)
Definition: handler.h:5966
virtual bool start_bulk_update()
Definition: handler.h:5575
uchar * dup_ref
Pointer to duplicate row.
Definition: handler.h:4591
bool end_psi_batch_mode_if_started()
If a PSI batch was started, turn if off.
Definition: handler.h:4760
int ha_check_for_upgrade(HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt)
Definition: handler.cc:4576
handler * ha_get_primary_handler() const
Get a pointer to a handler for the table in the primary storage engine, if this handler is for a tabl...
Definition: handler.h:7173
bool ha_get_se_private_data(dd::Table *dd_table, bool reset)
Submit a dd::Table object representing a core DD table having hardcoded data to be filled in by the D...
Definition: handler.cc:5154
virtual uint32 calculate_key_hash_value(Field **field_array)
Definition: handler.h:5778
uint max_record_length() const
Definition: handler.h:5991
void unlock_shared_ha_data()
Release lock for protecting ha_share.
Definition: handler.cc:8208
void mark_trx_read_write()
A helper function to mark a transaction read-write, if it is started.
Definition: handler.cc:4753
virtual uint number_of_pushed_joins() const
Reports number of tables included in pushed join which this handler instance is part of.
Definition: handler.h:6179
virtual int sample_init(void *&scan_ctx, double sampling_percentage, int sampling_seed, enum_sampling_method sampling_method, const bool tablesample)
Initialize sampling.
Definition: handler.cc:3129
PSI_table * m_psi
Instrumented table associated with this handler.
Definition: handler.h:4699
virtual int discard_or_import_tablespace(bool discard, dd::Table *table_def)
Discard or import tablespace.
Definition: handler.h:7027
virtual int exec_bulk_update(uint *dup_key_found)
After this call all outstanding updates must be performed.
Definition: handler.h:5592
int update_auto_increment()
Definition: handler.cc:3788
virtual int indexes_are_disabled(void)
Check if indexes are disabled.
Definition: handler.h:5981
Record_buffer * ha_get_record_buffer() const
Get the record buffer that was set with ha_set_record_buffer().
Definition: handler.h:4868
virtual Table_flags table_flags(void) const =0
THD * ha_thd() const
Definition: handler.cc:2727
batch_mode_t m_psi_batch_mode
Batch mode state.
Definition: handler.h:4719
virtual int index_read_last(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, uint key_len)
Definition: handler.h:6887
virtual int start_stmt(THD *thd, thr_lock_type lock_type)
Start a statement when table is locked.
Definition: handler.h:5926
virtual const TABLE * member_of_pushed_join() const
If this handler instance is part of a pushed join sequence returned TABLE instance being root of the ...
Definition: handler.h:6185
virtual int index_next_pushed(uchar *)
Definition: handler.h:6207
FT_INFO * ft_handler
Definition: handler.h:4658
int ha_index_read_pushed(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, key_part_map keypart_map)
Definition: handler.cc:3601
virtual const handlerton * hton_supporting_engine_pushdown()
Get the handlerton of the storage engine if the SE is capable of pushing down some of the AccessPath ...
Definition: handler.h:5829
virtual bool is_record_buffer_wanted(ha_rows *const max_rows) const
Does this handler want to get a Record_buffer for multi-row reads via the ha_set_record_buffer() func...
Definition: handler.h:6803
Handler_share ** ha_share
Pointer where to store/retrieve the Handler_share pointer.
Definition: handler.h:4778
virtual handler * clone(const char *name, MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
Definition: handler.cc:2690
int ha_optimize(THD *thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt)
Optimize table: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:4898
Table_flags cached_table_flags
Definition: handler.h:4582
virtual int analyze(THD *, HA_CHECK_OPT *)
Definition: handler.h:6969
int ha_external_lock(THD *thd, int lock_type)
These functions represent the public interface to users of the handler class, hence they are not virt...
Definition: handler.cc:7984
virtual void notify_table_changed(Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info)
Notify the storage engine that the table definition has been updated.
Definition: handler.h:6588
handler(handlerton *ht_arg, TABLE_SHARE *share_arg)
Definition: handler.h:4800
virtual uint max_supported_keys() const
Definition: handler.h:6008
virtual int records(ha_rows *num_rows)
Number of rows in table.
Definition: handler.cc:3147
virtual int rnd_init(bool scan)=0
rnd_init() can be called two times without rnd_end() in between (it only makes sense if scan=1).
uint max_key_length() const
Definition: handler.h:6000
range_seq_t mrr_iter
Definition: handler.h:4596
int handle_records_error(int error, ha_rows *num_rows)
Function will handle the error code from call to records() and records_from_index().
Definition: handler.cc:3221
virtual int rename_table(const char *from, const char *to, const dd::Table *from_table_def, dd::Table *to_table_def)
Default rename_table() and delete_table() rename/delete files with a given name and extensions from h...
Definition: handler.cc:4690
int ha_records(ha_rows *num_rows)
Wrapper function to call records() in storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:5503
void lock_shared_ha_data()
Take a lock for protecting shared handler data.
Definition: handler.cc:8198
PSI_table_locker * m_psi_locker
The current event in a batch.
Definition: handler.h:4731
int ha_open(TABLE *table, const char *name, int mode, int test_if_locked, const dd::Table *table_def)
Definition: handler.cc:2810
virtual void start_bulk_insert(ha_rows)
Definition: handler.h:6784
static bool my_prepare_gcolumn_template(THD *thd, const char *db_name, const char *table_name, my_gcolumn_template_callback_t myc, void *ib_table)
Callback to allow InnoDB to prepare a template for generated column processing.
Definition: handler.cc:8469
virtual bool inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table, Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info, const dd::Table *old_table_def, dd::Table *new_table_def)
Alter the table structure in-place with operations specified using HA_ALTER_FLAGS and Alter_inplace_i...
Definition: handler.h:6500
virtual bool bulk_load_check(THD *thd) const
Check if the table is ready for bulk load.
Definition: handler.h:5065
uint get_index(void) const
Definition: handler.h:5569
virtual int read_range_first(const key_range *start_key, const key_range *end_key, bool eq_range_arg, bool sorted)
Read first row between two ranges.
Definition: handler.cc:7373
int ha_delete_table(const char *name, const dd::Table *table_def)
Delete table: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:5091
virtual void get_auto_increment(ulonglong offset, ulonglong increment, ulonglong nb_desired_values, ulonglong *first_value, ulonglong *nb_reserved_values)
Reserves an interval of auto_increment values from the handler.
Definition: handler.cc:4013
virtual bool prepare_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table, Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info, const dd::Table *old_table_def, dd::Table *new_table_def)
Allows the storage engine to update internal structures with concurrent writes blocked.
Definition: handler.h:6463
std::mt19937 * m_random_number_engine
Definition: handler.h:4701
virtual uint min_record_length(uint options) const
Definition: handler.h:6015
void init()
This is called after create to allow us to set up cached variables.
Definition: handler.h:4851
void set_ha_share_ptr(Handler_share *arg_ha_share)
Set ha_share to be used by all instances of the same table/partition.
Definition: handler.cc:8183
virtual std::string explain_extra() const
Return extra handler specific text for EXPLAIN.
Definition: handler.h:4844
virtual int write_row(uchar *buf)
Write a row.
Definition: handler.h:6705
virtual void try_semi_consistent_read(bool)
Tell the engine whether it should avoid unnecessary lock waits.
Definition: handler.h:5902
enum_range_scan_direction
Definition: handler.h:4613
@ RANGE_SCAN_ASC
Definition: handler.h:4613
@ RANGE_SCAN_DESC
Definition: handler.h:4613
void end_psi_batch_mode()
End a batch started with start_psi_batch_mode.
Definition: handler.cc:2768
void set_next_insert_id(ulonglong id)
Definition: handler.h:5934
virtual int ft_init()
Definition: handler.h:5685
int compare_key_icp(const key_range *range) const
Definition: handler.cc:7566
TABLE * table
Definition: handler.h:4581
void ha_notify_table_changed(Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info)
Public function wrapping the actual handler call.
Definition: handler.h:6421
int ha_index_prev(uchar *buf)
Reads the previous row via index.
Definition: handler.cc:3419
int ha_rnd_pos(uchar *buf, uchar *pos)
Read row via random scan from position.
Definition: handler.cc:3027
int ha_index_first(uchar *buf)
Reads the first row via index.
Definition: handler.cc:3455
bool ha_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table, Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info, const dd::Table *old_table_def, dd::Table *new_table_def)
Public function wrapping the actual handler call.
Definition: handler.h:6397
Record_buffer * m_record_buffer
Buffer for multi-row reads.
Definition: handler.h:4616
void ha_release_auto_increment()
Definition: handler.cc:4077
virtual int truncate(dd::Table *table_def)
Quickly remove all rows from a table.
Definition: handler.h:6963
virtual int index_end()
Definition: handler.h:6671
virtual table_map tables_in_pushed_join() const
Definition: handler.h:6195
virtual int delete_all_rows()
Delete all rows in a table.
Definition: handler.h:6928
virtual int rnd_pos_by_record(uchar *record)
This function only works for handlers having HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION set.
Definition: handler.h:5708
virtual void drop_table(const char *name)
Definition: handler.cc:4711
virtual int unload_table(const char *db_name, const char *table_name, bool error_if_not_loaded)
Unloads a table from its defined secondary storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:6871
void ha_mv_key_capacity(uint *num_keys, size_t *keys_length) const
Return max limits for a single set of multi-valued keys.
Definition: handler.h:7181
virtual int optimize(THD *, HA_CHECK_OPT *)
Definition: handler.h:6966
int ha_index_read_idx_map(uchar *buf, uint index, const uchar *key, key_part_map keypart_map, enum ha_rkey_function find_flag)
Initializes an index and read it.
Definition: handler.cc:3335
virtual int bulk_update_row(const uchar *old_data, uchar *new_data, uint *dup_key_found)
This method is similar to update_row, however the handler doesn't need to execute the updates at this...
Definition: handler.h:6911
virtual bool check_and_repair(THD *thd)
Check and repair the table if necessary.
Definition: handler.h:6984
virtual bool auto_repair() const
Check if the table can be automatically repaired.
Definition: handler.h:6038
virtual int end_bulk_insert()
Definition: handler.h:6785
virtual int index_read_idx_map(uchar *buf, uint index, const uchar *key, key_part_map keypart_map, enum ha_rkey_function find_flag)
Positions an index cursor to the index specified in argument.
Definition: handler.cc:7625
virtual bool start_bulk_delete()
Definition: handler.h:5580
uint auto_inc_intervals_count
Number of reserved auto-increment intervals.
Definition: handler.h:4694
void ha_set_record_buffer(Record_buffer *buffer)
Set a record buffer that the storage engine can use for multi-row reads.
Definition: handler.h:4861
virtual ha_checksum checksum() const
Definition: handler.h:6020
virtual void mv_key_capacity(uint *num_keys, size_t *keys_length) const
Engine-specific function for ha_can_store_mv_keys().
Definition: handler.h:7204
static bool my_eval_gcolumn_expr_with_open(THD *thd, const char *db_name, const char *table_name, const MY_BITMAP *const fields, uchar *record, const char **mv_data_ptr, ulong *mv_length)
Callback for generated columns processing.
Definition: handler.cc:8507
virtual bool get_se_private_data(dd::Table *dd_table, bool reset)
Definition: handler.h:7058
int ha_repair(THD *thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt)
Repair table: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:4807
int ha_rnd_next(uchar *buf)
Read next row via random scan.
Definition: handler.cc:2996
virtual void position(const uchar *record)=0
void adjust_next_insert_id_after_explicit_value(ulonglong nr)
Definition: handler.cc:3663
void(* my_gcolumn_template_callback_t)(const TABLE *, void *)
Callback function that will be called by my_prepare_gcolumn_template once the table has been opened.
Definition: handler.h:7102
int ha_rnd_end()
End use of random access.
Definition: handler.cc:2974
uint get_dup_key(int error)
Definition: handler.cc:4647
virtual bool upgrade_table(THD *thd, const char *dbname, const char *table_name, dd::Table *dd_table)
Definition: handler.h:6809
int ha_write_row(uchar *buf)
Definition: handler.cc:8055
virtual int delete_table(const char *name, const dd::Table *table_def)
Delete a table.
Definition: handler.cc:4662
virtual int get_extra_columns_and_keys(const HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info, const List< Create_field > *create_list, const KEY *key_info, uint key_count, dd::Table *table_obj)
Adjust definition of table to be created by adding implicit columns and indexes necessary for the sto...
Definition: handler.h:7081
virtual void use_hidden_primary_key()
use_hidden_primary_key() is called in case of an update/delete when (table_flags() and HA_PRIMARY_KEY...
Definition: handler.cc:8146
int ha_ft_read(uchar *buf)
Definition: handler.cc:3054
key_range save_end_range
Definition: handler.h:4621
PSI_table_locker_state m_psi_locker_state
Storage for the event in a batch.
Definition: handler.h:4737
ha_rows estimation_rows_to_insert
Definition: handler.h:4584
virtual int rnd_pos(uchar *buf, uchar *pos)=0
virtual int bulk_load_execute(THD *thd, void *load_ctx, size_t thread_idx, const Rows_mysql &rows, Bulk_load::Stat_callbacks &wait_cbk)
Execute bulk load operation.
Definition: handler.h:5096
bool mrr_is_output_sorted
Definition: handler.h:4601
virtual int index_read_last_map(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, key_part_map keypart_map)
The following functions works like index_read, but it find the last row with the current key value or...
Definition: handler.h:5660
int ha_close(void)
Close handler.
Definition: handler.cc:2880
uint max_key_part_length(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info) const
Definition: handler.h:6003
virtual bool set_ha_share_ref(Handler_share **arg_ha_share)
Definition: handler.h:7089
virtual void release_auto_increment()
Definition: handler.h:6770
const TABLE_SHARE * get_table_share() const
Definition: handler.h:5175
virtual int read_range_next()
Read next row between two endpoints.
Definition: handler.cc:7450
int ha_read_first_row(uchar *buf, uint primary_key)
Read first row (only) from a table.
Definition: handler.cc:3571
virtual ha_rows estimate_rows_upper_bound()
Return upper bound of current number of records in the table (max.
Definition: handler.h:5525
bool has_transactions()
Definition: handler.h:5416
virtual int delete_row(const uchar *buf)
Definition: handler.h:6722
Item * pushed_idx_cond
Definition: handler.h:4663
int compare_key_in_buffer(const uchar *buf) const
Check if the key in the given buffer (which is not necessarily TABLE::record[0]) is within range.
Definition: handler.cc:7601
virtual int parallel_scan(void *scan_ctx, void **thread_ctxs, Load_init_cbk init_fn, Load_cbk load_fn, Load_end_cbk end_fn)
Run the parallel read of data.
Definition: handler.h:5048
virtual int check_for_upgrade(HA_CHECK_OPT *)
admin commands - called from mysql_admin_table
Definition: handler.h:6772
int ha_disable_indexes(uint mode)
Disable indexes: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:4937
double estimate_in_memory_buffer(ulonglong table_index_size) const
Make a guesstimate for how much of a table or index is in a memory buffer in the case where the stora...
Definition: handler.cc:6049
virtual int index_last(uchar *)
Definition: handler.h:5650
virtual double page_read_cost(uint index, double reads)
Cost estimate for doing a number of non-sequentially accesses against the storage engine.
Definition: handler.cc:6159
virtual Item * idx_cond_push(uint keyno, Item *idx_cond)
Push down an index condition to the handler.
Definition: handler.h:6164
int key_compare_result_on_equal
Definition: handler.h:4623
int compare_key(key_range *range)
Compare if found key (in row) is over max-value.
Definition: handler.cc:7531
KEY_MULTI_RANGE mrr_cur_range
Definition: handler.h:4606
bool mrr_have_range
Definition: handler.h:4604
@ SAMPLING
Definition: handler.h:4659
@ NONE
Definition: handler.h:4659
@ INDEX
Definition: handler.h:4659
@ RND
Definition: handler.h:4659
virtual int cmp_ref(const uchar *ref1, const uchar *ref2) const
Compare two positions.
Definition: handler.h:6110
bool ha_is_record_buffer_wanted(ha_rows *const max_rows) const
Does this handler want to get a Record_buffer for multi-row reads via the ha_set_record_buffer() func...
Definition: handler.h:4885
ulonglong m_psi_numrows
The number of rows in the batch.
Definition: handler.h:4725
virtual bool commit_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table, Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info, bool commit, const dd::Table *old_table_def, dd::Table *new_table_def)
Commit or rollback the changes made during prepare_inplace_alter_table() and inplace_alter_table() in...
Definition: handler.h:6558
virtual int end_bulk_delete()
Execute all outstanding deletes and close down the bulk delete.
Definition: handler.h:5607
virtual int create(const char *name, TABLE *form, HA_CREATE_INFO *info, dd::Table *table_def)=0
Create table (implementation).
virtual double worst_seek_times(double reads)
Provide an upper cost-limit of doing a specified number of seek-and-read key lookups.
Definition: handler.cc:6173
int ha_rename_table(const char *from, const char *to, const dd::Table *from_table_def, dd::Table *to_table_def)
Rename table: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:5076
virtual enum row_type get_real_row_type(const HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info) const
Get real row type for the table created based on one specified by user, CREATE TABLE options and SE c...
Definition: handler.h:5533
virtual int index_read_map(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, key_part_map keypart_map, enum ha_rkey_function find_flag)
Positions an index cursor to the index specified in the handle ('active_index').
Definition: handler.h:5620
std::function< bool(void *cookie, uint nrows, void *rowdata, uint64_t partition_id)> Load_cbk
This callback is called by each parallel load thread when processing of rows is required for the adap...
Definition: handler.h:5026
int ha_index_end()
End use of index.
Definition: handler.cc:2931
virtual THR_LOCK_DATA ** store_lock(THD *thd, THR_LOCK_DATA **to, enum thr_lock_type lock_type)=0
Is not invoked for non-transactional temporary tables.
int ha_unload_table(const char *db_name, const char *table_name, bool error_if_not_loaded)
Unloads a table from its defined secondary storage engine: public interface.
Definition: handler.cc:5144
int ha_rnd_init(bool scan)
Initialize table for random read or scan.
Definition: handler.cc:2955
virtual bool get_error_message(int error, String *buf)
Return an error message specific to this handler.
Definition: handler.cc:4530
bool implicit_emptied
Definition: handler.h:4660
virtual void print_error(int error, myf errflag)
Print error that we got from handler function.
Definition: handler.cc:4224
static bool my_eval_gcolumn_expr(THD *thd, TABLE *table, const MY_BITMAP *const fields, uchar *record, const char **mv_data_ptr, ulong *mv_length)
Callback for computing generated column values.
Definition: handler.cc:8525
In-place alter handler context.
Definition: handler.h:3336
virtual void set_shared_data(const inplace_alter_handler_ctx *ctx)
Definition: handler.h:3340
virtual ~inplace_alter_handler_ctx()=default
inplace_alter_handler_ctx()=default
Definition: partition_info.h:209
Legacy struct for passing tablespace information to SEs.
Definition: handler.h:869
ts_command_type ts_cmd_type
Definition: handler.h:873
bool wait_until_completed
Definition: handler.h:886
ulonglong undo_buffer_size
Definition: handler.h:879
ulonglong extent_size
Definition: handler.h:878
st_alter_tablespace(const char *tablespace, const char *logfile_group, ts_command_type cmd, enum ts_alter_tablespace_type alter_tablespace_cmd, const char *datafile, const char *undofile, const Tablespace_options &opts)
Proper constructor even for all-public class simplifies initialization and allows members to be const...
Definition: sql_tablespace.cc:93
const char * logfile_group_name
Definition: handler.h:872
ulonglong file_block_size
Definition: handler.h:884
const char * encryption
Definition: handler.h:888
const char * undo_file_name
Definition: handler.h:877
const char * tablespace_name
Definition: handler.h:871
const char * ts_comment
Definition: handler.h:887
std::optional< ulonglong > autoextend_size
Definition: handler.h:882
ulonglong redo_buffer_size
Definition: handler.h:880
ulonglong max_size
Definition: handler.h:883
ulonglong initial_size
Definition: handler.h:881
const char * data_file_name
Definition: handler.h:876
uint nodegroup_id
Definition: handler.h:885
bool is_tablespace_command()
Definition: handler.h:890
A table definition from the master.
Definition: rpl_utility.h:248
static MEM_ROOT mem_root
Definition: client_plugin.cc:114
static bool report_error(THD *thd, int error_code, Sql_condition::enum_severity_level level, Args... args)
Definition: error_handler.cc:291
Some definitions for full-text indices.
ft_operation
Operation types, used in FT_HINTS.
Definition: ft_global.h:99
@ FT_OP_UNDEFINED
Definition: ft_global.h:100
struct PSI_table_locker PSI_table_locker
Definition: psi_table_bits.h:43
struct PSI_table_share PSI_table_share
Definition: psi_table_bits.h:100
struct PSI_table PSI_table
Definition: psi_table_bits.h:107
static int flags[50]
Definition: hp_test1.cc:40
static int flag
Definition: hp_test1.cc:40
static uint keys
Definition: hp_test2.cc:49
#define IN_MEMORY_ESTIMATE_UNKNOWN
If the "in memory estimate" for a table (in ha_statistics.table_in_mem_estimate) or index (in KEY::m_...
Definition: key.h:111
constexpr const LEX_CSTRING NULL_CSTR
Definition: lex_string.h:47
A better implementation of the UNIX ctype(3) library.
This file follows Google coding style, except for the name MEM_ROOT (which is kept for historical rea...
void destroy_at(T *ptr)
Definition: my_alloc.h:459
This file includes constants used by all storage engines.
#define HA_OPTION_PACK_RECORD
Indicates that storage engine needs to use packed row format.
Definition: my_base.h:603
#define rows2double(A)
Definition: my_base.h:1140
ha_panic_function
Definition: my_base.h:432
ha_key_alg
Definition: my_base.h:98
@ HA_KEY_ALG_SE_SPECIFIC
Used for cases when key algorithm which is supported by SE can't be described by one of other classes...
Definition: my_base.h:107
#define HA_ERR_UNSUPPORTED
unsupported extension used
Definition: my_base.h:855
ha_rkey_function
Definition: my_base.h:78
ulong key_part_map
Definition: my_base.h:1008
my_off_t ha_rows
Definition: my_base.h:1141
ha_extra_function
Definition: my_base.h:185
#define HA_POS_ERROR
Definition: my_base.h:1143
#define HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND
Command not supported.
Definition: my_base.h:841
#define HA_OPTION_COMPRESS_RECORD
Flag indicating that table is compressed.
Definition: my_base.h:629
ha_storage_media
Definition: my_base.h:116
@ HA_SM_DEFAULT
Definition: my_base.h:117
Abstraction functions over zlib/intrinsics.
std::uint32_t ha_checksum
Definition: my_checksum.h:106
Header for compiler-dependent features.
#define DBUG_PRINT(keyword, arglist)
Definition: my_dbug.h:181
Utility functions for converting between ulonglong and double.
#define ulonglong2double(A)
Definition: my_double2ulonglong.h:46
Some integer typedefs for easier portability.
int myf
Definition: my_inttypes.h:94
unsigned long long int ulonglong
Definition: my_inttypes.h:56
ulonglong my_off_t
Definition: my_inttypes.h:72
unsigned char uchar
Definition: my_inttypes.h:52
long long int longlong
Definition: my_inttypes.h:55
uint64_t uint64
Definition: my_inttypes.h:69
uint32_t uint32
Definition: my_inttypes.h:67
Common #defines and includes for file and socket I/O.
constexpr const size_t IO_SIZE
Definition: my_io.h:159
Common header for many mysys elements.
uint64_t table_map
Definition: my_table_map.h:30
void set_my_errno(int my_errno)
Set the MySQL thread-local storage variant of errno.
Definition: my_thr_init.cc:339
static char * query
Definition: myisam_ftdump.cc:47
static HashTable ht
Definition: mysql.cc:161
static bool interrupted
Definition: mysqladmin.cc:72
void error(const char *format,...)
static char * path
Definition: mysqldump.cc:149
struct stats stats
Definition: mysqlslap.cc:238
static Secondary_engine * secondary_engine
Definition: mysqltest.cc:256
static int record
Definition: mysqltest.cc:195
bool is_temp_table(const HA_CREATE_INFO &ci)
Definition: sql_table.cc:228
static PFS_engine_table_share_proxy table
Definition: pfs.cc:61
Definition: buf0block_hint.cc:30
constexpr value_type primary_key
Definition: classic_protocol_constants.h:269
std::string dir
Double write files location.
Definition: buf0dblwr.cc:77
The version of the current data dictionary table definitions.
Definition: dictionary_client.h:43
unsigned long long Object_id
Definition: object_id.h:31
enum_column_types
Definition: column.h:53
Char_string_template< String_type_allocator > String_type
Definition: string_type.h:51
Definition: os0file.h:89
Definition: hypergraph.cc:30
void print(trx_t *trx, dict_index_t *index, std::ostream &out, ref_t ref, bool fatal)
Print information about the given LOB.
Definition: lob0impl.cc:1331
std::string file_name(Log_file_id file_id)
Provides name of the log file with the given file id, e.g.
Definition: log0pre_8_0_30.cc:94
Definition: aligned_atomic.h:44
std::string join(Container cont, const std::string &delim)
join elements of an container into a string separated by a delimiter.
Definition: string.h:151
size_t size(const char *const c)
Definition: base64.h:46
mutable_buffer buffer(void *p, size_t n) noexcept
Definition: buffer.h:418
size_t buffer_size(const ConstBufferSequence &buffers) noexcept
Definition: buffer.h:313
Definition: options.cc:57
const char * table_name
Definition: rules_table_service.cc:56
const char * db_name
Definition: rules_table_service.cc:55
mode
Definition: file_handle.h:61
std::vector< T, ut::allocator< T > > vector
Specialization of vector which uses allocator.
Definition: ut0new.h:2874
static int exists(node_address *name, node_list const *nodes, u_int with_uid)
Definition: node_list.cc:106
int(* Page_Track_Callback)(MYSQL_THD thd, const unsigned char *buffer, size_t buf_len, int num_pages, void *user_ctx)
Page tracking callback function.
Definition: page_track_service.h:66
struct result result
Definition: result.h:34
Performance schema instrumentation interface.
required string key
Definition: replication_asynchronous_connection_failover.proto:60
required uint32 status
Definition: replication_asynchronous_connection_failover.proto:61
required uint64 version
Definition: replication_group_member_actions.proto:41
required string type
Definition: replication_group_member_actions.proto:34
ulonglong prev_insert_id(ulonglong nr, struct System_variables *variables)
Computes the largest number X:
Definition: handler.cc:3688
void trans_register_ha(THD *thd, bool all, handlerton *ht, const ulonglong *trxid)
Register a storage engine for a transaction.
Definition: handler.cc:1316
bool(* sdi_get_t)(const dd::Tablespace &tablespace, const sdi_key_t *sdi_key, void *sdi, uint64 *sdi_len)
Retrieve SDI for a given SDI key.
Definition: handler.h:1776
int ha_finalize_handlerton(st_plugin_int *plugin)
Definition: handler.cc:725
bool(* ddse_dict_init_t)(dict_init_mode_t dict_init_mode, uint version, List< const dd::Object_table > *DDSE_tables, List< const Plugin_tablespace > *DDSE_tablespaces)
Definition: handler.h:1910
handlerton * ha_checktype(THD *thd, enum legacy_db_type database_type, bool no_substitute, bool report_error)
Use other database handler if databasehandler is not compiled in.
Definition: handler.cc:567
bool(* qc_engine_callback)(THD *thd, const char *table_key, uint key_length, ulonglong *engine_data)
Definition: handler.h:142
int(* savepoint_set_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, void *sv)
sv points to an uninitialized storage area of requested size (see savepoint_offset description)
Definition: handler.h:1377
bool(* show_status_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, stat_print_fn *print, enum ha_stat_type stat)
Definition: handler.h:1508
bool(*)(const THD *thd, std::string_view reason) set_secondary_engine_offload_fail_reason_t
Sets a specific secondary engine offload failure reason for a query represented by the thread context...
Definition: handler.h:2492
#define UNDEF_NODEGROUP
Definition: handler.h:836
static const uint32 HTON_FKS_WITH_ANY_PREFIX_SUPPORTING_KEYS
Storage engine supports non-hash keys which have common prefix with the foreign key as supporting key...
Definition: handler.h:3152
int(*)(uint64_t *purge_id) page_track_purge_t
Purge page tracking data.
Definition: handler.h:2658
bool(* sdi_set_t)(handlerton *hton, const dd::Tablespace &tablespace, const dd::Table *table, const sdi_key_t *sdi_key, const void *sdi, uint64 sdi_len)
Insert/Update SDI for a given SDI key.
Definition: handler.h:1791
int ha_rollback_low(THD *thd, bool all)
Definition: handler.cc:2007
bool ha_notify_exclusive_mdl(THD *thd, const MDL_key *mdl_key, ha_notification_type notification_type, bool *victimized)
Notify/get permission from all interested storage engines before acquisition or after release of excl...
Definition: handler.cc:8674
size_t num_hton2plugins()
Returns the size of the array holding pointers to plugins.
Definition: handler.cc:242
int ha_find_files(THD *thd, const char *db, const char *path, const char *wild, bool dir, List< LEX_STRING > *files)
Definition: handler.cc:5788
bool(* dict_recover_t)(dict_recovery_mode_t dict_recovery_mode, uint version)
Do recovery in the DDSE as part of initializing the data dictionary.
Definition: handler.h:1963
int(*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *&loc, uint &loc_len, uint &task_id, Ha_clone_mode mode, const char *data_dir) Clone_apply_begin_t
Begin apply to destination database.
Definition: handler.h:2239
void(* reset_plugin_vars_t)(THD *thd)
Some plugin session variables may require some special handling upon clean up.
Definition: handler.h:1365
constexpr const uint32 SDI_TYPE_TABLE
Id for identifying Table SDIs.
Definition: handler.h:123
void ha_kill_connection(THD *thd)
Definition: handler.cc:977
enum_ha_recover_xa_state
Enumeration of possible states for externally coordinated transactions (XA).
Definition: handler.h:1239
#define COMPATIBLE_DATA_NO
Definition: handler.h:830
std::unordered_set< my_xid, std::hash< my_xid >, std::equal_to< my_xid >, Mem_root_allocator< my_xid > > Xid_commit_list
Single occurrence set of XIDs of internally coordinated transactions found as been committed in the t...
Definition: handler.h:1253
bool(* lock_hton_log_t)(handlerton *hton)
Lock a handlerton (resource) log to collect log information.
Definition: handler.h:2308
Ha_clone_mode
Clone start operation mode.
Definition: handler.h:949
@ HA_CLONE_MODE_ADD_TASK
Add a new task to a running clone operation.
Definition: handler.h:957
@ HA_CLONE_MODE_START
Start a new clone operation.
Definition: handler.h:951
@ HA_CLONE_MODE_MAX
Max value for clone mode.
Definition: handler.h:963
@ HA_CLONE_MODE_VERSION
Get version for transfer data format.
Definition: handler.h:960
@ HA_CLONE_MODE_RESTART
Re-start a clone operation after failure.
Definition: handler.h:954
int(*)(uint64_t *start_id) page_track_start_t
Start page tracking.
Definition: handler.h:2633
static const size_t MAX_FK_NAME_SUFFIX_LENGTH
Maximum possible length of SE-specific suffixes for auto-generated foreign key names.
Definition: handler.h:3176
ha_stat_type
Definition: handler.h:939
@ HA_ENGINE_LOGS
Definition: handler.h:939
@ HA_ENGINE_MUTEX
Definition: handler.h:939
@ HA_ENGINE_STATUS
Definition: handler.h:939
st_plugin_int * remove_hton2plugin(uint slot)
Definition: handler.cc:250
SecondaryEngineGraphSimplificationRequestParameters(*)(THD *thd, const JoinHypergraph &hypergraph, const AccessPath *access_path, int current_subgraph_pairs, int current_subgraph_pairs_limit, bool is_root_access_path, std::string *trace) secondary_engine_check_optimizer_request_t
Hook for secondary engine to evaluate the current hypergraph optimization state, and returns the stat...
Definition: handler.h:2533
static const uint MYSQL_START_TRANS_OPT_WITH_CONS_SNAPSHOT
Options for the START TRANSACTION statement.
Definition: handler.h:640
int ha_create_table(THD *thd, const char *path, const char *db, const char *table_name, HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info, bool update_create_info, bool is_temp_table, dd::Table *table_def)
Initiates table-file and calls appropriate database-creator.
Definition: handler.cc:5255
std::pair< int, bool > commit_owned_gtids(THD *thd, bool all)
The function computes condition to call gtid persistor wrapper, and executes it.
Definition: handler.cc:1562
int ha_resize_key_cache(KEY_CACHE *key_cache)
Resize key cache.
Definition: handler.cc:5676
std::bitset< HA_CLONE_TYPE_MAX > Ha_clone_flagset
Definition: handler.h:991
bool(*)(THD *thd, LEX *lex) optimize_secondary_engine_t
Optimize a statement for execution on a secondary storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:2367
bool(* notify_alter_table_t)(THD *thd, const MDL_key *mdl_key, ha_notification_type notification_type)
Notify/get permission from storage engine before or after execution of ALTER TABLE operation on the t...
Definition: handler.h:2048
bool(* savepoint_rollback_can_release_mdl_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd)
Check if storage engine allows to release metadata locks which were acquired after the savepoint if r...
Definition: handler.h:1385
void(* dict_register_dd_table_id_t)(dd::Object_id hard_coded_tables)
Initialize the set of hard coded DD table ids.
Definition: handler.h:1918
ts_command_type
Definition: handler.h:839
@ CREATE_LOGFILE_GROUP
Definition: handler.h:843
@ DROP_UNDO_TABLESPACE
Definition: handler.h:851
@ TS_CMD_NOT_DEFINED
Definition: handler.h:840
@ ALTER_TABLESPACE
Definition: handler.h:842
@ DROP_LOGFILE_GROUP
Definition: handler.h:846
@ ALTER_ACCESS_MODE_TABLESPACE
Definition: handler.h:848
@ ALTER_UNDO_TABLESPACE
Definition: handler.h:850
@ CHANGE_FILE_TABLESPACE
Definition: handler.h:847
@ DROP_TABLESPACE
Definition: handler.h:845
@ CREATE_UNDO_TABLESPACE
Definition: handler.h:849
@ CREATE_TABLESPACE
Definition: handler.h:841
@ ALTER_LOGFILE_GROUP
Definition: handler.h:844
bool(* is_dict_readonly_t)()
Check if the DDSE is started in a way that leaves thd DD being read only.
Definition: handler.h:1813
int(* recover_t)(handlerton *hton, XA_recover_txn *xid_list, uint len, MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
Definition: handler.h:1403
bool(* get_table_statistics_t)(const char *db_name, const char *table_name, dd::Object_id se_private_id, const dd::Properties &ts_se_private_data, const dd::Properties &tbl_se_private_data, uint flags, ha_statistics *stats)
Retrieve ha_statistics from SE.
Definition: handler.h:2124
#define HA_MAX_REC_LENGTH
Definition: handler.h:625
#define HTON_SUPPORTS_ATOMIC_DDL
Engine supports atomic DDL.
Definition: handler.h:3058
void(*)(void *arg) se_before_rollback_t
Definition: handler.h:2581
int ha_change_key_cache(KEY_CACHE *old_key_cache, KEY_CACHE *new_key_cache)
Move all tables from one key cache to another one.
Definition: handler.cc:5697
int(* savepoint_release_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, void *sv)
Definition: handler.h:1388
bool(*)(THD *thd) external_engine_explain_check_t
Checks whether the tables used in an explain query are loaded in the secondary engine.
Definition: handler.h:2452
plugin_ref ha_lock_engine(THD *thd, const handlerton *hton)
Definition: handler.cc:518
int(*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *loc, uint loc_len, uint task_id, int in_err) Clone_apply_end_t
End apply to destination database.
Definition: handler.h:2263
int(* find_files_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const char *db, const char *path, const char *wild, bool dir, List< LEX_STRING > *files)
Definition: handler.h:1678
bool(* redo_log_set_state_t)(THD *thd, bool enable)
Enable or Disable SE write ahead logging.
Definition: handler.h:2103
void ha_post_recover()
Perform SE-specific cleanup after recovery of transactions.
Definition: handler.cc:8849
void(* acl_notify_t)(THD *thd, const class Acl_change_notification *notice)
Definition: handler.h:1672
constexpr const decltype(handlerton::flags) HTON_SUPPORTS_BULK_LOAD
Definition: handler.h:3096
int(*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *loc, uint loc_len, uint task_id, int in_err, Ha_clone_cbk *cbk) Clone_apply_t
Apply data to destination database in chunks via callback.
Definition: handler.h:2252
TYPELIB tx_isolation_typelib
Definition: handler.cc:295
handlerton * ha_default_temp_handlerton(THD *thd)
Return the default storage engine handlerton used for explicitly created temp tables for a thread.
Definition: handler.cc:372
bool(* collect_hton_log_info_t)(handlerton *hton, Json_dom *json)
Collect a handlerton (resource) log information.
Definition: handler.h:2320
int(*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd) set_prepared_in_tc_t
Instructs the storage engine to mark the externally coordinated transactions held by the THD paramete...
Definition: handler.h:1416
void ha_reset_slave(THD *thd)
Definition: handler.cc:5895
void ha_end()
Definition: handler.cc:916
static enum legacy_db_type ha_legacy_type(const handlerton *db_type)
Definition: handler.h:7397
int(*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *loc, uint loc_len, uint task_id, int in_err) Clone_end_t
End copy from source database.
Definition: handler.h:2225
int ha_release_savepoint(THD *thd, SAVEPOINT *sv)
Definition: handler.cc:2408
static const uint MYSQL_START_TRANS_OPT_READ_WRITE
Definition: handler.h:644
int(*)(uint64_t *stop_id) page_track_stop_t
Stop page tracking.
Definition: handler.h:2645
bool ha_show_status(THD *thd, handlerton *db_type, enum ha_stat_type stat)
Definition: handler.cc:7728
bool(* unlock_hton_log_t)(handlerton *hton)
Unlock a handlerton (resource) log after collecting log information.
Definition: handler.h:2314
constexpr const uint64_t HA_CREATE_USED_ENGINE_ATTRIBUTE
Definition: handler.h:797
int(*)(Page_Track_Callback cbk_func, void *cbk_ctx, uint64_t *start_id, uint64_t *stop_id, unsigned char *buffer, size_t buffer_len) page_track_get_page_ids_t
Fetch tracked pages.
Definition: handler.h:2684
plugin_ref ha_resolve_by_name_raw(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &name)
Resolve handlerton plugin by name, without checking for "DEFAULT" or HTON_NOT_USER_SELECTABLE.
Definition: handler.cc:389
constexpr const decltype(handlerton::flags) HTON_SUPPORTS_DISTANCE_SCAN
Engine supports index distance scan.
Definition: handler.h:3099
void ha_binlog_index_purge_wait(THD *thd)
Request the storage engine to complete any operations that were initiated by ha_binlog_index_purge_fi...
Definition: handler.cc:5911
#define HA_ADMIN_NOT_IMPLEMENTED
Definition: handler.h:178
bool(* is_supported_system_table_t)(const char *db, const char *table_name, bool is_sql_layer_system_table)
Check if the given db.tablename is a system table for this SE.
Definition: handler.h:1719
bool ha_rm_tmp_tables(THD *thd, List< LEX_STRING > *files)
Ask all SEs to drop all temporary tables which have been left from previous server run.
Definition: handler.cc:5600
bool(*)(THD *thd, LEX *lex) prepare_secondary_engine_t
Prepare the secondary engine for executing a statement.
Definition: handler.h:2353
#define HA_CAN_REPAIR
Definition: handler.h:377
bool ha_check_if_supported_system_table(handlerton *hton, const char *db, const char *table_name)
Check if a given table is a system table.
Definition: handler.cc:5480
int ha_commit_attachable(THD *thd)
Commit the attachable transaction in storage engines.
Definition: handler.cc:2171
bool ha_secondary_engine_supports_ddl(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &secondary_engine) noexcept
Definition: handler.cc:439
xa_status_code(*)(handlerton *hton, XID *xid) set_prepared_in_tc_by_xid_t
Instructs the storage engine to mark the externally coordinated transactions identified by the XID pa...
Definition: handler.h:1476
int(* close_connection_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd)
close_connection is only called if thd->ha_data[xxx_hton.slot] is non-zero, so even if you don't need...
Definition: handler.h:1349
const char * tx_isolation_names[]
Definition: handler.cc:293
int check_table_for_old_types(const TABLE *table)
Function identifies any old data type present in table.
Definition: handler.cc:4606
TYPELIB * ha_known_exts()
Definition: handler.cc:7683
bool(* sdi_create_t)(dd::Tablespace *tablespace)
Create SDI in a tablespace.
Definition: handler.h:1730
bool(* dict_init_t)(dict_init_mode_t dict_init_mode, uint version, List< const Plugin_table > *DDSE_tables, List< const Plugin_tablespace > *DDSE_tablespaces)
Initialize the SE for being used to store the DD tables.
Definition: handler.h:1906
int(* panic_t)(handlerton *hton, enum ha_panic_function flag)
Definition: handler.h:1493
constexpr const uint64_t HA_CREATE_USED_SECONDARY_ENGINE_ATTRIBUTE
Definition: handler.h:798
void ha_drop_database(char *path)
Definition: handler.cc:929
int(* get_tablespace_t)(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING db_name, LEX_CSTRING table_name, LEX_CSTRING *tablespace_name)
Get the tablespace name from the SE for the given schema and table.
Definition: handler.h:1547
static bool ha_check_storage_engine_flag(const handlerton *db_type, uint32 flag)
Definition: handler.h:7403
int ha_prepare_low(THD *thd, bool all)
Prepares the underlying transaction of the THD session object parameter in the storage engines that p...
Definition: handler.cc:2321
ha_ddl_type
Definition: handler.h:941
@ HA_TRUNCATE_DDL
Definition: handler.h:944
@ HA_INVALID_DDL
Definition: handler.h:942
@ HA_ALTER_DDL
Definition: handler.h:943
@ HA_RENAME_DDL
Definition: handler.h:945
int ha_init_key_cache(std::string_view name, KEY_CACHE *key_cache)
Init a key cache if it has not been initied before.
Definition: handler.cc:5657
uint64_t SecondaryEngineFlags
Definition: handler.h:2536
int(* finish_upgrade_t)(THD *thd, bool failed_upgrade)
Finish upgrade process inside storage engines.
Definition: handler.h:1614
void(*)(std::vector< std::pair< uint64_t, bool > > &status) page_track_get_status_t
Fetch the status of the page tracking system.
Definition: handler.h:2711
bool(* rm_tmp_tables_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, List< LEX_STRING > *files)
Drop all temporary tables which have been left from previous server run belonging to this SE.
Definition: handler.h:1828
static const uint32 HTON_FKS_WITH_SUPPORTING_HASH_KEYS
Storage engine supports hash keys as supporting keys for foreign keys.
Definition: handler.h:3139
static const uint MYSQL_START_TRANS_OPT_HIGH_PRIORITY
Definition: handler.h:646
int ha_binlog_index_purge_file(THD *thd, const char *file)
Inform storage engine(s) that a binary log file will be purged and any references to it should be rem...
Definition: handler.cc:5905
#define HTON_SECONDARY_ENGINE_SUPPORTS_DDL
Whether the secondary engine supports DDLs.
Definition: handler.h:3083
bool(* get_index_column_cardinality_t)(const char *db_name, const char *table_name, const char *index_name, uint index_ordinal_position, uint column_ordinal_position, dd::Object_id se_private_id, ulonglong *cardinality)
Retrieve index column cardinality from SE.
Definition: handler.h:2149
bool default_rm_tmp_tables(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, List< LEX_STRING > *files)
Default implementation for handlerton::rm_tmp_tables() method which simply removes all files from "fi...
Definition: handler.cc:5612
enum_alter_inplace_result
Return values for check_if_supported_inplace_alter().
Definition: handler.h:200
@ HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NOT_SUPPORTED
Definition: handler.h:202
@ HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NO_LOCK_AFTER_PREPARE
Definition: handler.h:206
@ HA_ALTER_INPLACE_INSTANT
Definition: handler.h:208
@ HA_ALTER_INPLACE_SHARED_LOCK
Definition: handler.h:205
@ HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NO_LOCK
Definition: handler.h:207
@ HA_ALTER_INPLACE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
Definition: handler.h:203
@ HA_ALTER_ERROR
Definition: handler.h:201
@ HA_ALTER_INPLACE_SHARED_LOCK_AFTER_PREPARE
Definition: handler.h:204
constexpr const decltype(handlerton::flags) HTON_SUPPORTS_ENGINE_ATTRIBUTE
Definition: handler.h:3072
bool Log_func(THD *, TABLE *, bool, const uchar *, const uchar *)
Definition: handler.h:7460
void(*)(struct HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info, const char *db, const char *table_name) notify_create_table_t
Notify plugins when a table is created.
Definition: handler.h:2598
static const uint MYSQL_START_TRANS_OPT_READ_ONLY
Definition: handler.h:642
void(* kill_connection_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd)
Terminate connection/statement notification.
Definition: handler.h:1352
uint calculate_key_len(TABLE *table, uint key, key_part_map keypart_map)
Calculates length of key.
Definition: handler.cc:7637
int(* prepare_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, bool all)
Definition: handler.h:1401
bool(* sdi_drop_t)(dd::Tablespace *tablespace)
Drop SDI in a tablespace.
Definition: handler.h:1739
void print_keydup_error(TABLE *table, KEY *key, const char *msg, myf errflag, const char *org_table_name)
Construct and emit duplicate key error message using information from table's record buffer.
Definition: handler.cc:4112
int ha_init(void)
Definition: handler.cc:901
int(* alter_tablespace_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, st_alter_tablespace *ts_info, const dd::Tablespace *old_ts_def, dd::Tablespace *new_ts_def)
Create/drop or alter tablespace in the storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:1569
int ha_enable_transaction(THD *thd, bool on)
Tell the storage engine that it is allowed to "disable transaction" in the handler.
Definition: handler.cc:5166
bool secondary_engine_supports_ddl(const handlerton *hton)
Definition: handler.h:3106
Ha_clone_type
Clone operation types.
Definition: handler.h:967
@ HA_CLONE_BLOCKING
Caller must block all write operation to the SE.
Definition: handler.h:969
@ HA_CLONE_RESTART
SE supports restarting clone after network failure.
Definition: handler.h:985
@ HA_CLONE_HYBRID
For transactional SE, use both page tracking and redo to optimize clone with concurrent dml.
Definition: handler.h:979
@ HA_CLONE_MULTI_TASK
SE supports multiple threads for clone.
Definition: handler.h:982
@ HA_CLONE_TYPE_MAX
Maximum value of clone type.
Definition: handler.h:988
@ HA_CLONE_PAGE
For transactional SE, track page changes to support concurrent dml.
Definition: handler.h:975
@ HA_CLONE_REDO
For transactional SE, archive redo to support concurrent dml.
Definition: handler.h:972
enum_schema_tables
Definition: handler.h:922
@ SCH_OPTIMIZER_TRACE
Definition: handler.h:927
@ SCH_ENGINES
Definition: handler.h:925
@ SCH_TABLE_PRIVILEGES
Definition: handler.h:932
@ SCH_COLUMN_PRIVILEGES
Definition: handler.h:924
@ SCH_SCHEMA_PRIVILEGES
Definition: handler.h:931
@ SCH_PLUGINS
Definition: handler.h:928
@ SCH_PROFILES
Definition: handler.h:930
@ SCH_LAST
Definition: handler.h:936
@ SCH_TMP_TABLE_KEYS
Definition: handler.h:935
@ SCH_USER_PRIVILEGES
Definition: handler.h:933
@ SCH_PROCESSLIST
Definition: handler.h:929
@ SCH_OPEN_TABLES
Definition: handler.h:926
@ SCH_TMP_TABLE_COLUMNS
Definition: handler.h:934
@ SCH_FIRST
Definition: handler.h:923
constexpr const uint64_t HA_CREATE_USED_AUTOEXTEND_SIZE
These flags convey that the options AUTOEXTEND_SIZE has been specified in the CREATE TABLE statement.
Definition: handler.h:811
bool(* get_tablespace_type_by_name_t)(const char *tablespace_name, Tablespace_type *space_type)
Get the tablespace type given the name, from the SE.
Definition: handler.h:1658
bool ha_check_if_table_exists(THD *thd, const char *db, const char *name, bool *exists)
Try to find a table in a storage engine.
Definition: handler.cc:5417
void(*)(void *arg) se_after_commit_t
Definition: handler.h:2577
std::vector< sdi_key_t > sdi_container
Definition: handler.h:137
st_plugin_int * hton2plugin(uint slot)
Maps from slot to plugin. May return NULL if plugin has been unloaded.
Definition: handler.cc:240
st_plugin_int * insert_hton2plugin(uint slot, st_plugin_int *plugin)
For unit testing.
Definition: handler.cc:244
SecondaryEngineFlag
Definition: handler.h:2537
@ USE_EXTERNAL_EXECUTOR
This flag can be set to signal that a secondary storage engine will not use MySQL's executor (see JOI...
void ha_pre_dd_shutdown(void)
Invoke handlerton::pre_dd_shutdown() on every storage engine plugin.
Definition: handler.cc:1005
void get_sweep_read_cost(TABLE *table, ha_rows nrows, bool interrupted, Cost_estimate *cost)
Get cost of reading nrows table records in a "disk sweep".
Definition: handler.cc:7283
constexpr const decltype(handlerton::flags) HTON_SUPPORTS_GENERATED_INVISIBLE_PK
Engine supports Generated invisible primary key.
Definition: handler.h:3078
bool(* get_tablespace_type_t)(const dd::Tablespace &space, Tablespace_type *space_type)
Get the tablespace type from the SE.
Definition: handler.h:1646
bool(* rotate_encryption_master_key_t)(void)
Initiate master key rotation.
Definition: handler.h:2092
void(* post_recover_t)(void)
Perform SE-specific cleanup after recovery of transactions.
Definition: handler.h:2302
bool(* notify_rename_table_t)(THD *thd, const MDL_key *mdl_key, ha_notification_type notification_type, const char *old_db_name, const char *old_table_name, const char *new_db_name, const char *new_table_name)
Notify/get permission from storage engine before or after execution of RENAME TABLE operation on the ...
Definition: handler.h:2065
int ha_commit_trans(THD *thd, bool all, bool ignore_global_read_lock=false)
Definition: handler.cc:1634
#define HTON_IS_SECONDARY_ENGINE
Engine is a secondary storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:3064
int(* start_consistent_snapshot_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd)
Definition: handler.h:1495
enum_stats_auto_recalc
Definition: handler.h:3193
@ HA_STATS_AUTO_RECALC_DEFAULT
Definition: handler.h:3194
@ HA_STATS_AUTO_RECALC_OFF
Definition: handler.h:3196
@ HA_STATS_AUTO_RECALC_ON
Definition: handler.h:3195
const char *(* get_tablespace_filename_ext_t)()
SE interface for getting tablespace extension.
Definition: handler.h:1578
ts_alter_tablespace_type
Definition: handler.h:854
@ TS_ALTER_TABLESPACE_TYPE_NOT_DEFINED
Definition: handler.h:855
@ ALTER_UNDO_TABLESPACE_SET_ACTIVE
Definition: handler.h:860
@ ALTER_UNDO_TABLESPACE_SET_INACTIVE
Definition: handler.h:861
@ ALTER_TABLESPACE_OPTIONS
Definition: handler.h:859
@ ALTER_TABLESPACE_DROP_FILE
Definition: handler.h:857
@ ALTER_TABLESPACE_RENAME
Definition: handler.h:858
@ ALTER_TABLESPACE_ADD_FILE
Definition: handler.h:856
void(* binlog_log_query_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, enum_binlog_command binlog_command, const char *query, uint query_length, const char *db, const char *table_name)
Definition: handler.h:1667
xa_status_code(* commit_by_xid_t)(handlerton *hton, XID *xid)
Definition: handler.h:1466
bool is_index_access_error(int error)
Check whether an error is index access error or not after an index read.
Definition: handler.cc:8910
plugin_ref ha_resolve_by_name(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, bool is_temp_table)
Return the storage engine handlerton for the supplied name.
Definition: handler.cc:404
void(* replace_native_transaction_in_thd_t)(THD *thd, void *new_trx_arg, void **ptr_trx_arg)
Definition: handler.h:1870
constexpr const uint64_t HA_CREATE_USED_READ_ONLY
ALTER SCHEMA|DATABASE has an explicit READ_ONLY clause.
Definition: handler.h:805
bool(* sdi_delete_t)(const dd::Tablespace &tablespace, const dd::Table *table, const sdi_key_t *sdi_key)
Delete SDI for a given SDI key.
Definition: handler.h:1804
std::string_view(*)(THD *thd) find_secondary_engine_offload_fail_reason_t
Finds and returns a specific secondary engine query offload failure reason as a string given a thread...
Definition: handler.h:2478
bool(* get_tablespace_statistics_t)(const char *tablespace_name, const char *file_name, const dd::Properties &ts_se_private_data, ha_tablespace_statistics *stats)
Retrieve ha_tablespace_statistics from SE.
Definition: handler.h:2169
SecondaryEngineGraphSimplificationRequest
Definition: handler.h:2494
@ kRestart
Trigger restart of hypergraph with provided number of subgraph pairs.
@ kContinue
Continue optimization phase with current hypergraph.
int(* discover_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const char *db, const char *name, uchar **frmblob, size_t *frmlen)
Definition: handler.h:1675
ulong total_ha_2pc
Definition: handler.cc:264
int(* table_exists_in_engine_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const char *db, const char *name)
Definition: handler.h:1682
enum_binlog_command
Definition: handler.h:705
@ LOGCOM_DROP_TABLE
Definition: handler.h:709
@ LOGCOM_CREATE_DB
Definition: handler.h:710
@ LOGCOM_DROP_DB
Definition: handler.h:712
@ LOGCOM_RENAME_TABLE
Definition: handler.h:708
@ LOGCOM_ALTER_TABLE
Definition: handler.h:707
@ LOGCOM_ALTER_DB
Definition: handler.h:711
@ LOGCOM_CREATE_TABLE
Definition: handler.h:706
static const uint32 HTON_FKS_NEED_DIFFERENT_PARENT_AND_SUPPORTING_KEYS
Storage engine does not support using the same key for both parent and supporting key,...
Definition: handler.h:3159
bool set_tx_isolation(THD *thd, enum_tx_isolation tx_isolation, bool one_shot)
Set the transaction isolation level for the next transaction and update session tracker information a...
Definition: handler.cc:8804
bool ha_is_storage_engine_disabled(handlerton *se_engine)
Definition: handler.cc:513
const char * ha_row_type[]
Definition: handler.cc:282
bool ha_notify_table_ddl(THD *thd, const MDL_key *mdl_key, ha_notification_type notification_type, ha_ddl_type ddl_type, const char *old_db_name, const char *old_table_name, const char *new_db_name, const char *new_table_name)
Notify/get permission from all interested storage engines before or after executed DDL (ALTER TABLE,...
Definition: handler.cc:8772
handlerton * ha_resolve_by_legacy_type(THD *thd, enum legacy_db_type db_type)
Definition: handler.cc:549
std::string_view(*)(const THD *thd) get_secondary_engine_offload_or_exec_fail_reason_t
Looks up and returns a specific secondary engine query offload or exec failure reason as a string giv...
Definition: handler.h:2466
handler * get_new_handler(TABLE_SHARE *share, bool partitioned, MEM_ROOT *alloc, handlerton *db_type)
Create handler object for the table in the storage engine.
Definition: handler.cc:605
#define HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION
Definition: handler.h:297
enum_tx_isolation
Definition: handler.h:3186
@ ISO_READ_UNCOMMITTED
Definition: handler.h:3187
@ ISO_REPEATABLE_READ
Definition: handler.h:3189
@ ISO_READ_COMMITTED
Definition: handler.h:3188
@ ISO_SERIALIZABLE
Definition: handler.h:3190
bool(* notify_truncate_table_t)(THD *thd, const MDL_key *mdl_key, ha_notification_type notification_type)
Notify/get permission from storage engine before or after execution of TRUNCATE TABLE operation on th...
Definition: handler.h:2082
void(* pre_dd_shutdown_t)(handlerton *hton)
Shut down all storage engine background tasks that might access the data dictionary,...
Definition: handler.h:1358
const char * ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(const handlerton *db_type)
Definition: handler.cc:257
bool(* flush_logs_t)(handlerton *hton, bool binlog_group_flush)
Flush the log(s) of storage engine(s).
Definition: handler.h:1506
bool ha_check_reserved_db_name(const char *name)
Check if the database name is reserved word used by SE.
Definition: handler.cc:8893
const char * table_case_name(const HA_CREATE_INFO *info, const char *name)
Definition: handler.cc:4095
const char * get_canonical_filename(handler *file, const char *path, char *tmp_path)
make canonical filename
Definition: handler.cc:2503
bool(* dict_set_server_version_t)()
Store the current server version number into the header of the dictionary tablespace.
Definition: handler.h:1983
int ha_rollback_to_savepoint(THD *thd, SAVEPOINT *sv)
Definition: handler.cc:2257
int(*)(THD *thd, AccessPath *query, JOIN *join) push_to_engine_t
Let storage engine inspect the query Accesspath and pick whatever it like for being pushed down to th...
Definition: handler.h:1702
int ha_panic(enum ha_panic_function flag)
int(* commit_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, bool all)
'all' is true if it's a real commit, that makes persistent changes 'all' is false if it's not in fact...
Definition: handler.h:1397
int ha_recover(Xid_commit_list *commit_list=nullptr, Xa_state_list *xa_state_list=nullptr)
Stage of the recovery process where information is collected from the storage engines (SE),...
Definition: xa.cc:270
int ha_delete_table(THD *thd, handlerton *db_type, const char *path, const char *db, const char *alias, const dd::Table *table_def, bool generate_warning)
Delete table from the storage engine.
Definition: handler.cc:2550
static const uint32 HTON_FKS_WITH_EXTENDED_PARENT_KEYS
Engine takes into account hidden part of key (coming from primary key) when determines if it can serv...
Definition: handler.h:3170
row_type
Definition: handler.h:684
@ ROW_TYPE_COMPRESSED
Definition: handler.h:689
@ ROW_TYPE_REDUNDANT
Definition: handler.h:690
@ ROW_TYPE_NOT_USED
Definition: handler.h:685
@ ROW_TYPE_FIXED
Definition: handler.h:687
@ ROW_TYPE_PAGED
Unused.
Definition: handler.h:693
@ ROW_TYPE_DEFAULT
Definition: handler.h:686
@ ROW_TYPE_COMPACT
Definition: handler.h:691
@ ROW_TYPE_DYNAMIC
Definition: handler.h:688
bool() stat_print_fn(THD *thd, const char *type, size_t type_len, const char *file, size_t file_len, const char *status, size_t status_len)
Definition: handler.h:145
const handlerton * SecondaryEngineHandlerton(const THD *thd)
Returns the handlerton of the secondary engine that is used in the session, or nullptr if a secondary...
Definition: handler.cc:8860
static const LEX_CSTRING FK_NAME_DEFAULT_SUFFIX
Suffix for auto-generated foreign key names for tables in SE's which don't specify own suffix.
Definition: handler.h:3184
handlerton * ha_default_handlerton(THD *thd)
Return the default storage engine handlerton used for non-temp tables for thread.
Definition: handler.cc:348
int ha_savepoint(THD *thd, SAVEPOINT *sv)
Definition: handler.cc:2365
void(*)(THD *thd, SelectExecutedIn executed_in) notify_after_select_t
Notify plugins when a SELECT query was executed.
Definition: handler.h:2592
void ha_close_connection(THD *thd)
Definition: handler.cc:962
int(*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *&loc, uint &loc_len, uint &task_id, Ha_clone_type type, Ha_clone_mode mode) Clone_begin_t
Begin copy from source database.
Definition: handler.h:2190
int(* upgrade_logs_t)(THD *thd)
Upgrade logs after the checkpoint from where upgrade process can only roll forward.
Definition: handler.h:1626
bool(* is_reserved_db_name_t)(handlerton *hton, const char *name)
Definition: handler.h:2339
int(* savepoint_rollback_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, void *sv)
sv points to a storage area, that was earlier passed to the savepoint_set call
Definition: handler.h:1371
void(*)(Ha_clone_flagset &flags) Clone_capability_t
Get capability flags for clone operation.
Definition: handler.h:2177
int ha_binlog_end(THD *thd)
Definition: handler.cc:5957
bool(*)(THD *thd) secondary_engine_pre_prepare_hook_t
Secondary engine hook called after PRIMARY_TENTATIVELY optimization is complete, and decides if secon...
Definition: handler.h:2611
void(*)(Table_ref *tab) notify_drop_table_t
Notify plugins when a table is dropped.
Definition: handler.h:2616
const char * binlog_format_names[]
Definition: mysqld.cc:1324
constexpr const uint64_t HA_CREATE_USED_START_TRANSACTION
This option is used to convey that the create table should not commit the operation and keep the tran...
Definition: handler.h:795
int(*)(uint64_t *start_id, uint64_t *stop_id, uint64_t *num_pages) page_track_get_num_page_ids_t
Fetch approximate number of tracked pages in the given range.
Definition: handler.h:2705
int(*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *loc, uint loc_len, uint task_id, Ha_clone_cbk *cbk) Clone_copy_t
Copy data from source database in chunks via callback.
Definition: handler.h:2201
xa_status_code
X/Open XA distributed transaction status codes.
Definition: handler.h:1419
@ XAER_ASYNC
asynchronous operation already outstanding
Definition: handler.h:1428
@ XAER_PROTO
routine invoked in an improper context
Definition: handler.h:1448
@ XAER_INVAL
invalid arguments were given
Definition: handler.h:1443
@ XAER_NOTA
the XID is not valid
Definition: handler.h:1438
@ XAER_OUTSIDE
resource manager doing work outside transaction
Definition: handler.h:1463
@ XAER_RMFAIL
resource manager unavailable
Definition: handler.h:1453
@ XA_OK
normal execution
Definition: handler.h:1423
@ XAER_DUPID
the XID already exists
Definition: handler.h:1458
@ XAER_RMERR
a resource manager error occurred in the transaction branch
Definition: handler.h:1433
void ha_binlog_wait(THD *thd)
Definition: handler.cc:5900
bool(* dict_get_server_version_t)(uint *version)
Get the server version id stored in the header of the dictionary tablespace.
Definition: handler.h:1975
void ha_reset_plugin_vars(THD *thd)
Definition: handler.cc:953
int ha_start_consistent_snapshot(THD *thd)
Definition: handler.cc:2449
constexpr const uint32 SDI_TYPE_TABLESPACE
Id for identifying Tablespace SDIs.
Definition: handler.h:126
int(*)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, const uchar *loc, uint loc_len, uint task_id, int in_err, Ha_clone_cbk *cbk) Clone_ack_t
Acknowledge data transfer to source database.
Definition: handler.h:2214
bool(* is_valid_tablespace_name_t)(ts_command_type ts_cmd, const char *tablespace_name)
SE specific validation of the tablespace name.
Definition: handler.h:1532
int ha_table_exists_in_engine(THD *thd, const char *db, const char *name)
Definition: handler.cc:5831
int(* upgrade_tablespace_t)(THD *thd)
Get the tablespace data from SE and insert it into Data dictionary.
Definition: handler.h:1589
bool(* notify_exclusive_mdl_t)(THD *thd, const MDL_key *mdl_key, ha_notification_type notification_type, bool *victimized)
Notify/get permission from storage engine before acquisition or after release of exclusive metadata l...
Definition: handler.h:2016
int ha_commit_low(THD *thd, bool all, bool run_after_commit=true)
Commit the sessions outstanding transaction.
Definition: handler.cc:1907
uint(* partition_flags_t)()
The flag values are defined in sql_partition.h.
Definition: handler.h:1518
bool ha_flush_logs(bool binlog_group_flush=false)
Flush the log(s) of storage engine(s).
Definition: handler.cc:2473
constexpr const decltype(handlerton::flags) HTON_NO_DEFAULT_ENGINE_SUPPORT
Definition: handler.h:3104
dict_recovery_mode_t
Mode for data dictionary recovery.
Definition: handler.h:1942
@ DICT_RECOVERY_RESTART_SERVER
Restart of an existing server.
Definition: handler.h:1945
@ DICT_RECOVERY_INITIALIZE_TABLESPACES
First start, create tablespaces.
Definition: handler.h:1944
@ DICT_RECOVERY_INITIALIZE_SERVER
First start of a new server.
Definition: handler.h:1943
bool(* sdi_get_keys_t)(const dd::Tablespace &tablespace, sdi_vector_t &vector)
Get the SDI keys in a tablespace into vector.
Definition: handler.h:1748
ulong savepoint_alloc_size
Definition: handler.cc:266
int(* fill_is_table_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, Table_ref *tables, class Item *cond, enum enum_schema_tables)
Definition: handler.h:1661
int(* binlog_func_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, enum_binlog_func fn, void *arg)
Definition: handler.h:1664
int ha_create_table_from_engine(THD *thd, const char *db, const char *name)
Try to discover table from engine.
Definition: handler.cc:5337
enum_binlog_func
Definition: handler.h:696
@ BFN_BINLOG_WAIT
Definition: handler.h:699
@ BFN_BINLOG_PURGE_WAIT
Definition: handler.h:702
@ BFN_BINLOG_END
Definition: handler.h:700
@ BFN_RESET_SLAVE
Definition: handler.h:698
@ BFN_BINLOG_PURGE_FILE
Definition: handler.h:701
@ BFN_RESET_LOGS
Definition: handler.h:697
void set_externally_disabled_storage_engine_names(const char *)
Read a comma-separated list of storage engine names.
Definition: handler.cc:462
void(*)(void *arg) se_before_commit_t
Definition: handler.h:2573
bool(*)(THD *thd, const JoinHypergraph &hypergraph, AccessPath *access_path) secondary_engine_modify_access_path_cost_t
Evaluates the cost of executing the given access path in this secondary storage engine,...
Definition: handler.h:2442
int(* rollback_t)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, bool all)
Definition: handler.h:1399
void(* dict_cache_reset_t)(const char *schema_name, const char *table_name)
Invalidate an entry in the local dictionary cache.
Definition: handler.h:1930
bool ha_rollback_to_savepoint_can_release_mdl(THD *thd)
Check if all storage engines used in transaction agree that after rollback to savepoint it is safe to...
Definition: handler.cc:2234
int binlog_log_row(TABLE *table, const uchar *before_record, const uchar *after_record, Log_func *log_func)
Definition: handler.cc:7913
void * range_seq_t
Definition: handler.h:3810
int ha_init_errors(void)
Register handler error messages for use with my_error().
Definition: handler.cc:640
bool(*)(THD *thd, const JOIN &join, double optimizer_cost, bool *use_best_so_far, bool *cheaper, double *secondary_engine_cost) compare_secondary_engine_cost_t
Compares the cost of two join plans in the secondary storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:2390
handlerton * get_default_handlerton(THD *thd, handlerton *hton)
Get default handlerton, if handler supplied is null.
Definition: handler.h:7389
int ha_rollback_trans(THD *thd, bool all)
Definition: handler.cc:2070
constexpr const ha_rows EXTRA_RECORDS
Definition: handler.h:120
enum_sampling_method
Definition: handler.h:715
int ha_reset_logs(THD *thd)
Definition: handler.cc:5889
bool ha_storage_engine_is_enabled(const handlerton *db_type)
Predicate to determine if a storage engine, represented by a handlerton*, is enabled.
Definition: handler.h:7417
dict_init_mode_t
Mode for initializing the data dictionary.
Definition: handler.h:1874
@ DICT_INIT_CREATE_FILES
Create all required SE files.
Definition: handler.h:1875
@ DICT_INIT_CHECK_FILES
Verify existence of expected files.
Definition: handler.h:1876
bool(* check_fk_column_compat_t)(const Ha_fk_column_type *child_column_type, const Ha_fk_column_type *parent_column_type, bool check_charsets)
Check SE considers types of child and parent columns in foreign key to be compatible.
Definition: handler.h:2335
constexpr SecondaryEngineFlags MakeSecondaryEngineFlags()
Creates an empty bitmap of access path types.
Definition: handler.h:2557
void(* drop_database_t)(handlerton *hton, char *path)
Definition: handler.h:1491
bool ha_is_externally_disabled(const handlerton &)
Returns true if the storage engine of the handlerton argument has been listed in the disabled_storage...
Definition: handler.cc:506
int(*)(handlerton *hton, Xa_state_list &xa_list) recover_prepared_in_tc_t
Retrieves information about externally coordinated transactions for which the two-phase prepare was f...
Definition: handler.h:1411
static const uint32 HTON_FKS_WITH_PREFIX_PARENT_KEYS
Engine supports both unique and non-unique parent keys for foreign keys which contain full foreign ke...
Definition: handler.h:3128
void(* dict_cache_reset_tables_and_tablespaces_t)()
Invalidate all table and tablespace entries in the local dictionary cache.
Definition: handler.h:1939
#define HA_NO_TRANSACTIONS
Definition: handler.h:218
void(* post_ddl_t)(THD *thd)
Perform post-commit/rollback cleanup after DDL statement (e.g.
Definition: handler.h:2293
bool ddl_is_atomic(const handlerton *hton)
Definition: handler.h:3112
ulonglong my_xid
Definition: handler.h:1235
legacy_db_type
Definition: handler.h:648
@ DB_TYPE_MARIA
Definition: handler.h:676
@ DB_TYPE_FEDERATED_DB
Definition: handler.h:667
@ DB_TYPE_GEMINI
Definition: handler.h:662
@ DB_TYPE_FIRST_DYNAMIC
Definition: handler.h:680
@ DB_TYPE_MISAM
Definition: handler.h:652
@ DB_TYPE_HEAP
Definition: handler.h:655
@ DB_TYPE_TABLE_FUNCTION
Definition: handler.h:673
@ DB_TYPE_DIAB_ISAM
Definition: handler.h:650
@ DB_TYPE_TEMPTABLE
Definition: handler.h:679
@ DB_TYPE_HASH
Definition: handler.h:651
@ DB_TYPE_PARTITION_DB
Definition: handler.h:669
@ DB_TYPE_BINLOG
Definition: handler.h:670
@ DB_TYPE_SOLID
Definition: handler.h:671
@ DB_TYPE_UNKNOWN
Definition: handler.h:649
@ DB_TYPE_ISAM
Definition: handler.h:656
@ DB_TYPE_MRG_MYISAM
Definition: handler.h:659
@ DB_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_SCHEMA
Performance schema engine.
Definition: handler.h:678
@ DB_TYPE_EXAMPLE_DB
Definition: handler.h:664
@ DB_TYPE_CSV_DB
Definition: handler.h:666
@ DB_TYPE_NDBCLUSTER
Definition: handler.h:663
@ DB_TYPE_INNODB
Definition: handler.h:661
@ DB_TYPE_FALCON
Definition: handler.h:675
@ DB_TYPE_DEFAULT
Definition: handler.h:681
@ DB_TYPE_BLACKHOLE_DB
Definition: handler.h:668
@ DB_TYPE_MYISAM
Definition: handler.h:658
@ DB_TYPE_RMS_ISAM
Definition: handler.h:654
@ DB_TYPE_BERKELEY_DB
Definition: handler.h:660
@ DB_TYPE_MRG_ISAM
Definition: handler.h:657
@ DB_TYPE_PBXT
Definition: handler.h:672
@ DB_TYPE_PISAM
Definition: handler.h:653
@ DB_TYPE_ARCHIVE_DB
Definition: handler.h:665
@ DB_TYPE_MEMCACHE
Definition: handler.h:674
int ha_initialize_handlerton(st_plugin_int *plugin)
Definition: handler.cc:775
ha_notification_type
Definition: handler.h:940
@ HA_NOTIFY_POST_EVENT
Definition: handler.h:940
@ HA_NOTIFY_PRE_EVENT
Definition: handler.h:940
bool(* upgrade_space_version_t)(dd::Tablespace *tablespace)
Get the tablespace data from SE and insert it into Data dictionary.
Definition: handler.h:1600
Tablespace_type
Definition: handler.h:1628
xa_status_code(* rollback_by_xid_t)(handlerton *hton, XID *xid)
Definition: handler.h:1468
SelectExecutedIn
Used to identify which engine executed a SELECT query.
Definition: handler.h:214
void ha_binlog_log_query(THD *thd, handlerton *db_type, enum_binlog_command binlog_command, const char *query, size_t query_length, const char *db, const char *table_name)
Definition: handler.cc:5940
handler *(* create_t)(handlerton *hton, TABLE_SHARE *table, bool partitioned, MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
Create handler object for the table in the storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:1488
void ha_acl_notify(THD *thd, class Acl_change_notification *)
Definition: handler.cc:5971
SE_cost_constants *(* get_cost_constants_t)(uint storage_category)
Retrieve cost constants to be used for this storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:1855
static bool commit(THD *thd)
Commit the current statement and transaction.
Definition: sql_cmd_srs.cc:152
File containing constants that can be used throughout the server.
SHOW_COMP_OPTION
Definition: sql_const.h:229
@ SHOW_OPTION_YES
Definition: sql_const.h:229
constexpr const unsigned int MAX_KEY
Definition: sql_const.h:46
constexpr const unsigned int MAX_REF_PARTS
Definition: sql_const.h:47
constexpr const unsigned int MAX_KEY_LENGTH
Definition: sql_const.h:48
case opt name
Definition: sslopt-case.h:29
#define STRING_WITH_LEN(X)
Definition: string_with_len.h:29
Access paths are a query planning structure that correspond 1:1 to iterators, in that an access path ...
Definition: access_path.h:213
Callbacks for collecting time statistics.
Definition: bulk_data_service.h:324
Definition: m_ctype.h:423
Definition: handler.h:2265
Clone_apply_t clone_apply
Definition: handler.h:2277
Clone_end_t clone_end
Definition: handler.h:2273
Clone_capability_t clone_capability
Definition: handler.h:2267
Clone_apply_begin_t clone_apply_begin
Definition: handler.h:2276
Clone_begin_t clone_begin
Definition: handler.h:2270
Clone_copy_t clone_copy
Definition: handler.h:2271
Clone_apply_end_t clone_apply_end
Definition: handler.h:2278
Clone_ack_t clone_ack
Definition: handler.h:2272
Definition: ft_global.h:72
Definition: handler.h:3804
uchar * buffer_end
Definition: handler.h:3806
uchar * buffer
Definition: handler.h:3805
uchar * end_of_used_area
Definition: handler.h:3807
Definition: handler.h:3791
KEY_CACHE * key_cache
Definition: handler.h:3794
uint sql_flags
Definition: handler.h:3793
uint flags
Definition: handler.h:3792
Struct to hold information about the table that should be created.
Definition: handler.h:3202
ulonglong auto_increment_value
Definition: handler.h:3241
bool m_hidden
Definition: handler.h:3273
bool m_transactional_ddl
Definition: handler.h:3279
bool m_implicit_tablespace_autoextend_size_change
Definition: handler.h:3286
handlerton * db_type
Definition: handler.h:3252
LEX_STRING compress
Algorithm (and possible options) to be used for InnoDB's transparent page compression.
Definition: handler.h:3218
LEX_STRING encrypt_type
This attribute is used for InnoDB's transparent page encryption.
Definition: handler.h:3226
LEX_CSTRING engine_attribute
Definition: handler.h:3281
ulong avg_row_length
Definition: handler.h:3243
const CHARSET_INFO * table_charset
Definition: handler.h:3203
const char * data_file_name
Definition: handler.h:3236
ulonglong m_implicit_tablespace_autoextend_size
Definition: handler.h:3284
bool secondary_load
Secondary engine load status.
Definition: handler.h:3234
ulong table_options
Definition: handler.h:3242
const CHARSET_INFO * default_table_charset
Definition: handler.h:3204
uint stats_sample_pages
Definition: handler.h:3248
const char * alias
Definition: handler.h:3238
uint null_bits
Definition: handler.h:3263
uint merge_insert_method
Definition: handler.h:3265
LEX_STRING connect_string
Definition: handler.h:3206
const char * tablespace
Definition: handler.h:3208
ulonglong max_rows
Definition: handler.h:3239
void init_create_options_from_share(const TABLE_SHARE *share, uint64_t used_fields)
Fill HA_CREATE_INFO to be used by ALTER as well as upgrade code.
Definition: handler.cc:2618
const char * password
Definition: handler.h:3207
ha_storage_media storage_media
Definition: handler.h:3266
LEX_STRING comment
Definition: handler.h:3209
const char * index_file_name
Definition: handler.h:3237
SQL_I_List< Table_ref > merge_list
Definition: handler.h:3251
std::uint32_t key_block_size
Definition: handler.h:3247
LEX_CSTRING secondary_engine_attribute
Definition: handler.h:3282
LEX_CSTRING secondary_engine
Secondary engine of the table.
Definition: handler.h:3232
ulonglong min_rows
Definition: handler.h:3240
uint64_t used_fields
Definition: handler.h:3244
bool schema_read_only
Definition: handler.h:3205
enum_stats_auto_recalc stats_auto_recalc
Definition: handler.h:3250
File reference for clone.
Definition: handler.h:997
void * file_handle
File handle for windows.
Definition: handler.h:1014
int file_desc
File descriptor.
Definition: handler.h:1011
@ FILE_DESC
File descriptor.
Definition: handler.h:1004
@ FILE_HANDLE
File handle.
Definition: handler.h:1001
enum Ha_clone_file::@52 type
File reference type.
Column type description for foreign key columns compatibility check.
Definition: handler.h:1222
size_t elements_count
Definition: handler.h:1230
bool is_unsigned
Definition: handler.h:1232
size_t char_length
Definition: handler.h:1228
const CHARSET_INFO * field_charset
Definition: handler.h:1229
uint numeric_scale
Definition: handler.h:1231
dd::enum_column_types type
Definition: handler.h:1223
A struct containing a join hypergraph of a single query block, encapsulating the constraints given by...
Definition: make_join_hypergraph.h:88
Definition: keycache.h:73
Definition: my_base.h:1132
Structure describing changes to an index to be caused by ALTER TABLE.
Definition: handler.h:3308
KEY * new_key
Pointer to KEY object describing new version of index in Alter_inplace_info::key_info_buffer array.
Definition: handler.h:3319
KEY * old_key
Pointer to KEY object describing old version of index in TABLE::key_info array for TABLE instance rep...
Definition: handler.h:3314
The LEX object currently serves three different purposes:
Definition: sql_lex.h:3823
Metadata lock object key.
Definition: mdl.h:365
The MEM_ROOT is a simple arena, where allocations are carved out of larger blocks.
Definition: my_alloc.h:83
Definition: mysql_lex_string.h:40
Definition: mysql_lex_string.h:35
Definition: my_bitmap.h:43
State data storage for start_table_io_wait_v1_t, start_table_lock_wait_v1_t.
Definition: psi_table_bits.h:69
Page track interface.
Definition: handler.h:2714
page_track_get_num_page_ids_t get_num_page_ids
Definition: handler.h:2719
page_track_purge_t purge
Definition: handler.h:2717
page_track_start_t start
Definition: handler.h:2715
page_track_stop_t stop
Definition: handler.h:2716
page_track_get_status_t get_status
Definition: handler.h:2720
page_track_get_page_ids_t get_page_ids
Definition: handler.h:2718
Definition: handler.h:3812
range_seq_t(* init)(void *init_params, uint n_ranges, uint flags)
Definition: handler.h:3825
uint(* next)(range_seq_t seq, KEY_MULTI_RANGE *range)
Definition: handler.h:3839
bool(* skip_record)(range_seq_t seq, char *range_info, uchar *rowid)
Definition: handler.h:3856
Definition: transaction_info.h:45
int subgraph_pair_limit
Subgraph pairs requested by the secondary engine.
Definition: handler.h:2505
SecondaryEngineGraphSimplificationRequest secondary_engine_optimizer_request
Optimizer request from the secondary engine.
Definition: handler.h:2503
Per thread status variables.
Definition: system_variables.h:525
This structure is shared between different table objects.
Definition: table.h:701
Definition: table.h:1406
Definition: thr_lock.h:124
Definition: typelib.h:35
Structure used by parser to store options for tablespace statements and pass them on to Execution cla...
Definition: sql_tablespace.h:43
Info about FULLTEXT index hints, passed to the storage engine.
Definition: ft_global.h:117
double op_value
Operation value.
Definition: ft_global.h:123
ha_rows limit
LIMIT value, HA_POS_ERROR if not set.
Definition: ft_global.h:125
enum ft_operation op_type
Operation type.
Definition: ft_global.h:121
uint flags
FULLTEXT flags, see FT_NL, etc.
Definition: ft_global.h:119
handlerton is a singleton structure - one instance per storage engine - to provide access to storage ...
Definition: handler.h:2734
sdi_get_keys_t sdi_get_keys
Definition: handler.h:2837
sdi_drop_t sdi_drop
Definition: handler.h:2836
unlock_hton_log_t unlock_hton_log
Definition: handler.h:2894
notify_alter_table_t notify_alter_table
Definition: handler.h:2868
dict_cache_reset_t dict_cache_reset
Definition: handler.h:2806
void * data
Location for engines to keep personal structures.
Definition: handler.h:2887
set_prepared_in_tc_by_xid_t set_prepared_in_tc_by_xid
Definition: handler.h:2784
se_before_rollback_t se_before_rollback
Definition: handler.h:2996
sdi_set_t sdi_set
Definition: handler.h:2839
lock_hton_log_t lock_hton_log
Definition: handler.h:2893
is_dict_readonly_t is_dict_readonly
Definition: handler.h:2863
alter_tablespace_t alter_tablespace
Definition: handler.h:2794
finish_upgrade_t finish_upgrade
Definition: handler.h:2801
create_t create
Definition: handler.h:2785
collect_hton_log_info_t collect_hton_log_info
Definition: handler.h:2895
secondary_engine_pre_prepare_hook_t secondary_engine_pre_prepare_hook
Definition: handler.h:2992
dict_register_dd_table_id_t dict_register_dd_table_id
Definition: handler.h:2805
redo_log_set_state_t redo_log_set_state
Definition: handler.h:2872
find_files_t find_files
Definition: handler.h:2826
external_engine_explain_check_t external_engine_explain_check
Pointer to a function that checks if the table is loaded in the secondary engine in the case of an ex...
Definition: handler.h:2947
ddse_dict_init_t ddse_dict_init
Definition: handler.h:2804
replace_native_transaction_in_thd_t replace_native_transaction_in_thd
Definition: handler.h:2866
LEX_CSTRING fk_name_suffix
Suffix for auto-generated foreign key names for tables using this storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:2910
pre_dd_shutdown_t pre_dd_shutdown
Definition: handler.h:2770
check_fk_column_compat_t check_fk_column_compat
Definition: handler.h:2900
SecondaryEngineFlags secondary_engine_flags
Bitmap which contains the supported join types and other flags for a secondary storage engine when us...
Definition: handler.h:2941
uint32 license
Flag for Engine License.
Definition: handler.h:2885
is_supported_system_table_t is_supported_system_table
Definition: handler.h:2829
secondary_engine_modify_access_path_cost_t secondary_engine_modify_access_path_cost
Pointer to a function that evaluates the cost of executing an access path in a secondary storage engi...
Definition: handler.h:2954
commit_t commit
Definition: handler.h:2776
get_tablespace_statistics_t get_tablespace_statistics
Definition: handler.h:2876
se_after_commit_t se_after_commit
Definition: handler.h:2995
savepoint_set_t savepoint_set
Definition: handler.h:2772
uint savepoint_offset
To store per-savepoint data storage engine is provided with an area of a requested size (0 is ok here...
Definition: handler.h:2764
drop_database_t drop_database
Definition: handler.h:2786
savepoint_release_t savepoint_release
Definition: handler.h:2775
enum legacy_db_type db_type
Historical number used for frm file to determine the correct storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:2744
is_valid_tablespace_name_t is_valid_tablespace_name
Definition: handler.h:2792
se_before_commit_t se_before_commit
Definition: handler.h:2994
flush_logs_t flush_logs
Definition: handler.h:2789
uint slot
Each storage engine has it's own memory area (actually a pointer) in the thd, for storing per-connect...
Definition: handler.h:2754
find_secondary_engine_offload_fail_reason_t find_secondary_engine_offload_fail_reason
Pointer to a function that finds and returns the query offload failure reason as a string given a thr...
Definition: handler.h:2972
dict_get_server_version_t dict_get_server_version
Definition: handler.h:2810
get_tablespace_type_t get_tablespace_type
Definition: handler.h:2798
close_connection_t close_connection
Definition: handler.h:2768
rotate_encryption_master_key_t rotate_encryption_master_key
Definition: handler.h:2871
secondary_engine_check_optimizer_request_t secondary_engine_check_optimizer_request
Pointer to function that checks secondary engine request for updating hypergraph join optimization.
Definition: handler.h:2987
notify_truncate_table_t notify_truncate_table
Definition: handler.h:2870
start_consistent_snapshot_t start_consistent_snapshot
Definition: handler.h:2788
savepoint_rollback_t savepoint_rollback
Definition: handler.h:2773
fill_is_table_t fill_is_table
Definition: handler.h:2802
binlog_func_t binlog_func
Definition: handler.h:2822
optimize_secondary_engine_t optimize_secondary_engine
Pointer to a function that optimizes the current statement for execution on the secondary storage eng...
Definition: handler.h:2927
notify_exclusive_mdl_t notify_exclusive_mdl
Definition: handler.h:2867
get_cost_constants_t get_cost_constants
Definition: handler.h:2865
set_secondary_engine_offload_fail_reason_t set_secondary_engine_offload_fail_reason
Pointer to a function that sets the offload failure reason as a string for a thread context (represen...
Definition: handler.h:2980
notify_create_table_t notify_create_table
Definition: handler.h:3000
rollback_by_xid_t rollback_by_xid
Definition: handler.h:2782
sdi_delete_t sdi_delete
Definition: handler.h:2840
get_index_column_cardinality_t get_index_column_cardinality
Definition: handler.h:2875
rollback_t rollback
Definition: handler.h:2777
dict_recover_t dict_recover
Definition: handler.h:2809
rm_tmp_tables_t rm_tmp_tables
Definition: handler.h:2864
prepare_secondary_engine_t prepare_secondary_engine
Pointer to a function that prepares a secondary engine for executing a statement.
Definition: handler.h:2918
get_table_statistics_t get_table_statistics
Definition: handler.h:2874
Page_track_t page_track
Page tracking interface.
Definition: handler.h:3004
sdi_create_t sdi_create
Definition: handler.h:2835
notify_drop_table_t notify_drop_table
Definition: handler.h:3001
dict_init_t dict_init
Definition: handler.h:2803
uint32 foreign_keys_flags
Flags describing details of foreign key support by storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:2898
binlog_log_query_t binlog_log_query
Definition: handler.h:2823
get_tablespace_filename_ext_t get_tablespace_filename_ext
Definition: handler.h:2795
upgrade_logs_t upgrade_logs
Definition: handler.h:2800
get_secondary_engine_offload_or_exec_fail_reason_t get_secondary_engine_offload_or_exec_fail_reason
Pointer to a function that returns the query offload or exec failure reason as a string given a threa...
Definition: handler.h:2963
partition_flags_t partition_flags
Definition: handler.h:2791
const char ** file_extensions
Null-ended array of file extensions that exist for the storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:2861
dict_cache_reset_tables_and_tablespaces_t dict_cache_reset_tables_and_tablespaces
Definition: handler.h:2808
push_to_engine_t push_to_engine
Definition: handler.h:2828
Clone_interface_t clone_interface
Clone data transfer interfaces.
Definition: handler.h:2882
recover_prepared_in_tc_t recover_prepared_in_tc
Definition: handler.h:2780
discover_t discover
Definition: handler.h:2825
table_exists_in_engine_t table_exists_in_engine
Definition: handler.h:2827
upgrade_tablespace_t upgrade_tablespace
Definition: handler.h:2796
sdi_get_t sdi_get
Definition: handler.h:2838
reset_plugin_vars_t reset_plugin_vars
Definition: handler.h:2771
get_tablespace_type_by_name_t get_tablespace_type_by_name
Definition: handler.h:2799
get_tablespace_t get_tablespace
Definition: handler.h:2793
dict_set_server_version_t dict_set_server_version
Definition: handler.h:2811
recover_t recover
Definition: handler.h:2779
SHOW_COMP_OPTION state
Historical marker for if the engine is available or not.
Definition: handler.h:2738
post_recover_t post_recover
Definition: handler.h:2879
uint32 flags
Global handler flags.
Definition: handler.h:2815
upgrade_space_version_t upgrade_space_version
Definition: handler.h:2797
kill_connection_t kill_connection
Definition: handler.h:2769
prepare_t prepare
Definition: handler.h:2778
panic_t panic
Definition: handler.h:2787
post_ddl_t post_ddl
Definition: handler.h:2878
compare_secondary_engine_cost_t compare_secondary_engine_cost
Pointer to a function that estimates the cost of executing a join in a secondary storage engine.
Definition: handler.h:2935
notify_after_select_t notify_after_select
Definition: handler.h:2998
commit_by_xid_t commit_by_xid
Definition: handler.h:2781
set_prepared_in_tc_t set_prepared_in_tc
Definition: handler.h:2783
acl_notify_t acl_notify
Definition: handler.h:2824
show_status_t show_status
Definition: handler.h:2790
is_reserved_db_name_t is_reserved_db_name
Definition: handler.h:2812
savepoint_rollback_can_release_mdl_t savepoint_rollback_can_release_mdl
Definition: handler.h:2774
notify_rename_table_t notify_rename_table
Definition: handler.h:2869
Definition: my_base.h:1125
Definition: gen_lex_token.cc:149
Definition: result.h:30
Key to identify a dictionary object.
Definition: handler.h:129
uint32 type
Type of Object, For ex: column, index, etc.
Definition: handler.h:131
uint64 id
Object id which should be unique in tablespsace.
Definition: handler.h:134
Definition: handler.h:138
sdi_container m_vec
Definition: handler.h:139
Definition: handler.h:821
const char * db
Definition: handler.h:822
const char * tablename
Definition: handler.h:823
Definition: sql_plugin_ref.h:45
Plain structure to store information about XA transaction id and a list of table names involved into ...
Definition: xa.h:290
Definition: mysqlslap.cc:240
struct xid_t is binary compatible with the XID structure as in the X/Open CAE Specification,...
Definition: xa.h:83
thr_lock_type
Definition: thr_lock.h:51
Include file for Sun RPC to compile out of the box.
unsigned long id[MAX_DEAD]
Definition: xcom_base.cc:510
static uint64_t cache_size
Definition: xcom_cache.cc:362
static int all(site_def const *s, node_no node)
Definition: xcom_transport.cc:884